
mass I'^ltl 



Book nk i ! 

COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 





, 






MECHANICAL 
APPLIANCF.S 











RECENTLY PUBLISHED 



Tenth Edition 



Volume One 



Mechanical Movements 

POWERS AND DEVICES 

By GARDNER D. HISCOX, M.E. 

400 Pages 1,800 Illustrations Price, $3.00 



THIS is a Dictionary of Mechanical Movements, 
Powers, and Devices, embracing an illustrated descrip- 
tion of the greatest variety of Mechanical Movements 
and Devices in any language. It covers with its Supple- 
mentary Volume, entitled "Mechanical Appliances, Me- 
chanical Movements, and Novelties of Construction " 
(Price, $3.00), the whole range of the practical and invent- 
ive field, for the use of Machinists, Patent Attorneys, 
Inventors, Engineers, Draughtsmen, Students, and all 
others interested in any way in the devising and oper- 
ation of mechanical w^orks. 



A special detailed circular of this work as well as Volume 
Two sent on request. Address: 

THE NORMAN W. HENLEY PUBLISHING COMPANY 
132 Nassau Street. New York, U. S. A. 



IMechanical Appliances 

Mechanical Movements 
and Novelties of Construction 



An Encyclopedia of Mechanical Movements 
and Mechanical Appliances, including many 
Novelties of Construction used in the practical 
operation of the Arts, Manufactures, and 
in Engineering. For Engineers, Draughts- 
men, Inventors, Patent Attorneys, and all 
others interested in Mechanical Operations. 



y 



Including an eiptanaiory chapter on the leading conceptions of 
Perpetual Motion existing during the past three centuries. 



y 



By 

GARDNER D. HI3COX, M.E, 

Author of " Gas, Gasoline, and Oil Engines," 
"Compressed Air," etc., etc. 



y 



Being a Supplementary Volume to the Author's Work entitled 

Mechanical Movements, Powers, and Devices 



New York 


THE NORMAN W. HENLEY PUBLISHING COMPANY 


132 Nassau Street 


1904 



^v- 



\ 



1 



\ 



\Q 



?\ 



y\^ \X ^ 



THE LIBPARY OF 
CONQRiLSS 

Two Copies lieceived 

OCT 11 1904 

CopyrigM tiury 
CLASar a. XXc, No: 



Copyright, 1904, by 
THE NORMAN W. HENLEY PUBLISHING COMPANY 

ALSO 

Entered at Stationer's Hall Court, London, England 



All Rights Reserved 



composition, electrotyping, pkesswork and 
binding by trovv directory, printing and 
bookbinding company, new york, u. s. a. 



^ 



Preface, 



The ten editions through which the first volume of 
"Mechanical Movements" has passed is more than a suffi- 
cient encouragement to warrant the publication of a second 
volume, more special in scope than the first, inasmuch as it 
deals with the peculiar requirements of various arts and manu- 
factures, and more detailed in its explanations, because of the 
greater complexity of the machinery selected for illustration. 
Despite the greater simplicity of the devices which have been 
pictured and briefly explained in the first volume, the appli- 
ances described in this second volume can be just as easily 
understood, the text having been so worded that no insuper- 
able difficulties are presented to the reader of average mechani- 
cal knowledge. More extensive though it may be than 
'^Mechanical Movements," the present work by no means ex- 
hausts the subject. Many an apparatus has been omitted, 
either because limitations of space have intervened, or because 
of the impossibility of securing adequate details of construc- 
tion. The machines incorporated, however, cover so vast a 
mechanical field and have been so carefully selected to supply 
the needs of the student seeking general information, that they 
will be found fairly representative of the power devices used 
in old and modern industries. Mechanical intelligence may 
well be deemed to have found its highest expression in the con- 
trivances that are illustrated and described in these pages. 

Although the author has not the slightest desire to encour- 
age the hopeless pursuit of perpetual motion, he has, neverthe- 
less, thought it advisable to dwell at some length on the exceed- 
ingly ingenious means devised by misguided inventors in 
their endeavors to solve an unsolvable problem. The pages 
in which perpetual motion machines are described may induce 



PREFACE. 



those who still believe in reaching- this igjiis fatuus to bend 
their energies in causes more worthy of their zeal. Moreover, 
it may be that some of the mechanical movements which have 
been evolved by the perpetual motion inventor, although they 
may not attain the end sought by him, may still be applied 
with profit to his instruction in true mechanical principles and 
to avoid the errors committed in the search on the lines of 
this folly of past centuries. This in itself is a sufficient 
justification of the insertion in this volume of the section on 
perpetual motion. 

The deeper we delve in the research for novelty and variety 
in the present field of mechanical design, the more we see the 
possibilities of human ingenuity. The facility and power of 
construction shown in the complicated mechanism of the past 
augur well for the future of inventive genius. 

Gardner D. Hiscox. 

September, 1904. 



CONTENTS. 

SECTION I. 

MECHANICAL POWER LEVER. 

Lever in a Draught Equalizer — Timber or Log Grapple — Lever Equalizer for Sulky 
Plows — Lever Equalizer for Three Horses — Lever Nippers. 

SECTION II. 

• TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 

Universal Screw Driver — Quick Coupling — Transmission of Power by Wire Rope 
and Anchored Levers — Bag Elevator — Horizontal Conveyor — I Beam Trolley 
— ^Two Way Conveyor — Rope Tramway Carriage — Friction Pulley — Geared 
I Beam Trolley — Variable Power and Speed — ^Worm Gear Elevator — Cash 
Carrier — Variable Speed Device — Friction Pulley — ^Panel Clutches — Viscosi- 
meter — Positive Combination Clutch — Pneumatic Belt Shipper — Acoustic Tel- 
ephone. 

SECTION III. 

MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 

Regisiering Wind Vane — Anemometer — Electric Signal. Anemometer — Metallic 
Thermometer — Wind Force Register- — Recording Wind Meter — Recording 
Barometer — Registering Air Thermometer — Metallic Thermometer — Thermo- 
stat — Metallic Thermometer — Maximum and Minimum Recording Thermom- 
eter — Sunshine Recording Thermometer — Centrifugal Speed Indicator — Hy- 
groscope — Prony Brake—-Transmission Dynamometer — Thermohydroscope — 
Power of Springs — Rectangular Spring — Compound Triangual Spring — Volute 
or Spiral Spring — Helical Spring — Straight Torsion Spring — Helical Torsion 
Spring — Conical Spiral Torsion Spring — Bolster Springs — Compound Bolster 
Spring. 

SECTION IV. 

GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 

Internally Fired Boiler — Heat Circulation in a Hein Boiler — ^Down Draught Boiler 
Furnace — Triplex Boiler — Water Tube Boiler — Vertical Water Tube Boiler — 
Flash Coil Boiler — Finger Tube Boiler — Duplex Water Tube Boiler — Flash 
Type Steam Generator — Novel Motor — Solar Caloric Engine — Mouchot's Solar 

7 



CONTENTS. 



Boiler — ^Alarine Water Tube Boiler — ^Down Draught Wood-burning Furnace — 
Gravity Feed Furnace — Traveling Link Grate — Under Feed Furnace — ^Down 
Draught Furnace — Annular Steam Blower — Steam Blower — Argand Steam 
Blower — Coal Dust Feeding Apparatiis — Coal Dust Burner — Burner for Auto- 
Boiler — Automobile Boiler — Oil Fuel Furnace — Oil Fuel Burner — Fuel Oil 
Burner — Liquid Fuel Burner — Petroleum Fire Grate — Chimney Draught Indi- 
cator — Plug for Leaky Boiler Tubes — Safety Plugs for Boilers — Simple Float 
Steam Trap — Automatic Steam Trap — Float Steam Trap — Differential Expan- 
sion Steam Trap — Balanced Steam Trap — Return Trap — ^Automatic Boiler 
Feeder — Centrifugal Steam Separator — Low Water Alarm — Simple Boiler Feed 
De%ice — Feed Water Heater and Purifier — Surface Condenser — Novel Surface 
Condenser — Evaporator. 

SECTION V. 

STEAM POWER APPLL\NCES. " 

T^-pes of Compound Engines — Triple Expansion Engine — High Speed Vertical 
Engine — Compound Steam or Air Engine — Triple Ex-pansion Marine Engine — 
Compound Corliss Engine — Convertible Compound Engine — Novel Three- 
Cylinder Engine — Revohing Engine — Friction Rehef in D \''alves — Novel 
Triple Compound ^Marine Engine — Types of Shde \^alves — Balanced Piston 
Valve — Tandem Compound Locomotive Cylinders — Balanced Valve for Steam 
Engine — ^Novel Piston Valve — Automatic Valve Motion — T)-pes of Slide Valves 
— Concentric Valves, Corliss Type — Oscillating Steam and Exhavist Valve — 
Riding Cut-off Valve — Types of SHde Valves — Parson's Steam Turbme — 
Steam Turbine — The Stevens Yalve Gear — Valve Gear — Corliss Valve Gear — 
Dashpot for Corliss Engine — Reversing Gear — Flexible Crank for Marine 
Shafting — Flexible Couplings — Novel Valve Gear — Reversing Gear — Floating 
Valve Gear — Triple Expansion \'alve Gear — Walschaert's \'alve Gear — Engine 
Stopping Mechanism — Shifting Eccentric — Sector Gear Governor — Dashpot 
Governor — Centrifugal Governors — Friction Power Controller — Inertia Gov- 
ernor — Fan Governor — Adjustable Governor — Marine Governor — ^Differen- 
tial Pressure Regulator — Balanced Pressure Regulator — Self -Closing Stop Valve 
— ^Reversing Gear — Novel Reducing Valve — Differential Exhaust Valve — ^Au- 
tomatic Quick-Closing Valve — Reversible Throttle Valve — Compensating Ex- 
pansion Joint — Flexible Ball Joint — Balanced Expansion Joint — Universal 
■ Flexible Pipe Joint — Cargo Elevator — Factory Heating from Waste Gases — 
Rotary Engine — Reversible Rotary Engine — Rotary Steam Engine — Pendulum 
Compound Engine — Rotar>' Piston Engine — Oscillating Rotar\' Engine — 
Steam Ram. 

SECTION VI. 
explosrt: motor PO^^T:R and appliances. 

The Lightest Gasoline Motor — Combined Gasoline and Steam Motor — Two-Cycle 
Marine Motor — .\lco-Vapor Boiler — Kerosene Oil Engine — Gas or Gasoline 



CONTENTS. 



Engine — Balanced Engine — Gasoline Atomizer and Vaporizer — Soot-Proof 
Sparking Plug — Ignition Connections — Multiple Cylinder Ignition — Gasoline 
Motor Starter — Muffler for Explosive Motors — Exhaust Muffler. 



SECTION VII. 

HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 

Wave Motors — Fog-Horn Buoy — Oriental Irrigation Works — Valveless Rotary 
Purnp — Rotary Pump— Centrifugal Pump — River Motor — Floating Motor for 
Rivers — Water Motor — i,ooo Horse-Power Turbine — Multinozzle Turbine — 
Valve Movement — Impact Water-Wheel Governor — Double-Ported Nozzle — 
Flexible Ball Joint — Iron Sluice Gate — Basket Strainer — ^Double-Beat Flap 
Valve — Water Still — ^Water Pressure Regulator — Venturi Tube and Measuring 
Meter — Hydraulic Lifting Jack — Uniform Flow of Water — Novel Spraying 
Nozzle — Hydraulic Press — Hydraulic Punch — Fire Extinguisher — Domestic 
Refrigerator — Counter-Balancing Hydraulic Elevators — Re-enforcing Wells — 
Siphon Water Ram. 



SECTION VIII. 

AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 

Pneumatic Ball Puzzle — Pneumatic Disk Puzzle — Pneumatic Fan — The Sirocco 
Fan Blower — Aerial Top — Pneumatic Grain Elevator — Sand-Blast Apparatus 
— Sand-Blast Jets — Air-Moistening Apparatus — Magic Ball — Gyrating Balls — 
Megascope — Pneumatic Moistening Apparatus — The Pantanemone — A Kansas 
Windmill — Sailing Wagon — Sail-Rigged Merry-go-round — Flying Propeller — 
A Kite without a tail — The Eddy Tailless Kite — Tissandier's Electric Air Ship — 
Santos-Dumont Air Ship — Giffard's Steam-Propelled Air Ship — Dupuy De 
I-,ome's Air Ship — The Campbell Air Ship — Power Flying Machine — Renard & 
Krebs Electric Air Ship — Grain-Drying Apparatus — Pneumatic Lift — Air-Op- 
erated Hydraulic Crane — Valve-Light Ventilator — Fruit-Drying Apparatus. 



SECTION IX. 
GAS AND AIR-GAS DEVICES, ETC. 

Kerosene Portable Forge — Producer Gas Generator — Mond Gas Plant — Air and 
Vapor Gas Generator — Water-Gas Plant — The "Wells Light" — Lucigen Light 
— Gasoline Torch — Kerosene Soldering Furnace — Kerosene Oil Burner — Kero- 
sene Cook Stove — Kerosene Heater — Gas Gravity Balance — Gas-Fired Lime- 
kilns. 



lO CONTENTS. 



SECTION X. 

ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 

Electric Cable-Making Machine — Chloride Accumulator — Electric Wire Insulating 
Device — Electric Wire Doubling Device — Cable Cover, Braiding Machine — 
Wire-Covering Machine — Shunt- Wound Dynamo — Shunt Dynamos connected 
in series — Short and Long Shunt — Separately Excited Dynamo — Compound 
Wound Dynamos — Multi-Speed Electric Motor — Drum Controller — ^^Commu- 
tator Construction — Spring Binding Post — Electric Transformer — Recording 
Ampere Meter — Novel Arc Lamp — Searchlight Mirror — Electric Engine Stop 
— Series Arc Lighting Circuit — Rotating Electric Furnace — Electric Blowpipe 
— Electric Furnace — Tandem Worm-Gear Electric Elevator — Electrically 
Driven Sewing Machine — Electric Motor Worm-Driven Pump — Electric Incu- 
bator — Electrical Soldering Copper — Electric Welding Apparatus — Electric 
Welding — Electric Revolving Crane — Electro-Magnetic Track Brake — Electro- 
Magnetic Clutch — Wireless Telegraphy — Automatic Trolley-Wheel Guard — 
Electric lighting System — Electrically Heated Chafing Dish — Vibrating 
Electric Bell — Printing Telegraph — Electric Fire-Alarm System — Electric 
Tree-Felling Machine — Electric Trumpet — Electric Blue Print Machine — 
Demagnetizing a Watch — Electric Curling-Iron Heater. 



SECTION XI. 
NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 

Curious Boats — Greenland Kayak — Racing Yachts — Ancient Feathering Paddle 
Wheel — Types of Propellers — Screw Propeller — Sheet Metal Propeller — Feath- 
ering Blade Propeller — Twenty-five-Foot Launch — Bicycle Catamaran — Bicycle 
Gear for a Boat — The Manipede Catamaran — Types of Shallow-Draught- 
Screw-Propelled Boats — Dirigible Torpedo — Automobile Torpedo — The Hol- 
land Submarine Boat — Reversing Clutch — Ice Boat — Submarine Cable Grap- 
nel — Steam Sounding Machine — The Drag Steering Gear — ;Rope Hitches — 
Knots and Splices — Bell Buoy — The Whistling Buoy — Lighting Buoy — Fog 
Whistle — Fish Way — Floating Breakwater — Nets and Seines. 



SECTION XII. 
ROAD AND VEHICLE DEVICES, ETC. 

Road Grading Wagon — Traction Wheel — Dumping Wagon — Differential Speed 
Gear — ^Automobile Steering Gear — Ratchet Brake Lever — Automobile Change 
Speed Gear — Automobile Steam Engine — Types of Motor Bicycles — Steam 
Surrey — Steam Freight Wagon — Steam Dray — Interchangeable Automobile. 



CONTENTS. II 



SECTION XIII. 

RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 

Block and Interlocking Signals — Railway Signals — Trolley-Car Sander — Loco- 
motive Sander — Multiple Plate Friction Clutch — Types of Trolley-Car Trucks 
— Types of Rack-railway Locomotives — Fare-Recording Register — ^Cable Grip 
— Railway Track Brake — Rolling and Compressing Steel Car Wheels — Re- 
versing Car Seat — Four-Spindle Rail Drill — Crank-Pin Turning Machine — 
Extension Car Step — Trolley Replacer — Car Coupler — Bulldozer Press. 

SECTION XIV. 
GEARING AND GEAR MOTION, ETC. 

Novel Worm Gear — Swash-Plate Gears — Stop-Gear Motion — Volute Tappet Gear 
— Geared Reversing Motion — Elliptic Linkage — Interrupting Cam-Gear Mo- 
tion — Circular from Reciprocating Motion — Crank Substitute — Sun and 
Planet Motion — Intermittent Rotary Motion — Friction Gear — Parallelism 
from Circular Motiop — Circularly Vibrating Motion — ^Differential Speed Gear 
■ — Epicyclic Train — Transmission Gear — Variable Speed Friction Gear — 
Variable Speed Gear — Driving Gear for a Lathe — Variable Drive Motion. 



SECTION XV. 
MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 

Parallel Motion — Three-Point Straight-Line Linkage — rThe Dead Center Problem 
— Crank Substitute — Short-Range Walking Beam — Turning a Square by Cir- 
cular Motion — Double-Link Universal Joint — Change Speed Pulleys — Multiple- 
Shaft Driving Device — Reciprocating with Stop Motion — Reciprocating Mo- 
tion — Reciprocating Into Rotary Motion without Dead Centers — Right-Angle 
Coupling — Reversible Friction Ratchet — Friction-Plate Clutch — Friction Clutch 
— Expanding Wrench or Chuck — Multiple Ball Bearings — Shaft-Thrust Ball 
Bearings — Bicycle Ball Bearing — Ball-Bearing Castor — Spring Motor — Weight 
Driven Motor — Swing Motor — Ammonia Compressor — Coin-in-the-Slot Gas 
Meter — Spiral Fluting Lathe — Pantographic Engraving Machine — Geometrical 
Boring and Routing Chuck — Rose Lathe — Plantariums — The Phenakisto- 
scope. 

SECTION XVI. 
HOROLOGICAL TIME DEVICES, ETC. 

Electric Pendulum — Electric Clock Controller — Repeating Clock Escapement with 
Electric Pendulum — Electric Ratchet — Solar and Sidereal Clock — ^Novel 
Clock — Electrical Correction of Clocks — Long-Distance Telegraph-Clock 
Correction — Flying-Pendulum Clock — Self- Winding Synchronizing Clock. 



12 CONTENTS. 



SECTION XVII. 
MINING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 

Mining Lamp — ^\Vell-Boring Tools — Prospecting Diamond Drill — Assay Ore 
Crusher — Ore Roasting Furnace — Magnetic Metal Separator — Magnetic Sep- 
arator — Quartz Pulverizer — Ore "Washing Tower — Automatic Ore Sampler — 
Pneumatic Concentrator — Ore Car on a Transfer Truck — Dry Placer Gold 
Separator — Drv' Gold Mining Machine — Gold Amalgamator — Sheave Wheels 
for Gravity Planes — Briqueting Machine — A Briqueting Plant — Coal-Washing 
Jig — Propeller Pump Agitator — Coal-Handling Plant — Method of Change Di- 
rection. 

SECTION XVIII. 

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 

Machine-Made Chains — Suspending Grip — Universal Dog — Drill Chuck — Brick 
Clamp — Combination Tools — Easily Made Steam Whistle — Gasoline Heated 
Soldering Copper — Pulley Balancing Machine — Lubricating Drill — Expand- 
ing Drill — Taper Attachment to a Lathe — Taper Turning Attachment — Cen- 
tering Device for a DriU Press — Boring Elliptic Cylinders — Crane Truck — 
Centrifugal Separator — Blacksmith Helper — Belt-Driven Forging Hammer — 
Eye-Bending Machine — Angle Iron Bending Machine — Pipe-Bending Machine 
— Rolled-Thread-Screw Machine — Power Hack-Saw — Seamless Tube Machine 
— Metal Band-Saw — Hand-Screw Tire-Setting IMachine — Hydraulic Tire- 
Setting Machine — Automatic Furnace — Gas-Heated Hardening and Temper- 
mg Furnace — Tempering Bath — Down-Draught Gas-Melting Furnace — Oil 
or Gas Fired Forge — Melting Furnace — Duplex Melting Furnace — Open 
Hearth Steel Furnace — Hot-Metal Mixer — Kerosene-Oil Melting Furnace — Pe- 
troleum Forge — Petroleum Melting Furnace — Petroleum Fired Reverberatory 
Furnace — Plate Hardening Machine — Dovetailing Machine — Diamond MiU- 
stone-Dressing Machine — File-Cutting IMachine — Dovetails — ]Mortising Dove- 
tail Machine — Bagging and Weighing Scales — Automatic Bagging and Weigh- 
ing Machine — Turpentine Still — Flour Packer. 

SECTION XIX. 

TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 

Pattern Burring Machine — Cotton-Seed Hulling Machine — Cotton Bat Compressor 
and Condenser — Cocoanut-Paring Machine — Flock Grinding Machine — Flax- 
Scutching Machine — Multiple-Strand Cordage ISIachine — Paper Enameling 
Machine — Cordage-Making Machine — Three-strand Cordage Machine — 
Thirty-two-Strand Cordage Machine — Flocking Machine — Electric Cloth Cut- 
ter — Quarter Sawing of Lumber — Evolution of the Lag Screw — Porcelain 
Molding Machine — Diamond Cutting — Diamond Crusher and Mortar— Dia- 
mond Hand Tools and Drills — Combination Press — Artificial Flower-Branch- 
ing Machine. 



CONTENTS. 13 



SECTION XX. 
ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 

Four-Spool Hoisting Engine — Disintegrator — Foundry Construction — Excavator 
and Rotary Screen — Universal Pocket Level — Adjustable Beam Clamp — Grav- 
ity Elevator — Portable Concrete Mixer — Concrete Mixer — Trench Brace — 
Types of Machine-Shop Construction — Wood Preservation Apparatus — Wire- 
Guy Gripper — Timer Creosoting Apparatus — Electrically Driven Hammer — 
Duplex Rolling Lift Bridge — Balanced Swing Bridge — Fall Rope Cable Carrier 
— Crib Dam — Counterbalanced Drawbridge — Earth Embankment — High 
Structures — Transfer Bridge — Gigantic Wheel — Moving Platform — Traveling 
Stairway or Ramp. 

SECTION XXL 

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 

Portable Saw — Stump-Pulling Machine — Motor Roller-Disk Plow — Automobile 
Plow — Reversible Plow — Tethering Hook — Fountain Wash Boiler — Potato- 
Washing Machine — Potato-Rasping Machine — Paris Green Duster — Automo- 
bile Mowing Machine — Modern Two-Horse Mower — Cream Separator — Re- 
frigeration — Model Cold-Storage House — Modern Grain Harvester — Com- 
pound Thresher — Refuse Crematory — Conical Charcoal Kiln — Coking Oven 
— Destructor Furnace — Life-Saving Net — Remington Typewriter — United 
States Army and Navy Guns — United States Magazine Rifle — Breech-Block 
Mechanism — Magazine Pistol — Artificial Ankle — Artificial Leg. 



SECTION XXII. 
DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 
Geometrical Pen — Ellipsograph- — The Campylograph. 

SECTION XXIII. 

PERPETUAL MOTION. 

Perpetual Motion — The Inventor's Paradox — The Prevailing Type — Marquis of 
Worcester — Folding-Arm Type — Chain Wheel — Magnetism and Gravity — 
The Pick-up-Ball Type — The Ball-Carrying Belt — Ferguson's Type to prove 
its impossibility — Revolving Tubes and Balls — Geared Motive Power — The 
Differential Hydrostatic Wheel — The Lever Type — The Rocking Beam — Tilt- 
ing Tray and Ball — The Rolling Ring which did not Roll — Differential Water 
Wheel — The Gear Problem — Mercurial Wheel — The Air-bag Problem — Air 
Transfer in Submerged Wheel — Extending weights and water transfer — The 



14 CONTEXTS. 



Sponge Problem of Sir W. Congreve, of Rocket Fame — Transfer of Air — DilTer- 
ential Weight of Balls — Inclined Disk and Balls — Self-^Moving Water Power — 
Chain Pmnp as Known in 1618 — The Archimedean screw for raising balls — 
Differential Weight by Flotation — The Flotation Problem — Liquid Transfer — ■ 
Chain-Pimip T}-pe — Mercurial Displacement in a cistern of water — Air-Buoyed 
"VVTieel — ^The Overbalanced Cylinder — The Hydrostatic Weight or differential 
volimae problem — Capillar}' attraction t^'pe — Magnetic Pendulum — Magnetic 
^\^leel — Magnetic Mill of the Middle of the Eighteenth Centur)' — Regenerating 
Pendulum — Magnetic ^Mieel — .AJternate Magnet Type — Electro-Magnetic 
T}'pe — Electrical Generation. 



SECTION I 



MECHANICAL POWER, 
LEVER. 



MECHANICAL APPLIANCES 



AND 



NOVELTIES OF CONSTRUCTION. 



Section L 



MECHANICAL POWER, LEVER. 



I. LEVER IN A DRAUGHT EQUALIZER for four horses. 
This equaHzer consists of a doubletree having singletrees, a bar pivoted 

at one end to a lateral frame on the 
pole and connected at its outer end to 
the doubletree, a crossbar pivoted to 
the rear end of the pole being con- 
nected at one end by a rod connected 
at its other end to the bar pivoted to 
the lateral frame on the pole. The 
singletrees on the opposite side of the 
pole are pivoted to the end of a 
bar extending across the pole and 
pivoted to the crossbar. By this 
construction the draught of the horses 
secured to all the singletrees will be 
equalized, the doubletree on the pole being permitted to have a move- 
ment backward and forward on the end of a bar which is free to swing 
beneath the raised portion of a strap secured to the pole. 

17 




i8 



MECHANICAL POWER, LEVER. 




2. TIMBER OR LOG 
GRAPPLE. A handy de^-ice 
for carn'ing heavy timbers, joists, 
railroad ties, telegraph poles, etc. 




3. LEVER EQUALIZER FOR SULKY PLOWS. Two 
jaws, forming a double clevis, attached to the front end of the beam 

of the plow, and so arranged that by 
means of a series of holes in the jaws 
the plow may be regulated to run at a 
greater or less depth, and also to cut a 
furrow of any desired width. 

Two levers of different lengths, to 
which the draught eveners of the team 
are secured, are pivoted one on either 
side of the jaws, and are connected by a chain that passes around a 
sheave secured on the under side of the drawbar. By this means the 
draught is equalized between the two beams. Swinging arms, pivoted 
to the sides of the beam, sustain the chains and hold them so as to draw 
straight from the equalizing levers. 

4. LEVER EQUALIZER FOR THREE HORSES on single 
pole. The arms, A C, are fastened to opposite sides of the tongue, 

and the pivots in their ends are at equal distances 
from the tongue. To the end of the arm. A, is 
pivoted a doubletree, B, to one end of which a 
singletree, G, is held, and to the opposite end a 
singletree, F, is held adjustably by a pin passed 
through one of a series of holes in the end of the 
doubletree. The doubletree is pivoted about 
two-fifths of its length from the outer end. To 
the end of the arm, C, is pivoted a doubletree, D, 
on the outer end of which a singletree, H, is held 
by a pin through one of a row of holes. The in- 
ner end of this doubletree is connected by loops, 
^ E, with the middle of the doubletree, B. The 

doubletree, D, is pivoted about one-third of its length from its inner 
end. By means of the holes in the ends of the two doubletrees the 
leverage can be varied to suit conditions. The direct draught of the 
tongue is in the center of the two draught points. 




MECHANICAL POWER, LEVER. 



19 




5. LEVER NIPPERS. A labor- 
saving device in the hands of the wire 
worker. Its lever advantage is readily- 
seen by inspection of the detailed parts 
as a compound lever, which doubles the 
cutting power of the nippers. 



SECTION II, 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



Section II. 
TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 




6. UNIVERSAL SCREW DRIVER. 

The handle has a ratchet socket in which the 
three-point blade may be inserted for greater 
power or to accommodate special conditions. 

7. A section showing the ratchet and pawl 
socket for holding the square shank of the blade 
for corner work. 



8. QUICK COUPLING for 
sewer rods. Makes a smooth contin- 
uous rod that can not uncouple while 
in use. 




9. TRANSMISSION of power 
by wire rope and anchored levers. 
The braced tee pieces A B, with 
their arms connected with a distant 
rocker by the wire W W, pivoted 
to the windmill frame and to the 
crank rod at A, make a very effec- 
tive method of operating a pump 
at a distance. A strong fence 
wire is sufficient for a house pump 
and may be supported on rollers 
for long distances. 
23 



24 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 




lo. BAG ELEVATOR. The bags 
are delivered from a car door on to a 
grating through which the forked hands 
of the elevator picks them up and dis- 
charges upon an inclined chute grating 
to slide to a horizontal carrier from which 
they are deposited at any desired place. 
The forked hands are braced loosely to 
the sprocket chains, which are guided in 
grooved posts, so that there is no sag to 
the forks when the load is on. 



II. HORIZONTAL CONVEYOR. Receives the bags from 
the elevator (Fig. lo) and deposits them along a warehouse floor 




by dumping them off the side at places where the inclined guide 
board is set. 




12. I BEAM TROLLEY. A sim- 
ple and effective apparatus with a chain 
tackle for setting heavy work in lathes 
and moving light articles in shops. 

The I beam makes a most convenient 
outrigger from the front of a warehouse 
or factory for the transfer of goods to 
and from trucks. 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



25 




i — ^ 


s 


) ^ 


1 






































' 


ti u u u ^=JJ 



13. TWO WAY CON- 
VEYOR. Method by which a 
rope and disk conveyor can be 
made to change its direction. 
For grain, gravel, sand, clay, 
and other loose material. 



14. ROPE TRAMWAY CAR- 
RIAGE. Bleichert System. The 
upper rope is the bearing cable and 
trolley, the lower one is the hauling 
rope with the grip device attached 
to the car frame. The pull of a 
lanyard starts or stops the car. 

15. Shows a side view of the 
open car frame and grip cam. 



16. FRICTION PULLEY. The central hub A, which is keyed 
to the shaft, is turned up to form a bearing for the pulley and for the 

cover B fastened over the 
circular chamber in the pul- 

B //// //^>^Z^^ X\ "^ ^^y- '^^^^ g^^Ppiiig dogs or 

levers C — hung at the ends 
of the arms on hub A — are 
finished at one end to fit the 
friction surface in the pulley 
chamber. The countershaft 
is drilled out to receive the 
hardened rod D, which is connected to the shipper. As the rod is 
moved in the shaft by the shipper, a double wedge — formed on the 
rod^forces out the two pins E, and these pins press the gripping 
levers tight against the friction surface. When the rod is moved in the 
opposite direction the springs force the pins toward the center and re- 
lease the levers. A screw plug at the back of the chamber can be re- 
moved and the pins E adjusted to give the gripping levers the desired 
pressure. 

17. A section showing the pins and wedge rod. 




26 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. • 




i8. GEARED I BEAM 
TROLLEY. Designed for mov- 
ing heavy articles on overhead I 
beam railways in factories. The 
trolley wheels are geared to a driv- 
ing shaft with sprocket^ wheel and 
chain, the lift being an ordinary 
tackle, not shown. 




19. VARIABLE POWER AND 
SPEED with friction cone pulleys and 
traversing pulley as applied to a drilling 
machine. The transmitting roller is 
pivoted in a frame that shdes on a side 
bar and is clamped by a screw at the 
position required for the desired speed. 
See No. 106, ist vol., for a frictionless 
form of transmitting roller. 



20. WORM GEAR 
ELEVATOR. Sprague 
type. The double worm 
and gear serves the pur- 
pose of balancing the 
thrust of the driving shaft 
and is also a means of 
safety from breakage of 
teeth. The wear on the 
worms and gear is also 
much lessened by their 
duplication. 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



27 



21. CASH CARRIER. To the upper surface of the car are se- 
cured uprights, in which are joumaled the axles of grooved wheels 

running upon the over- 
head wire or track. In 
other uprights is held a rod 
on which are placed two 
coiled springs, so arranged 
that the rod acts as a dou- 
ble buffer to the carrier, 
each of its ends being 
adapted to strike a stop 
block, two of which are 
attached to the wire, one at each end. Near each end of the bar is a 
pawl, acted upon by a spring which lifts its free end so it will auto- 
matically engage with a lip formed on the stop block for holding the 
car stationary when it reaches either end of its trip. The pawls are 
disconnected and the car started by means of levers pivoted to the 
frame and connected with the pawls. 





22. VARIABLE SPEED DEVICE. The wheels A and A' are 
each made up of two disks mounted on a shaft and carrying between 

them small toothed pinions, B B B, 
and B' B' B', which are mounted 
on roller clutches. The bearings 
for the pinions are arranged to 
move radially in the slots shown 
in the plates, so that the diameter 
around which the chain must wrap, may be lengthened or shortened 
at will. If the pinions of one wheel or drum are moved radially 
outward, those of the mating drum must be moved inward, and vice 
versa. 

The pinions are moved radially by ineans of two scroll plates for 
each sprocket, the spiral slots of which engage the bearings of the 
pinions and move them in the same manner as the jaws of a scroll 
chuck are operated. The manner in which the scroll plates are turned, 
to effect changes in diameter of driving and driven gears, is accom- 
plished by the simultaneous moving in or out of two flat racks lying in 
slots cut in the sprocket shafts. 



28 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



23. FRICTION PULLEY. The 
flange at the left is fast on the shaft, while 
the flange at the right is loose. On the 
end of the hub of the latter flange teeth 
are cut, the surfaces between the teeth 
being helical, as shown. The fixed collar 
at the right is milled to correspond. The 
spring secured to the loose flange and the 
collar is always under tension and tends 
to rotate the flange in the direction in 
which the belt travels. As the flange 
turns on the shaft it is forced against the 
running pulley and is then turned by the 
friction until the pulley is clamped fast 
between the two friction surfaces, when 
the pulley, flanges, and shaft all rotate to- 
gether. To release the pulley, the brake 
— shown just below the right-hand fric- 
tion disk — is brought against the angular 
face of the flange. This holds the flange back, but the collar still 
turns ahead with the shaft, thus removing the end pressure on the 
friction and releasing the pulley. 

24. A section showing the details of construction. 





25. PANEL CLUTCHES. 
Simpson type. A silent clutch 
that prevents back movement 
and takes up a forward motion 
without the jerk of a ratchet and 
pawl. Useful on agricultural im- 
plements, sewing-machines, etc. 

26. The under figure repre- 
sents a triangular quick-action 
panel applied on the same prin- 
ciple as the other against three 
friction segments. Plan and sec- 
tion. 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



29 




27. FRICTION PULLEY. Upon 
the hub of the pulley is keyed a collar 
with lugs on one side which engage with 
lugs on the friction disk ; this causes the 
disk that fits loosely on the hub of the 
pulley to revolve with the pulley, and at 
the same time leaves the disk free to vi- 
brate sideways if necessary. The advan- 
tage of the disk being loosely connected 
with the pulley in this manner, will be 
appreciated in case the pulley should be- 
come worn loose on the shaft. 



28. VISCOSIMETER. An instrument for measuring the viscosity 
of Hquids, or the resistance which a Hquid offers to flowing or a quick 

change of state. The liquid to be 
tested is placed in the reservoir in 
which is a paddle-shaped agitator 
or wheel. The shaft of this wheel 
is run by a train of gears actuated 
by a drum, which is caused to re- 
volve by means of a weight and 
cord as shown. At the upper end 
of the shaft is a worm and worm 
wheel and on the shaft of the 
worm wheel is a pointer, which 
passes over the face of a dial, by 
which the speed of the paddle or 
agitator can be ascertained. The 
weight is first drawn up by means of the crank on top of the drum. The 
liquid is poured into the reservoir and the latter raised to the proper 
point to give the paddle wheel the proper submersion. The trip on 
the paddle shaft just below the dial is then thrown out, whennhe drum 
and weight start the paddle wheel revolving. The viscosity of the 
liquid, with reference to some other liquid taken as a standard, is then 
determined by noting the indications of the pointer on the dial. The 
number of revolutions of the pointer or the number of divisions passed 
over in a given time, compared to the reading when testing another 
liquid, indicates the relative viscosity. 




30 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 




29. POSITIVE COMBINATION 
CLUTCH. The first motion of the 
clutch handle brings the friction cones 
into contact ; a further push of the 
handle moves the teeth of the clutch into 
contact and prevents slipping of the fric- 
tion cones. The bell-crank arm on the 
handle holds the clutch fast in its locked 
position. 



30. PNEUMATIC BELT SHIPPER. The device consists sim- 
ply of a small air cylinder with a piston travel, such as will give the 

belt the proper throw ; the cyl- 
inder is piped from each end 
to a two-way cock, the plug of 
which has a bar with a looped 
cord within reach of the opera- 
tor. Attached to the piston is 
an arm o, which extends down 
to the bar carrjang the shifter 
forks — air does the rest. Sec- 
tion 3 1 explains the whole thing 
for a belt requiring but one 
movement. 

Machines ha\dng a backing 
belt are provided for by the ar- 
rangement shown in section 32, 
in which the piston and belt 
shifter are held in a central 
position by two coiled springs 
when the belts are on the loose 
pulleys. The springs are com- 
pressed, and their resistance is 
easily overcome, when air is admitted to the opposite ends of the 
cyhnder, which action will put the belt on either the forward or back- 
ing pulleys. . 




'\i 1111 ^"fi 1111 r\ 




TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



31 




SS' ACOUSTIC TELEPHONE. The mouthpiece, a, has a cen- 
tral aperture for the passage of sound waves to the diaphragm, ^, 

whose edges are secured within a 
rabbet of the mouthpiece. The 
diaphragm is about 7 inches in 
diameter and is made of spruce 
wood, which possesses great sono- 
rousness combined with strength 
sufficient to sustain the tension of 
the line wire. The mouthpiece and diaphragm are held to the wall 
on a bed piece, ^, by the tension of the line wire. The bed piece is 
recessed at both sides, /^, and centrally apertured for the passage of 
threads connecting the line wire to the diaphragm. The front recess, 
/, affords a space between the diaphragm and the center of the bed 
piece for free action of the diaphragm, promoting clearness of enun- 
ciation when the instrument is used as a receiver, and the rear recess, 
g, secures a small marginal support for the transmitter, thereby avoid- 
ing a large contact with the wall and preventing excessive vibration. 

To avoid indistinct articulation and the ringing sounds common to 
acoustic telephones, the line wire is connected to the diaphragm by 
silk cords, which are twisted about the end of the wire to obtain a firm 
connection therewith, and which diverge into three or more strands 
that are secured to a metal ring, c, between which and the diaphragm 
a rubber or leather ring, d, is interposed. The hne wire is made of 
strands twisted together and coated with varnish to bind them and pre- 
vent them rubbing upon one another. 



34. ACOUSTIC TELEPHONE. Wire suspension to facilitate 

transmission of sound by 
making the angular turns 
at about 45°, with rub- 
ber straps wired to a yoke 
of wood as shown. Small 
dampers of rubber or leather 
are wired or tied on to the 
main wire between nodal 
points to prevent undue vi- 
bration and change of tone 

by wind or rain. The mouthpiece, if of metal, should be grounded, to 

prevent electric sparks. 




32 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



35. ACOUSTIC TELEPHONE. The front board, A, of the box 
is provided with a central aperture. The diaphragm, b, is stretched over 
the central opening of a board, D, which has 
strengthening ribs on its under side and along 
the edges. An annular block of wood, F, 
whose thickness decreases from the top toward 
the bottom on the inner as well as the outer 
side, is placed between the front board and the 
diaphragm. The upper opening of the block 
coincides with the central opening of the front 
board, and the bottom opening is smaller than 
the opening in the board, D. The bottom edge 
of the block is pressed upon the diaphragm by bolts, G. In the cen- 
tral opening of the block is a funnel-shaped vessel, H, held in place by 
wires, ab, at the top and bottom, which hold the lower end of the 
funnel a short distance from the diaphragm. A button is fastened to 
the middle of the diaphragm, to which is fastened the wire, K. The 
funnel concentrates the sound waves and guides them to the diaphragm, 
thus causing strong and distinct vibrations that reproduce the w^ords 
very plainly. The diaphragm is formed of alternate layers of skin and 
a textile fabric, or of hard rubber about y^g inch thick. 




36. ACOUSTIC TELEPHONE. The characteristics of this tele- 
phone are a curved 
w v\^ mouthpiece, D, a vi- 

v^y/yyyyy^ ^^^^b^^^ brating chamber, I, 

with an ear tube, T, 
I" for returning the vi- 
brations to the ear 
without moving the 
head in conversation. 
It also has attached a 
clock -gear vibrator, 
w^hich makes a loud 
call by the hammer 
strokes on the dia- 
phragm. The mouth- 
piece, D, and the 
resonator, I, may be 
made of metal, hard rubber, wood, or papier-7nache as convenient, from 
3 to 5 inches in diameter. 37. Cross section. 




SECTION III, 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, 
SPRINGS. 



33 



Section III. 
MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



SS. REGISTERING WIND VANE. The wind vane, a a, i^ 
feet above the roof of the building, the vertical shaft, <^ /?, which is 

fastened to and turns with the vane, 
and gives corresponding movements 
to the cyhnder, c c, round which the 
register paper is fastened. The 
paper is divided vertically into 24 
parts for the hours of the day and 
its circumference on the drum into 
4 divisions, N, E, S, W, for the quar- 
ters of the wind. At d, is a pencil 
tube attached to the top of the 
weight, e, and the pencil bears 
hghtly against the paper by an In- 
dia rubber elastic spring. A clock, 
^, permits this weight to descend to 
the bottom of the cylinder in twenty-four hours, when the cyhnder is 
taken out, and the register slipped off. Another one is put on by 
pasting one of the edges of the paper and letting it overlap the other 
edge round the cyhnder. 





39. ANEMOMETER. Robinson 
type. For measuring the velocity of 
the wind. The worm screw runs in 
one of a train of geared index wheels 
carrying pointers. The dials are marked 
for direct reading of from o.i mile, i 
mile, ID miles, 100 miles, 1,000 miles; 
so that the difference of two readings 
and the time gives a ready solution of 
the wind velocity. 
35 



36 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



40. ELECTRIC SIGNAL ANEMOMETER. Consists of four 
hollow hemispheres or cups fixed to the ends of two horizontal rods A 
crossing each other at right angles and supported on a vertical shaft D 

whose worm thread is geared into the 
wheel H. On the face of wheel H are 
beveled projecting pins E which engage 
with a beveled projection on the spring I. 
The pins are so arranged on wheel H as 
to momentarily close circuit through a 
single stroke bell for every twenty-five 
revolutions of the cup arms A. The 
electric circuit starts at the insulated 
binding-post B, goes through wire to 
the insulated spring C, where it is com- 
pleted to spring I to frame of instrument 
and the uninsulated binding -post F. 
From binding-posts B and F, where 
start the line wires, the circuit is com- 
pleted through bell and battery. 




41. METALLIC THERMOMETER. The instrument is pro- 
vided w^ith two series of hard rubber pulleys mounted on studs project- 
ing from a board. A fine brass wire 
(No. 32) attached to the board at 
one end passes around the successive 
pulleys of the upper and lower series 
in alternation, the last end being con- 
nected with one end of a spiral 
spring, which is strong enough to 
keep the wire taut without stretching 
it. The other end of the spring is 
attached to a stud projecting from 
the board. The pulleys are of dif- 
ferent diameters, so that each series 
forms a cone. By this construction 
the wire of one convolution is pre- 
vented from covering the wire of the next. 

The last pulley of the upper series is provided with a boss, to which 
is attached a counterbalanced index. A curved scale is supported 
behind the index by posts projecting from the board. 




MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



37 



42. WIND FORCE REGISTER. The metal drum, ^ ^, is made 
of tin plate ; it is two feet in height and one foot in diameter, suspended 

by a chain, b, to a strong support, c, on 
the roof of the Observatory ; its lower 
end is connected by a chain and guide 
rod, d, with a spiral spring at the bot- 
tom of the case. On the top of this 
spring is a pencil; it bears against the 
sheet of paper, g g, fastened to a board 
drawn aside by a clock. When the 
wind blows, the tin cyhnder is forced 
into some other position, as is shown in 
the dotted figure, a' a', and the pencil is 
drawn upward. The more violent the 
wind the further will the tin cylinder be 
pushed aside, and the higher the pencil 
drawn. The force necessary to draw 
the pencil upward to a given point is 
determined by direct experiment, and ex- 
pressed in pounds weight upon a square 
foot. The direction from which the wind 
blows makes no difference, as it always 
has the same surface to press upon. 




43. RECORDING WIND METER. On the ends of a cross 
supported by a vertical shaft several feet above the roof of the building, 

are four hemispherical copper cups. 
These, whatever may be the direction 
of the wind, are caused to turn round 
with a speed, as has been determined 
by experiment, of about one-third the 
velocity of the wind. 

To the lower end of the shaft thus 
made to revolve by the cups is attached 
an endless screw connecting with a train 
of wheels, which move a cam. The 
wheels are so arranged that one turn 
of the cam answers to 1 5 miles in the 
movement of the wind. A pencil 
which rests on the edge of the cam. 




38 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



and bears lightly against a surface, is carried from the bottom to the 
top of the paper by each revolution of the cam. It should be under- 
stood that the paper is attached to a board dra^^^l aside by a clock at 
the rate of half an inch an hour. The number of times that the pencil 
moves from the bottom to the top of the paper, multiphed by 15, gives 
the number of miles that the i^ind has moved in an hour or day. 



44. RECORDING BAROMETER. The tube marked A B is 
of glass ; the upper part is of a larger diameter than the stem, A being 
Y4 of an inch internal diameter and 10 inches long, 
while the stem, B, is 'g of an inch bore and 26 
inches long. The total length of the tube is there- 
fore ^6 inches. The reservoir, C, is suspended 
from a brass frame, D, fastened to the back of the 
case. This frame also holds the upper ends of the 
steel springs, E, E. The glass reservoir, C. is 
of the same diameter and length as the upper part 
of the tube, A ; on its open end is turned a flange 
to hold it in a brass frame, F. to which are fastened 
the lower ends of the steel springs, E, E ; it also 
carries an ink pencil, G, that touches the ruled 
paper on the board, H, H, which is drawn aside 
by the clock, J. 

The springs for weighing the reservoir are made 
of steel wire, Xo. 22 Enghsh wire gauge, closely 
wound round a mandrel, ' ^ inch in diameter and 
10 inches long, on which they are tempered hard 
and afterward lowered to a suitable temper by being dipped in oil and 
ignited two or three times, the burned oil forming a japan that prevents 
them from rusting in damp weather. 

Ink pencils of the barometer and othef instruments are made by 
drawing narrow glass tubing to a fine point, which lightly touches the 
paper register, leaving a mark of red ink that has been diluted with 
about one-quarter of its volume of glycerin. The glycerin prevents 
the ink from dr\'ing too rapidly. 

To receive the atmospheric fluctuations a suitable ruled paper is 
fastened by means of small brass clamps, K K, to the board, H H, 
which is hung by rollers to the thick steel rod fastened to the sides of 
the case, on which the paper is carried from right to left by the clock, J 
at the rate of ' '. an inch per hour, by means of the pulley on the hour 
arbor of the clock. 




MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



39 



45. REGISTERING AIR THERMOMETER. A glass tube 
bent into a circle with an air bulb at the top nicely balanced by coun- 
terweights on a knife 
edge. Part of the tub^e, as 
shown by the heavy black 
line, is filled with mercury. 
The expansion and con- 
traction of the air in the 
bulb end moves the 
mercury and carries the 
pointer up or down by 
change of gravity. A 
cyHnder moved by clock- 
work receives the record. 



n 


1 ^^Pr )JK 


-< ^^ 




M 


\\\ Lj 1 |-T=] — jjy 








A| 1^ Ir^-^ 


j^i^ 




q p tMflt^!^! 




A 



46. METALLIC THERMOMETER. A series of rods or strips 
of zinc and iron alternating, with their alternate ends fastened together, 

so that the first rod shall be zinc 
and the last iron, which should 
extend to a curved lever that 
operates a sector and small pin- 
ion to which the index hand 
is attached. The dial gradu- 
ation to be made by comparison with a standard thermometer. 





than the steel and on the 
balancing lever and connections 



47. THERMOSTAT. 
For an incubator. A coil 
of zinc and steel ribbon 
fastened together by rivets 
or solder is fixed at its cen- 
ter end to a block in the 
incubator chamber and at- 
tached by a lever to a 
damper and to a lever on 
the wick gear, and controls 
both air inlet and flame. 
The zinc should be thicker 
outside of the coil, e, counterweight for 



A, air inlet cyHnder ; B, lamp chim- 



ney, all of sheet iron ; O, damper rod ; D, wick rod. 



40 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 




48. METALLIC THERMOMETER. The instrument depends 
for its operation on the difference between the expansion of brass and 

steel. The Hnear expansion of 
brass is greater than that of steel, 
so that when a curved bar of 
brass is confined at the ends by a 
straight bar of steel, the brass bar 
will elongate more than the steel 
bar when both are heated, and 
will in consequence become more 
convex. 

At the right are shown two 
bars, the straight one being of 
steel, the curved one of brass. The steel bar is slit for a short distance 
in two places at each end, and the ears thus formed are bent in op- 
posite directions to form abutments for the ends of the curved brass 
bars, two brass bars being held by a single steel bar, thus forming a 
compound bar, as shown below. Each compound bar is drilled 
through at the center. Ten or more such compound bars are strung 
together loosely upon a rod, which is secured to a fixed support. A 
stirrup formed of two rods and two crosspieces rests upon the upper 
compound bar and passes upward through the support. Above the 
support it is connected by a link with a sector lever which engages a 
pinion on the pivot of the index. 

49. Straight steel and curved brass bar. 

50. The compound bar. 



51. MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM 
RECORDING THERMOMETER. 

a, b, two strips or rods of hard rubber at- 
tached to the index arm k, and the ad- 
justing post /. The lower ends pivoted 
to the lever d, /, shown on the side figure. 
m, a spring to take up looseness. J, a 
wooden frame. s, s, two light flanged 
sleeves sliding freely on the bent rod ?t, 
which is fixed above the index scale. 
The scale to be made by comparison 
with a mercurial thermometer, e, a nut 
for adjusting the position of the index. 




MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



41 



52. SUNSHINE RECORDING THERMOMETER. Extend- 
ing from the instrument in the room through the roof is an iron pipe. 

On its upper end it carries an 
iron bar, b, to which is fastened 
firmly, at c, the metalhc ther- 
mometer bar, d; from the loose 
end of this bar a fine wire 
descends ove? a guide pulley- 
down the inside of the pipe to 
the lever, ^, in the case in the 
room below. On the long end 
of the lever is an ink pencil, /, 
that records the motions of the thermometer bar on the register sheet, 
gg, which is fastened by means of two small clamps to the board that 
is carried sideways by the clock, h. Over the metallic thermometer 
bar above the roof is a glass shade, /, protecting it from the weather, 
or covered with a louver box when used for recording temperature only. 
On the register paper, g g, are shown the fluctuations for the day. 
In this instance many clouds have passed between the sun and instru- 
ment. If the curve had been without oscillations it would show that 
the day had been clear. 




53. CENTRIFUGAL SPEED INDICATOR. Gravity of a 
colored fluid in the central and outer tubes is varied by the centrif- 
ugal force of revolution for a constant in- 
dicator. 

The machine consists of three tubes, a, b, 
d^, which connect freely with one another, 
and are mounted vertically between conical 
centers. The tubes are sealed air tight so 
that no liquid can escape or be added. A 
scale is placed on a standard opposite the 
central glass tube, and is graduated to cor- 
respond to various speeds. When the ap- 
paratus is set in motion, the level of the col- 
ored liquids falls in the central tube a, and 
rises in b, and b^ ; by comparing the level of 
the hquid in a with the scale, the speed can 
be read off. 




42 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



54. HYGROSCOPE. In the instrument a strand, H, of hair, de- 
prived of all fat, is secured at its upper end at /, and at its lower end 
to a crank, k, carried by the shorter and heavier arm, 
g, of an angle-lever pivoted at O. The longer and 
lighter arm of the lever serv^es as a pointer and termi- 
nates in a trident, Z. Hair has the property of ex- 
panding or lengthening with an increase of relative 
moisture and of contracting with a decrease in rela- 
tive moisture. Since the strand of hair is constantly 
under the tension imposed by the weight of the arm, 
g, an increase or decrease of relative moisture and a 
corresponding expansion or contraction of the hair 
will be accompanied by a movement of the pointer, 
Z, which plays over a double scale. The central 
point of the arm, Z, indicates on the lower scale 
(graduated from o to 100) the relative moisture. 
Hygrometers which are employed at no great eleva- 
tions are influenced by the moisture of the soil after a heavy fall of 
dew or rain. For this reason five, eight, ten, or fifteen per cent, must 
be deducted from the percentage indicated by the pointer, for hght 
rain (snow, fog), moderate rains, and heavy, continuous rains. 





55. PRONY BRAKE. The lever arm is pivoted at A. The band 
carrying the brake blocks is connected to the lever at D and B. The 

brake blocks are hollow and pro- 
vided with internal water circulation 
for cooling. The faces of the brake 
shoes are smeared with tallow, and 
no water is allowed on the friction 
surfaces. The block B, to which 
the band is attached, moves in a 
curved slot, being controlled by the screw and handwheel S. A turn- 
buckle is provided in the band for tightening the grip of the blocks. 
A very close regulation may be obtained by means of the various ad- 
justments, since the coefficient of friction fluctuates very sHghtly owing 
to excellent lubrication and absence of water from the friction surfaces. 
It is necessary that the center M of the shaft, the pivot at A and the 
point of attachment of the weight to the lever all be in the same 
straight line parallel to the ground line. 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



43 



56. TRANSMISSION DYNAMOMETER. The motor acts 
directly upon the axle of the wheel, A, in the direction shown by the 

arrow, and this wheel carries along the 
intermediate one, B, which transmits 
motion to the inner-toothed wheel. C. 
The latter is connected with the machine 
to be experimented upon by the axle, c, 
and the Cardan joint, c' . 

The axles, a and <f, revolve in bearings 
fixed to the frame, M, but the axle of the 
wheel, B, revolves in a bush which is 
carried by a beam whose fixed axis passes 
exactly through the contact of the cir- 
cumferences of the wheels, A and B. 
The result of this is, that the momen- 
tum of the force exerted by the wheel, 
A, upon B, is null with respect to the 
edge of the knife-blade upon which the 
beam oscillates, and that, consequently, 
such force has no tendency to move the 
beam in one direction more than in another. The beam, then, is only 
influenced by the resistance that the wheel, C, offers to the motion of 
the wheel, B ; and it is such resistance that, by a system of levers in a 
ratio of i to 10, is measured by means of the weight, P. 




57. THERMOHYDROSCOPE. The instrument comprises es- 
sentially a double spiral, S, of zinc and iron and a prepared strand, H, 

of hair, extending from the end, a^ of the 
spiral, through an eye, r, over the roller, 
O, to the end of the index, Z. The eye, 
r, is carried by the spring,/, and is raised 
or lowered by means of the set-screw, s. 
If the eye be lowered, the strand of hair 
is subjected to tension, and the index, Z, 
thereby raised. If the eye be raised, the 
strand of hair is slackened, and the in- 
dex falls by its own weight. In this 
manner the index of the instrument is 
adjusted. 

The spiral, S, operates in the same manner as the spiral of a ther- 




44 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



mometer. When the temperature rises the spiral curves inwardly, so 
that its free end, a, moves downwardly to a' . The tension of the 
strand, H, is thereby diminished, and the index falls. Since the rel- 
ative moisture has remained the same, the length of the strand is not 
changed. While the polymeter points constantly to fifty per cent., the 
thermohygroscope, through the falling of its index, shows that the 
temperature has raised, and with a uniform temperature, a change of 
the index indicates change of the relative moisture. 

POWER OF SPRINGS. 

Reference to letters of formula : 
P. Maximum in pounds. 
B. Breadth of spring in inches. 
H. Thickness of spring in inches. 
L. Length of spring in inches. 
F. Deflection of spring in inches. 

R. Radius of hehcal springs or points at which load is appHed. 
S = max. stress. 
=: 100,000 lbs. per sq. in. for elliptical springs, ) 0^ i 



helical 



Brass. 



80,000 
= 14,500 
E ^ modulus of elasticity. 

= 31,500,000 lbs. per sq. in, (steel). 
r= 15,000,000 " " (brass). 

G = modulus of elasticity for torsion. 
G = -/- E = 12,600,000 lbs. per sq. in. (steel). 
= 6,000,000 " " (brass). 

Best work of spring is at one-half its maximum load as per formula- 

58. RECTANGULAR SPRING. Fast at one end load at the 
other end. 



Max. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


S B H= 
6 L 


6 PL3 
E B H3 


F S L 
L ~ EH 




1 If spring is triangular in breadth 

— __^ ~~^~^ -^ ^^ { ^ and of equal thickness, use above 
^'"^^^-^c-^^-i^ formula, in which B = breadth at 
base or widest part. 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



45 




59. COMPOUND TRIANGULAR 
SPRING, or more than one leaf of either 
form in the cuts. 



Max. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


For a single and double 






elliptical spring the 


Deflection of a double 




max. load = 2 ¥. 


elliptical spring = 2 F. 


F S L 


SNBH SB^H^ 


6 PL3 
E N B H3 


L~ EH 


~" 6 L ~" 6 L 




N = number of leaves. 







XT 

Ends of leaves tapered to — 




Max. Load = 2P; 
deflection = 2. P 



60. Single elliptic spring. 61. Double elliptic spring. 




62. VOLUTE OR SPIRAL SPRING, 

x; flat. P = power apphed at end of arm, R. 
Distance a = flexure of arm. 



Max. load. 



Deflection, 



Flexibility. 



P SBH 
6 R 

R = radius of P. 



R 



12 PLR^ 



E B H3 



F 2 S L 
R"~ E H 



L, total length of spring in action. 



46 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 




63. HELICAL SPRING, flat. P = 
power applied at end of arm, R. Dis- 
tance a = flexure of arm. 



]Max. load. 



For square B = H. 

P: ^^^^ 



6 R 
R = radius. 



Deflection. 



F = Ra 



2PLR^ 
EBH3 



Flexibility. 



F _ 2S L 
R ~ E H 




L = total length of spring in action. 



64. HELICAL SPRING, round. P = 
power applied at end of arm, R. Dis- 
^ tance a = flexure of arm. 



Max. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


S7rD3 


F=Ra = '^^^L^' 
ttED^ 


F 2SL 
R~ ED 



L = total length of spring in action. 
TT = 3.1416. D = diameter of steel. 




65. STRAIGHT TORSION SPRING, 

flat. 



Max. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


S B^ H^ 


F — R a 






3R\/b^ + H^ 
H > B, nearly. 




_3PR'L[B= + H=]| = 
G B3 H3 1 


_bi.VB=+H^ 


S B= H^ 


GBH 


~3R[o.4B+o.96H] 









H, breadth of spring. B, thickness. G, modulus = - '- E. 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, - SPRINGS. 



47 




'^- 66. STRAIGHT TORSION SPRING, 

round. P = power applied at end of arm, R. 
Distance a = flexure of arm. 



Max. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


p SttDb 

i6R 

R = radius. 


TT GD4 


F 2SL 
R~ GD 



7r= 3.1416. D = diameter of steel. G, modulus of elasticity 

for torsion. 



^7^^ 67. HELICAL TORSION SPRING, 
7^— p^ round. To pull lengthwise of the helix. 




Max, load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


S^D3 
16 R 


^ 2RSL 

^ DG 
32PR^L 

TT G D^ 


F 2SL 
R~ GD 



77=3.1416. D=^ diameter of steel. G, modulus. 



[p-R->|^R-^ 




P^ 68. HELICAL TORSION SPRING, 
B flat. To pull lengthwise of the helix. 



Max. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


j,_ SB^H^ 


F = 


3PR^L[B^+H^1 
G B3 H3 


F 
R" 




3 R V B= + H" 
H > B, nearly. 
^_ SB^H^ 


SLVB^+H^ 
G B H 


3R[o.4B + o.96H] 





G, modulus. 



48 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 




The most Strain iru. 
Section B 



69. CONICAL SPIRAL TORSION 
SPRING. Round, to pull or push. 



Max. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


SxD3 
16R 


Nearly 

16PR L 
ttGD^ 


F SL 
R'"GD 



7r= 3,1416. G, modulus. 




70. CONICAL SPIRAL TORSION 

SPRING, flat. 

To pull or push. 



ISIax. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


P SB^H^ 


Nearly 

3PR=L[B^+H=] 


F 

r" 




3R Vb^+h^ 

H > B, nearly. 
p SB^'H^ 




SLV B=4-H^ 


2 G B^ H3 


2 GBH 


3R(o.4B+o.96H) 





G, modulus. 



71. BOLSTER SPRINGS, round. For each spring, if double. 




Max. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


S.D^ 
16R 


2RSL 

DG 
^ 32PR^L 
TT G D^ 


F_ 2 SL 


R GD 



D = diameter of steel. tt = 3.1416. G, modulus. 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER, SPRINGS. 



49 



72. COMPOUND BOLSTER SPRING. The value of each 
spring must be first obtained and all added for the compound spring. 



3?V->I 




Max. load. 


Deflection. 


Flexibility. 


16 R 


„ 2RSL 
^= DG 


F 2SL 
R~ GD 



G, modulus. 



SECTION IV. 



GENERATION OF POWER, 
STEAM. 



51 



Section IV. 
GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM, 



73. INTERNALLY FIRED BOILER. Double corrugated 
tubular furnace with cylindrical shell and return tubes. A large vol- 
ume of water and large water surface which insures steady steaming. 




A liberal steam space and dry pipe prevents siphoning. 
74. Cross section of boiler. 
Continental type. 




75. HEAT CIRCU- 
LATION in a Hein boiler. 
The two longitudinal fire- 
brick partitions along the 
upper and lower tubes di- 
rect the heated gases in 
contact with the entire 
tube surface. 



53 



54 



GEXERATIOX OF POWER, STEAM. 



76. DOWN DRAUGHT 
BOILER FURNACE. 
Hawley t}-pe under a Hein 
boiler, c, tubular grate, d, 
tube connection between 
grate header and front drum. 
b, tube connection between 
grate header and rear drum 
with blow off. 

a, uptake connection 
from each end of grate header to shell of boiler. This arrangement 
gives a rapid cirgulation in the grate-bars and prevents overheating. 

77. TRIPLEX BOILER. Fanning ts^pe with down draught grate. 
Shells are filled with tubes and with no stays. Top shell used for 





steam space. Gases of combustion pass under lower shells through 
the tubes and back between the three shells. Water line in upper 
shell. Large efficiency claimed. 
78. Section through boiler. 



79- 



WATER TUBE BOILER. 




Arranged for utilizing the heat 
from a puddling furnace. 
A most efficient econ- 
omizer of heat from any 
kind of furnace from 
which there is sufficient 
waste heat for generating 
steam. A diaphragm 
guides the heat to best 
advantage through the 
two sets of upright tubes. 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



55 




80. VERTICAL WATER TUBE 
BOILER. Wood type. A furnace 
chamber at one side ; an upper and 
lower tube drum with the tubes banked 
in two sections, and a fire-tile partition 
extended nearly to the top of the tubes. 
The only provision for circulation is by 
the upward current in the fire side induc- 
ing a downward flow in the rear bank of 
tubes. Tubes are cleaned by steam jets, 
through doors in the walls of the setting. 




81. FLASH COIL BOILER. Made with 
two open coils of iron pipe interlocked so that 
the central space is occupied by a useful steam- 
generating surface. 

This form gives a large generating surface in a 
small space. 




82. FINGER TUBE BOILER. The 

shell is made of thick tubing for small boilers 
or y^ inch plate for larger size. The fingers 
are of short pieces of pipe welded at one end 
with a square head for a wrench and screwed 
into the shell, using ordinary pipe threads. 
The connecting tubes are not essential and 
may be omitted. An excellent boiler for 
amateur practice. 



56 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 




83. DUPLEX WATER TUBE BOILER. One of the many 

forms of water tube boilers 
now coming into general 
use in which great economy 
in evaporative power and 
space has been obtained. 
Diaphragms spread the heat 
equally among the stacks of 
upright tubes. 

The half section at the 
right shows the tube con- 
nections with the shell. 



84. FLASH TYPE STEAM GENERA- 
TOR. The water is fed at the bottom of the 
coil at A. Gasoline is vaporized in the small 
cast iron retorts B, placed beneath the steam 
coil. A cheap and safe type for amateur and 
automobile use. The generation of steam is 
controlled by the pump action in this class of 
boilers. 



85. Plan of retorts and connections from the 
feed pump and to the burners beneath the 
retorts. 



86. NOVEL MOTOR. In this motor bulbs are arranged diamet- 
rically opposite each other, in pairs, each pair being connected by a 

tube. The motor thus formed of the series 
of bulbs, the tubular arms and the shaft sup- 
porting them, is operated by the heat of a 
small lamp. Each pair of bulbs contains 
enough water to fill one of them. The wheel 
thus formed revolves over a deflector which 
is heated by means of the lamp. The bulbs 
are exhausted of air, so that pressure suffi- 
cient to force the water from the hot bulb to 
the cooler one above quickly generates from 
water under a vacuum by its low boiling point. 





GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



57 



87. SOLAR CALORIC ENGINE. Ericsson system. This en- 
gine ran at 420 revolutions per minute in clear sunlight. It was con- 
structed on the same design 
as the ordinary hot-air en- 
gine and ran under the 
same conditions. 

It is calculated that the 
heat radiated by the sun 
during nine hours per day, 
for all the latitudes com- 
prised between the equator 
and the 45th parallel, cor- 
responds per minute and 
per square foot of normal 
surface to the direction of 
the rays to 3-5 thermo units 
of 772 foot pounds. Hence, a surface of 100 square feet would give 
a power of 270,000 foot pounds, or from 8 to 9 horse-power. 




88. MOUCHOT'S SOLAR BOILER. A is a glass bell, B is a 
boiler with a double envelope, D is a steam pipe, E is a feed pipe, F 

is a conical silvered mirror ; 
G G is a spindle around 
which a motion is given to 
the machine from east to 
west by the gearing regulat- 
ing the inclination of the 
apparatus on the spindle 
G G, according to the sea- 
sons ; I is a safety valve ; 
K is a pressure gauge, and 
L is a water gauge. 

Diameter of top 9 feet; 
45 square feet of silvered 
glass surface. Boiler of blackened copper 3 1 inches high, 1 1 inches 
diameter. Thin glass cover 2 inches larger than boiler. 

Pressure generated 75 lbs. per square inch ; 11 lbs. of water evap- 
orated per hour. Used for driving a pump. A sun motor of this 
type is now in operation in Southern CaHfomia, pumping water for 
irrigation. Reflector 33'/^ feet diameter, 10 horse-power. 




^^^i^iii^^Mm^:^;^^ 



58 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 




89. MARINE WATER 
TUBE BOILER. A light 
and powerful boiler invented 
by Du Temple in France and 
used on an English torpedo 
gunboat. Patented 1876. 

This boiler has all the essen- 
tial qualities of the later water 
tube boilers. 

Ample water circulation is 
provided for by the back con- 
nections, one of which is shown 
in the cut. 



90. DOWN DRAUGHT WOOD- 
BURNING FURNACE. The 
curved chute facilitates the self feeding 
of the wood to the grate. Width of 
chute suitable for cord wood. Fire 
trimmed from a side door. St. Clair 
type, which is also adapted to the burn- 
ing of bituminous coal. 

91. GRAVITY FEED FUR- 
NACE. For an internal fire-box 
boiler. For bituminous coal the in- 
clination of the grate made to suit the 
sHding properties of the coal. The 
feed hopper extends clear across the 
grate width. The coal feeds down by 
rate of combustion, which in turn is 
regulated by the amount of draft ad- 
mitted. The new coal is heated by 
the burning fuel before it properly 
'' catches," and thus a preliminary evo- 
lution of gas is effected, which lessens 
very perceptibly the amount of visible 
smoke given off by the furnace. 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



59 




92. TRAVELING LINK 
GRATE. The link-bar grate 
is fed forward by a geared drum 
carrying the coal fed from a 
hopper and coked under the 
fore arch of the furnace. Mo- 
tion of grate and amount of coal 
regulated by speed of gear and 
opening of the hopper, sliding 
door, and grate guard. 



93. UNDER FEED 
FURNACE. A circular 
grate with a central recess to 
which the coal is hfted from 
the magazine by a spiral car- 
rier. The coal is pushed up 
through the central funnel 
and falls over on to the grate, 
which is circular. 

A, magazine or hopper. 

B, feed screw. 



94. DOWN DRAUGHT FURNACE in an internal fired boiler. 
Eastwood type. 

r 




A water tube grate with tubes between the furnace head and a cross- 
head between the doors of the upper and lower furnace for obtaining a 
perfect circulation in the grate. 

95. Longitudinal section of furnace. 



6o 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



96. ANNULAR STEAM BLOW- 
ER. For boiler and other furnaces. An 
annular cast-iron chamber perforated for 
steam jets at an angle that projects the 
jets in a converging cone and draws in 
the air with a force corresponding \^-ith 
the pressure of the steam. 

97. STEAM BLOWER. Eynon-Korting t\-pe. A double nozzle 
air injector and double cone tube for boiler and other furnaces. The 









tSl^-Tl 


'^^k 


,^-^ B 






needle valve regulates the flow of steam from the central jet which is 
re-enforced by the incoming air around the two nozzles. 

98. ARGAND STEAM BLOWER for 
furnaces. A perforated annular nozzle in- 
closed in a shell with curved sides and steam 
connections. 

It furnishes a large volume of air with a 
small amount of steam. The air and steam 
^^ are thoroughly mixed in the shell of the blow- 
er before the blast is delivered into the ash 
pit. It makes very httle noise in operation. 

99. Section, showing ring and jets. 

100. COAL DUST FEEDING APPAR.\- 
TUS. A revoh-ing steel brush carries the coal 
dust into the furnace with high velocit}-, mixed 
with the air drawn in at the mouth of the hopper. 
A shaking device operated from the brush shaft 
regulates the dust feed. 

The shaking parts of the hopper are shown by 
the dotted lines. 




GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



6l 



loi. COAL DUST BURNER. The vertical tube, a, for intro- 
ducing the air serves as a pivot to the system, which comprises : i, the 
movable jacket, b, to which are bolted the primary air conduit, c, and 
the secondary air conduit, d; 2, the hopper, e, supported by the chest, 
f; the inlet pipe, g, and, finally, the conical chamber, //. The chest, 
/, is supported by the conduit, d, but is not in communication with it. 




The fixed pipe, a, is provided at the side with two apertures in front of 
which the two conduits, c and d, coincide when the apparatus is in 
operation. At a stoppage, a rotary motion is given the system and 
the apertures of the pipe, d, are closed by the sides of the movable 
jacket. The conduit, c, is divided into two branches which discharge 
the dust into the inlet, g. 



102. FUEL OIL BURNER. 




Plan and section of the crude oil 
burner used on the 
Southern Cali- 
fornia Raibroad. 
This burner has 
but two chambers, oil and 
steam; the air enters the fur- 
nace through graduated open- 
ings around the burner. 



103. 
104. 



Mouth of burner. 
Plan of burner. 



62 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 




105. BURNER FOR AUTO-BOIL- 
ER. The disk chamber is stamped out of 
plate iron. The interior air tubes are 
screwed into the back head and furnish air 
to complete combustion. The outer tubes 
are screwed into the top plate and furnish 
an annular stream of vapor gas from the 
chamber below. 



106. AUTOMOBILE BOILER. Showing the arrangement of 
burner and vaporizing coil above the burner tubes. 

The gasoline is fed to and 
vaporized in the spiral coil. The 
vapor injected into the burner 
chamber by the valve B carries 
air with it. C and A are oil 
and air atomizing valves for 
starting the burner. 

The gasoline tank should have 
an air pressure of 30 pounds. 
The atomizing valve A is con- 
nected with the air chamber of 
the gasoline tank. 




107. FUEL OIL BURNER. Plan and sections of the crude 
oil burners used on the locomotives of the Southern Pacific Railroad. 




• The steam, oil, and air chambers are very wide and spread a broad 
flame. 

Nos. 108, 109, no, III, show the burner in detail. 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



63 



112. LIQUID FUEL BURNER. Urquhart Locomotive type. 

The air nozzles are fixed, steam 
nozzle is movable by a screw and 
worm gear and regulates the oil 
flow. Air enters between the 
front of the boiler and a plate 
held off by studs. A stay tube 
through the water space makes 
an entrance of the flame to the 
furnace. 




113. OIL FUEL FURNACE, for heating and setting tires. The 
combined oil and air enter the hood through a pecuharly shaped 

expansion nozzle, which efTec- 
tually combines them and spreads 
them outward at the same time. 
The air pipe connects with a 
chamber D, which has a cock 
for draining off water. A valve 
is provided between D and C for 
controlling the pressure. The 
oil pipe connects to the back of 
C, and is carried through C by a 
pipe G which terminates with a 
nozzle having four holes. The air escapes through an annular orifice, 
surrounding the end of the nozzle, and carries the oil in the form of 
finely divided spray through the expansion tube into the hood A. 




114. OIL FUEL BURNER. 




An EngHsh type of approved 
design in which 
the steam issues in 
an annulus within 
an annulus of oil 
and air at the 
throat of a double 
cone. Designed 
for the most eco- 
nomical combus- 
tion of oil. 



64 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



115. FUEL OIL BURNER. An air burner. Brown type. 
The air issues in an annular converging cone d, meeting the small jets 
^^^ of oil from the cen- 

Apnular 
-vS^.VtAir Passage 



Four 
Oil Holes 




tral apertures. The 
central tube D also 
ejects through the 
small holes a, a, a, a, 
fine jets of heated 
oil; all forming the 
diverging cone e, e, 
e, e, of atomized 
fuel. C is a flared 
opening of fire 
brick. J, a cup for 
igniting. Air pres- 
sure, 25 to 30 
pounds. 



1 16. LIQUID FUEL BURNER. Cup 

grate type, operated by natural draught of the 
chimney. The heat of the furnace heats the 
inner edge of the cups or troughs, vaporizes the 
oil, which mixes with the air in draught. The 
oil is fed to the upper trough and overflows to 
the next trough, and so on for as many troughs 
as required. A sliding cover and air-stopper 
regulates the fire. See 117 for details. 

117. PETROLEUM FIRE GRATE. Nobel type. This grate 
consists of a series 'of superposed troughs, a, a', a", containing the 
liquid fuel, the discharge of which is regulated 
by small basins, ;-, /, r", that communicate with 
the troughs at b, b' . Through the basins pass 
discharge pipes, T, T', T", open at each ex- 
tremity. All the parts of the grate are of iron 
cast in a piece, and comprising no movable 
joint. The oil enters the top trough and over- 
flows through the tube, T, to the next, and so 
on through the last overflow to a receiving tank. In this manner all 
the troughs are kept at constant level. 





GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



65 




118. CHIMNEY DRAUGHT IN- 
DICATOR. The inverted float in a cup of 
water is connected to the dial hand by a rack 
and pinion. The flue or chimney is connected 
to the bottom of the central tube by pipe or 
hose. The draught of the chimney relieves the 
float of pressure equal to the static height of the 
water due to the partial vacuum, which becomes 
a constant record on the dial. 



119. PLUG FOR LEAKY BOILER 
TUBES. The bolt is screwed into one of the 
plugs tight ; the other plug has a gland and 
stuffing box for perfect closure around the rod 
by rubber or asbestos packing. 



120. SAFETY PLUGS FOR 
BOILERS. Lunkenheimer type to 
meet the requirement of the United 
States Inspection Service, which pro- 
hibits alloys as not being reliable, 
and requires that all plugs shall be 
filled with pure Banca tin, which 
melts at a temperature of 446° Fah. 



121. 



122. 
123. 



INSIDE TYPE OUTSIDE TYPE 




pv^^ 



124. SIMPLE FLOAT STEAM TRAP. 

Eureka type. A tight copper ball with valve and 
guide stem at the bottom and guide stem in the 
inlet pipe. 



66 



GENERATION OF FOWER. STEAM. 




125. AUTOMATIC .STEAM 
TRAP. Lawler type. The open 
float by its overflow and filling, 
sinks, and opens the discharge valve 
by its lever connection. When the 
float is emptied by the steam pres- 
sure, the float rises and closes the 
valve. 




126. FLOAT STEAM TRAP. One of 

the several types of steam traps with sealed 
floats, this having a direct attachment of the 
float and valve which is designed to give a 
small amount of motion to the float for 
operating the valve. 

The valve has a cage guide and its stem 
is loosely socketed to the float, so that any 
side motion of the ^oat does not unseat the 
valve. 



Outlet 



127. DIFFERENTIAL EXPAXSIOX STEAM TRAP. The 
opening and closing of the valve for discharging the water of condensa- 

3 




tion is effected by the differential expansion and contraction of the 
Drass and iron tube, being 3 to 2. The setting of the valve is con- 
trolled by the adjusting lever, so that the water is discharged, and when 
steam enters the brass tube it expands by the additional heat and closes 
the valve by lifting the seat. 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



67 




128. BALANCED STEAM 
TRAP. The float B is always full of 
water and not liable to collapse. It is 
balanced by the counterweight W, at 
the other end of the valve lever, so 
that the float B opens the valve by the 
differential flotation of the weight and 
float, when the chamber, S, fills with 
water. 




129. RETURN TRAP. Blessing type. 
For raising the water of condensation to a 
higher level than the water line of a boiler, 
to be returned to the boiler by gravity 
under equalized pressure. 

The movable bucket operates a lever 
and the equahzing valves for discharging 
the water to a receiver by the boiler pres- 
sure and from the receiver to the boiler by 
gravity. 



130. AUTOMATIC BOILER FEEDER. Feeds water to a 
boiler on the same principle as the pulsometer. 

The feeder is placed 
about 4 feet above the 
water line of the boiler 
with water flowing to it 
by gravity or pressure. 
The weight of the water 
alternately filling the 
chambers, carries them 
down and opens a steam 
port in the axial valve to 
the boiler pressure, when 
the water flows into the boiler by gravity. At the same time the 
upper chamber is being filled by the condensation of its steam. It is 
made self-acting by having the steam pipe connect to the boiler at the 
high water line, at which point steam can not enter the chamber and 
the action stops. The dashpots regulate the motion of the feeder. 




68 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 




131. CENTRIFUGAL STEAM SEPARATOR. 
The centrifugal force produced by the steam whirhng 
around the spiral partitions causes the entrained water 
to be thrown against the outer shell to drip to the bot- 
tom of the case. 



OILER 

STEAM 

CONNECTIOn 



132. LOW WATER ALARM. 

Bundy type. For steam boilers. An 
overbalanced submerged bucket with 
lever attachment to the whistle valve. 
Low water uncovers the bucket, when 
its unbalanced weight opens the 
whistle valve. 

The parts are detailed in the cut. 



CONNECTION 



^^^ Water Supply 



133. SIMPLE BOILER FEED DEVICE. A is a vent cock 
to discharge air or steam from the feed tank ; C is a cock to let steam 

from the boiler to the tank ; D 
is a cock to let water from the 
tank to the boiler. The bot- 
tom of the tank should be 
above the highest water level 
to be carried in the boiler. The 
lowest level of the water supply 
must be higher than the bottom 
of the tank. To feed the boiler, 
first close C and D and open A 
and B. Water will then run into the tank. Then close A and B and 
open C and D, and the water in the tank will run into the boiler. 




GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



69 




134. FEED WATER HEATER AND PURIFIER. Ander- 
son type. This apparatus consists of a vertical cylinder containing a 

number of compartments filled with filter- 
ing material. The exhaust steam enters 
at the bottom and flows into the first 
compartment through a short pipe, thence 
through the annular opening surrounding 
the second compartment, into the latter, 
thence through another annular opening 
into the next compartment and so on to 
the top of the cylinder or casing. 

After passing through the annular open- 
ings, the steam comes in contact with 
bafile plates, which direct the steam 
through the falling water, thus condens- 
ing a large part of the steam. The water 
enters at the top through perforations in 
a ring-pipe, the water falHng upon a bafile 
plate, which delivers it into the upper 
filtering compartment. From the latter compartment the water falls 
in drops through the current of steam into the second filtering cham- 
ber or bed and so on to the storage reservoir at the bottom. A ball 
float is connected with the water-regulating valve at the top and main- 
tains a constant water level in the storage reservoir. A sealed over- 
flow pipe prevents the water in the reservoir from overflowing into the 
exhaust pipe. The feed pump takes the hot water from the reservoir 
at a point near the bottom, thus avoiding any oil that might be present 
at the surface. 

135. SURFACE CONDENSER. Double tube type in which 
the shell has both tube heads at one end ; the cooling water flowing 
STEAM INLET tlirough thc Smaller 

!■ OUTLET 

Ir^ /^~x concentric tubes and 
' ^ returning through the 
annular space between 
the tubes. There be- 
ing but one joint for 
each tube, the troubles 
arising from expansion 
and contraction of the 
tubes are avoided. 




JO 



GENERATION OF POWER, STEAM. 



136. NOVEL SURFACE CONDENSER. A cylinder filled 
with small tubes as shown in the section, 137. A spray jet of water 




thrown against the tubes at one end, and with a large volume of air, is 
drawn through the tubes by a suction blower at the end of the conical 
chamber. The water is vaporized and with the air takes up the heat of 
the exhaust steam and is discharged in a vapor by the blower. The 
pump keeps up the vacuum in the exhaust chamber and returns the 
water of condensation to the boiler. Claimed to use but one pound 
of water for each pound of steam condensed. 

137. Section of condenser and tubes. 

138. EVAPORATOR for obtaining fresh water from salt water. 
The chamber is kept supplied half full of salt water and kept below 

saturation by blowing off. 
The vapor is drawn off 
through the perforated 
pipe at the top through a 
condenser by the vacuum 
pump. The boiling tem- 
perature of the salt water 
of the ocean is about 
153° Fah. at a 26-inch 
vacuum. The condensed 
steam from the coils is 
saved and filtered or again 
fed to the boilers on ship 

board. Enough vapor for ship use is conveyed to an aerator and 

cooler. 




SECTION V. 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



71 



Section V. 
STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



^^^^^ 139. TYPES OF COMPOUND ENGINES. 
Single cylinder or trunk engine in which the high 
and low pressure areas are adjusted by the size of 
the piston rod or trunk, which is inclosed by a stuffing 
box. The connecting rod is jointed within the trunk. 





140. TYPES OF COMPOUND 
ENGINES. Cross compound with 
cranks at 120° on ends of shaft. Fly 
wheel in center. In this type there is 
no dead center. 

141. Low-pressure cylinder, showing 
relative positions of piston. 




142. TYPES OF COMPOUND 
ENGINES. Twin compound, close 
connected tandem with high-pressure 
cylinders forward, cranks at 120° on 
ends of shaft, fly wheel in center. 

143. The relative positions of the 
pistons are shown in the two figures 
at alternate strokes. 



73 



74 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 




144. TYPES OF COMPOUND 
ENGINES. Tandem compound 

.types in which the forward cyHnder 
is high pressure with close connection 
to the low-pressure cylinder with only 
a metalHc sleeve as a stuffing box. 

145. In the reverse type the cylin- 
ders are independent and separated a 
short distance with regular stuffing 
boxes. 



146. TRIPLE EXPANSION ENGINE, with double tandem 
high-pressure cylinder. Edwards patent. The object of the design is 

to produce an ar- 
B rrr.^^^otzJi^L-^ rangement of cylin- 
ders, steam valves, 
and ports whereby the 
back pressure of the 
intermediate cylinder 
will not act as an op- 
posing force on the 
high-pressure piston, 
and will also furnish 
full pressure of steam 
in the intermediate 
without increasing back pressure in the high. Steam enters the cham- 
ber <73, passes through an opening between the two piston valves, which 
opened to the upper piston, a, when it passed the bottom center. The 
cut shows it in the act of closing. 

When working as a triple expansion the valve closes when the piston 
reaches the point b-, which allows the steam to enter cylinder B above 
piston b at full pressure, but the crank to cylinder A is on the quarter 
where it moves at its highest speed, while the piston B moves down. 
It will also be seen that lower piston A reaches the top of its cylinder. 
At the same time, but instead of being in a position to exhaust as in 
the upper one, it will be in the position to receive through lower port ^^, 
valve a^ having moved down far enough to open. The piston A starts 
on the return stroke, which requires no explanation. 




STEAM POWER APrLIANCES. 



75 




147. HIGH SPEED VERTICAL EN- 
GINE. Rhodes type. Valve of the gridiron 
balanced type, with valve gear of a novel de- 
sign giving a quick and full movement of the 
valve through a rav^^hide disk, H, rolHng on an 
irregular cam on the shaft and made adjustable 
for time of cut off between the limit of ^/g 2.nd 
ys. The roller is kept in contact with the cam 
by the spring K. 

The cam is shown on the engine frame. 



148. COMPOUND STEAM OR AIR ENGINE. Watson 
type. The steam or air is admitted from the bottom and between the 

pistons, driving the pistons 
outward to the position as 
shown at the left end of 
cyhnder. When the pistons 
are in this position, the cam 
valve opens the top port and 
closes the feed port, thus 
allowing the steam or air to 
collect between pistons and 
pass to the opposite side of 
the same, driving them in- 
ward to the position as 
shown in the right end of cut. As soon as the inward stroke is com- 
pleted, the extension stem on pistons opens the end or exhaust valves, 
which remain open until the pistons complete their outward stroke and 
cycle of revolution. To reverse the motor, steam or air is taken from 
the top instead of the bottom. The motors are so arranged that steam 
or air can be used once and exhaust, or it may be used twice. 




76 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



149. TRIPLE EXPANSION MARINE ENGINE. Type of 

steamer Minnesota. Proportion of cylinders, i, 5, 15 in area; stroke. 




48 inches; crank positions, 120°; high-pressure cyHnder, 23 inches 
diameter ; intermediate cylinder, 5 1 inches diameter ; low-pressure 
cyhnder, 89 inches diameter. 

150. COMPOUND CORLISS ENGINE. Atlas type, with 
direct connected exhaust valves for both high- and low-pressure 




cylinder. The releasing gear of this type of engine is unique in that 
inertia, centrifugal force, and the force of gravity are used to operate 
the grab hook. 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



17 



151. COMPOUND CORLISS 




ENGINE. Showing Corliss 
valves on low-pressure cylin- 
der, direct connected wrist 
plates, one for each cylinder 
to operate the steam valves 
while the exhaust valves are 
all connected by link rods, 
which are in turn directly 
connected to the eccentric 
rod. Valve gear of both cyl- 
inders have trip hooks and 
dashpots. 




152. CORLISS EN- 
GINE. C. & G. Cooper 
type with double wrist plate. 
The governor controls the 
action of the steam valves 
by adjustable trip hooks and 
dashpots. 




153. CORLISS ENGINE. 
Hamilton type, with single wrist 
plate and trip-valve gear con- 
trolled by the governor. 

The type of most economical 
Steam power. 



STEAM POWER APPLIA^XES. 



154. CONVERTIBLE COMPOUND ENGINE. Flinn type for 
automobiles. Steam enters at the center of the high-pressure steam 

vah^e, and when the 
intercepting valve is 
in the position shown 
in the left cross sec- 
tion it can pass from 
the high-pressure 
chest directly to the 
low - pressure chest, 
allowing both cyhn- 
ders to run with high- 
pressure steam as 
simple engines, the 
high pressure ex- 
hausting at A into 
the main exhaust chest. This gives the machine great starting or 
climbing power. When less power and more economy is wanted, the 
intercepting valve is turned to the position shown in the right section, 
closing the free exhaust from the high-pressure cyhnder and the live 
pressure connection to the low-pressure steam chest and compelling 
the exhaust of the high-pressure cylinder to enter the receiver and flow 
to the low-pressure valve. 

155. A vertical section of the intercepting valves and ports. 

156. NOVEL THREE-CYLINDER ENGINE. The novel 
features are in the manner in which the piston valves are operated and 





in supplementary exhaust ports. The piston valves are connected to 
and operated by the following piston. The exhaust is discharged into 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



79 



the main trunk of the engine through the hollow spool valves and 
from the ports opened by the trunk pistons into the jacketed recesses, 
making its final exit at the bottom of the casing. A compact high 
speed engine of Enghsh design. 

157. Vertical section on Hne of shaft. ' 



58. REVOLVING 




ENGINE. Kipp type. In Kipp's re- 
volving engines the exterior cylin- 
der, to which a belt may be directly 
appHed, it being surrounded by a 
lagging for that purpose, is caused 
to rotate by the reciprocation of 
two pistons with duplicate heads in 
cylinders whose axes are at right 
angles to each other. The piston 
heads a a' are connected, as are also 
bb', by the pieces c c c' c' . Yokes 
dd' connect these with a crank e on 
the main shaft of the trunk. Steam 
is admitted through the valve / to 
the central space g, which serves as 
a steam chest. The arrangement 
of the ports is shown at i. The 
drum is mounted on trunnions, 
through one of which the steam 
enters, the other serving to exhaust 
through one of the hollow pillars k 
into the feed-water heater I; an 
eccentric on the main shaft also 
operates the feed-water pump. 



159. Section through axis of rotation. 




160. FRICTION RELIEF IN D 
VALVES. This novel method of relieving 
the friction of slide valves consists in cutting 
diagonal grooves in the outer bearings of the 
port face of the steam chest, as showm at a, a. 
This relieves the pressure of the valve and 
facilitates lubrication. 



8o 



STEAM POWER APPLIA^XES. 



i6i. NOVEL TRIPLE COMPOUND MARINE ENGINE. 
The novel features are the three-part eccentric oscillating upon the 




crank pin and upon each of which a strap fixed to the piston rod of 
each cyHnder shdes in ways parallel with each piston rod. The throw 
of eccentrics and crank are each equal to one-half the piston stroke. 
The eccentrics are at 90° and 180°, as shown at a. The three piston 
valves are directly connected by rods to thin straps on an angularly 
mounted cylinder that slides on the shaft by the hand lever for for- 
ward, stop, or reverse motion. 

Piston valves are used, taking the steam in the middle and exhaust- 
ing at the ends. The steam passes from the first valve, through the 
triangular space between the cylinders, to the next valve chest. 

162. Vertical section through intermediate cylinder. 




163. TYPES OF SLIDE 
VALVES. Slide valve of the 
Ames engine. The valve is fin- 
ished on both sides and rides under 
a partly balanced pressure plate. 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



8i 



164. BALANCED PISTON VALVE. The segmental packing, 
E, is held close to the cyhnder wall by the pressure of the steam which 

enters through holes 
in the flange, E, 
shown by the circles 
below the cylinder. 
e, live steam connec- 
tion to receiver of 
low-pressure cylin- 
ders, a supplemen- 
tary valve operated 
by the stem of the 
piston valve. Used on compound locomotive, ItaHan railway. 

165. TANDEM COMPOUND LOCOMOTIVE CYLIN- 
DERS. Balanced valves. Type of Pittsburgh Locomotive Works. 





The cyHnders are separated somewhat and have a sleeve between 
the heads, which is bolted to the front head of low-pressure cylinder. 
At the front it is held by a flange which makes a joint around it. This 
allows easy inspection and repair of low-pressure piston, as the sleeve 
in question sHdes into the high-pressure cylinder and both pistons can 
be moved forward together and out of the cylinders. 

The valves are connected by a rod passing through a pipe between 
the steam chests of the high-pressure and low-pressure cylinders. The 
high-pressure valves receive steam through the balance plate, which is 
fitted into the chest cover. The steam goes through the ports in the 
valve to the passages in the cylinders. 



82 



STEAM POWER APPLIANXES. 




\)^?^ 



VALVE IN OPENING POSITION 




%l-inJ 



VALVE IN WIDE. OPEN POSITION 



i66. BALANCED VALVE for 
steam engine. Wilson type. Pressures 
are equalized by steam pressure under 
the riding plate. Valve has double ad- 
mission and double exhaust ports. The 
three sections show the positions of the 
valve when opening, wide open, and 
exhaust opening position. 

167. Wide open position, taking 
steam under the balance plate. 




168. Position of valve at exhaust 
opening of both cyhnder and balance 
plate. 



VALVE IN EXHAUST OPENING POSITION 



169. NOVEL PISTON VALVE for a steam engine. A side 
elevation, partly in section, of the valve and its casing, and a longitu- 
dinal sectional elevation. The 
valve consists principally of a re- 
Hef valve held seated by a spring, 
but exposed at the opposite side 
to the pressure of the steam, so 
that in case of excessive pressure, 
suction, or vacuum, the engine 
being in motion and steam shut 
off, the valve will lift, and steam 
or hot vapor and gases will enter 
and destroy compression and vac- 
uum, by way of the apertures 
under the valve leading to the 
exhaust, as well as by the open- 
ing directly into the steam pipe through the piston valve, thereby 
giving free openings from the steam pipe direct to the atmosphere 
through the exhaust pipes. The valve casing is formed with steam 
ports, and the valve is composed of two similar heads or pistons, each 




STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



83 



formed of a circular plate with a rim parallel with the piston rod and a 
vertical flange, there being openings through the plate and through the 
rim. The relief valve is fitted within the rim and held to its two seats 
by a coiled spring held in contact with the valve by a circular plate on 
the piston rod, which also holds the packing rings and an outer ring 
firmly against the flange of the body of the valve. One seat of the 
relief valve covers holes leading to the exhaust, and the other seat, 
upon its outer rim, covers the passage leading into the steam pipe and 
chest, the unseating of the valve opening all connecting passages 
through the piston head, including passages from the throttle to the 
escape pipe or atmosphere, simultaneously. 

170. AUTOMATIC VALVE MOTION. For a steam pump. 
The striking of the supplementary valves in the cylinder head by the 

piston releases the pressure on that 
end of the valve bobbin, when it is 
thrown over, carrying the valve with 
it. The small cylinders in each end 
of the main cylinder have each a 
hve steam port and an exhaust, and 
within them pistons work freely as 
independent valves, each having a 
stem normally projecting within the main cylinder. These valves are 
operated in one direction by the main piston coming in contact with 
their stems, and are moved by the pressure of steam on their backs in 
an opposite direction. It is applicable to direct-acting pumps, and 
also to direct-acting engines for other than pumping purposes. 




171. TYPES OF SLIDE VALVES. Slide valve of the Chandler 
& Taylor tandem compound engine. The valve is of the gridiron type, 

and is double-ported for both steam and 
exhaust, making it possible to admit 
large amounts of steam into each end of 
the cylinder quickly and with a very 
short valve travel. The valve, being 
light and perfectly balanced by means 
of the pressure plate on its top side, is 
therefore very easily acted upon by the 
governor. 




84 



STEAM POWER APPLIA^XES. 




172. TYPES OF SLIDE VALVES. Slide valve of the Brownell 
engine. The valve is of the box t}^e, double-ported for both steam 

and exhaust, and practically perfectly 
balanced. The steam pressure is re- 
moved from the back of the valve by 
means of a balance ring which bears 
against the steam-chest cover. A coil 
spring serves to keep the ring against the 
chest cover, thus taking up the wear 
^ ^ ^^' automatically and preventing the ring 

from leaA-ing the seat and causing anno3'ance by rattling. 

173. CONCENTRIC VALVES, CORLISS TYPE. This valve, 
although essentially of the " Corliss " class, differs from the ordinary in 

that the steam valve is inclosed in the 

xn. m 

exhaust valve, making practically only 
two valves, which, however, perform the 
functions of four perfectly. A cross 
section through the cylinder and valves 
is presented, where E is the exhaust 
valve and S the steam valve. The 
steam valve, of the double-ported bal- 
anced type, is held within the exhaust 
valve E, but is not set exactly in the center of the latter valve, so 
that it is held in position by steam pressure. The usual vacuum dash- 
pots are replaced by spring dashpots — that is, the tension of springs is 
relied upon to close the valves, while the air cushioned in the dashpot 
cyhnder prevents the shock which would be inevitable were it not used. 



sN\^\\\S\\\\\V\\^\VVV\VVVVx\- 




y^/f//////^///////77. 




174. OSCILLATING STEAM 
AND EXHAUST VALVE, for 

hoisting engines. The valve is 
operated by a direct rod from crank- 
pin arm to the valve arm. S, steam 
pipe with passage around the cyhn- 
der to the steam chest, P, P. A 
good design to keep the cyhnder 
clear of water. 

175. Shows connection from 
crank-pin arm to valve arm. 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



85 




176. RIDING CUT-OFF 
VALVE. From single eccen- 
tric. The main valve is moved 
by the direct connected valve 
rod. The riding valve is moved 
by a short lever and links piv- 
oted to the two valves. 



iff ) fft\ f f h ffh 




177. TYPES OF SLIDE 
VALVES. Slide valve of the 
Bayley engine. A flat valve riding 
under a balanced pressure plate. 
Pressure plate is held in place by 
stays against the steam chest. 



178. PARSON'S STEAM TURBINE. Steam is admitted at the 
governor valve and arrives at the chamber, A, at the small end of the 




revolving part of the turbine.' The steam passes along to the right 
through the turbine blades, passing through a series of fixed blades 
which deflect it in one direction, thence striking the moving blades of 



86 STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 

the turbine which deflect it in the opposite direction, and so on. In 
this way the current of steam impinging upon the moving blades 
drives them around. The areas of the passages increase, progressing 
in volume corresponding with the expansion of the steam. On the 
left of the steam inlet are revolving balance pistons, CCC, one cor- 
responding to each of the cylinders in the turbine. The entering 
steam at A presses equally against the revolving part of the turbine 
and against the first balancing piston. When it arrives at the passage, 
E, it presses against the next larger section of the revolving part of the 
turbine and also against the next largest balancing piston, connection 
between the two being secured by the passage, F. Similarly, the pas- 
sage, G, permits the balancing of the largest section of the turbine. 
By a proper arrangement of these balancing pistons there is no end- 
thrust upon the turbine shaft at any load or steam pressure. The 
thrust bearing at H, on the extreme left, is to take care of accidental 
thrusts that may arise and also to retain the alignment of the shaft 
accurately so as to secure the correct adjustment of the balance 
pistons. 

Since these balance pistons never come in mechanical contact with 
the cylinder in which they turn, there is no friction. The thrust bear- 
ing is made of ample size and is subject to forced lubrication. 

The pipe, K, connects the chamber back of the balance pistons with 
the exhaust outlet, so as to insure the pressure being equal at the two 
ends of the turbine. 

The bearings, JJ, are peculiar in construction. Each consists of a 
gun-metal sleeve prevented from turning by a loose-fitting dowel pin. 
Outside of this are three cylindrical tubes having a small clearance 
between them. These small clearances fill up with oil and permit a 
shght vibration of the inner shell, while at the same time restraining it 
from too great a movement. The shaft therefore actually revolves 
about its axis of gravity instead of its geometrical axis, as would be the 
case with the bearings of the usual rigid construction. In case the 
shaft is a little out of balance the journal thus permits it to run 
sHghtly eccentric. The form of the rotating and stationary blades are 
much like those of the Curtis type, which are detailed in the following 
cuts. 

The economy of the steam turbine has been greatly advanced by 
improvements since its advent, so that it is now nearly in fine with the 
best quadruple expansion engines, and with it the highest speeds in 
navigation have been obtained. 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



87 




>>»»»J>^>i^A^1 



179. STEAM TURBINE. Curtis 
type, showing the arrangement of the 
steam passages in the moving and sta- 
tionary blades in a three-disk engine. 

Claims are made that this type of 
turbine with vacuum exhaust uses but 
12 pounds of steam per horse-power. 
The diverging nozzle is made of vari- 
able area by a slide valve and governor. 

180. A segment of one of the disks 
shown on a larger scale. 
The blades of the segments 
are cut in a milling machine 

of special design, and are 
bolted to the rim of the disk. A band incloses the outer end of the 
blades to prevent undue leakage between the disk and shell. 

181. STEAM TURBINE. Multinozzle type. Showing position 

of blades in reverse curves on 
the moving and stationary 
disks. The multinozzle may 
extend all round the disk, as 
in the first stationary disk of 
each section of the Parson's 
turbine. 




NOZZLE. DIAP.HRAGM 



MOVING BLADES 



MOVING BLADES. 

STATONARY 

BLADES 

MOVING BLADES 






\hnhnh)))))>))}n))))^))))nn 
fill 



182. STEAM TURBINE. De Laval type. Vertical section 
showing form of buckets and nozzles. Steam impinges against the 
outer edge of the buckets and exhausts at the sides. 




183. Plan showing spring shaft, bearings, lubricating channels and 



88 



STEAM POWER APPLIANXES. 



Steam ducts. Runs by the impact of steam from five nozzles against the 
outer edge of the buckets of the wheel. The long shaft is to take up 
the unbalanced vibration of the disk. 




184. THE STEVENS 
VALVE GEAR. Showing 
the double toe and wipers with 
the eccentric rod unhooked. 
Type used on the Hudson River 
steamers. First used in 1840. 
A standard type for marine walk- 
ing-beam engines. 




185. VALVE GEAR. A A\Tist plate joumaled on a pin carried 
by a standard or post on the engine frame. The wTist plate is rotated 

by the eccentric, the motion 
being communicated to the sev- 
eral valves by suitable rods 
which are connected to two 
horizontal links pivoted to the 
wrist plate ; these links being 
held outward in their proper 
position by two vertical links 
the inner ends of which are piv- 
oted to the slotted bar near the 
wrist-plate hub. The rod from the governor passes through a guide 
carried by the post and is connected to the slotted bar by means of 
a sliding block working in a concentric slot as shown, which permits 
the bar to oscillate with the wrist plate without interfering with the 
governor rod. It will be seen that when the slotted bar operated by 
the governor occupies the position shown, the valves have full travel, 
but when this bar is drawn toward the governor the ends of the hori- 
zontal links to which the valve rods are attached will be drawn toward 
the hub of the wrist plate by the short vertical links, thus reducing the 
radius of the valve-rod connections which shortens the stroke of the 
valves and consequently changes the point of cut-off in the cylinder. 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



89 



186. CORLISS VALVE GEAR and release mechanism, stand- 
ard type. A, valve stem. 

A bell crank operated by a connecting rod from 
the wrist plate, lifts the grab hook, E, and the 
valve arm. An adjustable roller at R, releases 
the valve arm, which is pivoted to the dashpot 
for regulating its fall. The release roller is oper- 
ated by the bell crank H, and rod Z, from the 
governor. 




TO WRIST PUTE 



187. CORLISS VALVE GEAR and release mechanism. The 
grab hook consists of a block, C, sliding in a grooved slot in the bell- 
crank lever B B, and normally forced out- 
ward by a spring. The block C carries a 
pin, E, on the rear side, which is held in 
contact with a cam ring, F, having two 
knock-off dies, M and N, on its inside sur- 
face. As the bell crank moves in the 
direction of the arrow from the position 
shown, the roller on the pin E strikes the 
cam die N, and is forced rapidly inward, 
releasing the drop lever a. If from any cause the dashpot should fail 
to act, the projection on the bell-crank lever would engage with the 
drop lever and close the valve. 





'?%(,» 



188. CORLISS VALVE GEAR. In this 
design, B is the bell crank, which carries the 
hook H mounted on a short shaft, on the 
other end of which is the trip lever (not shown), 
which engages with the knock-off cam C, oper- 
ated by the governor rod. K is the drop lever 
with dashpot connection. The cam lever C, 
controlled by the governor, limits the time of 
release of the hook H. 

189. Shows the position of the parts at the 
moment of release. 



90 



STEAM POWER APPLIANXES. 




190. CORLISS VALA^E GEAR. This 
design consists principally of a curved bell 
crank, B, carrying the grab hook D mounted 
on a short shaft having an arm at the other 
end. The trip lever d rides on the knock-off 
cam A, the position of which is controlled by 
the governor, as usual. When the bell crank 
reaches the position shown in the upper sketch, 
the trip lever is thrown outward, releasing the 
drop lever, the point of release being governed 
by the position of the knock-off cam. 

191. Shows the position of the parts at the 
moment of release. 



192. CORLISS VALVE GEAR. A is a bell-crank lever mounted 
loosely on the valve stem or on a projection of the bonnet, and carries 

the grab hook H at one end and is connected 
to the wrist plate by an adjustable connecting 
rod, from which it receives its motion. The 
hook H is normally pressed inward by the 
spring S so that the longer arm of the hook 
is always held firmly against the knock-off 
cam C, which is placed next to the bell crank 
and is connected to the governor by a reach 
rod. The drop lever B is keyed to the valve 
stem and connected to the dashpot by a 
rod ; it carries a steel block or die which en- 
gages with the block or die on the grab hook 
H. As the bell crank A moves in the direc- 
tion of the arrow, the hook is engaged with 
the die on the drop lever B, and as their rel- 
ative positions remain constant, they having 
a common center of rotation, the end of B is raised, opening the 
valve, which remains open until the bell crank has advanced so far 
that the longer arm of the hook H is pressed outward by the pro- 
jection on the knock-off cam C, when the drop lever B is quickly 
brought to its original position and the valve is thereby closed. 

193. Shows the position of the parts at the moment of release. 




STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



194. CORLISS VALVE GEAR. Allis- Chalmers type. Starting 
from the lowest position (not shown), the hook H, which is forced 
inward by the spring, engages wath the drop 
lever B, and as the bell-crank lever, A, A, moves 
in the direction indicated by the arrow, the 
lever B is carried around to the position shown, 
opening the valve. When this position is reached, 
the trip lever T comes in contact with the projec- 
tion N of the cam C, forcing it, and consequently 
the grab hook H, outward, and releasing the drop 
lever B, which is rapidly brought to its original 
position by the action of the dashpot. 




TO WBIST PLATt 



195. DASHPOT FOR CORLISS ENGINE. As the plunger, 
P, is drawn upward by the valve gear, air is drawn into the plunger 
cylinder from the annular chamber. A, through 
the check valve C. The air is not sufficient, 
however, to prevent the formation of a partial 
vacuum which draws the plunger quickly down- 
Mfff^""'^^ TRfl w^^*^ when the valve spindle is released. As the 
plunger nears the bottom of the cylinder it is 
cushioned by the air which has been drawn in 
from the surrounding chamber, and that air is 
forced back into the chamber through the poppet 
valve V. The degree of cushioning can be accurately adjusted by 
means of the screw S. 




REVERSING GEAR. 




m^/Mw//A 



Wolf type. E, is the eccentric ; 
B, eccentric strap and arm ; 
/, a pin sliding in the Hnk, 
S, which is moved to the 

'^ position S' for reversing; 

V Wa a R, valve rod connected to 
the eccentric arm at a. The 
elliptic line, /, shows the 



-^--13 range of the valve motion 
and swings to the vertical 
with the link and moves the valve within the range of its lap. 

197. Valve just opening, forward. 

198. Valve just closing, reverse. 



92 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 




199. FLEXIBLE CRANK for 

marine shafting. The crank pin is 
fixed in one side and swiveled in the 
other side of a double crank, as 
shown, giving flexibihty to a Hne of 
shafting in marine engines. 



200. FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS for marine shafting. A ball bear- 
ing between the sectional ends of a line of shafting. In order to reduce 
friction to a minimum, a parallel piece made of 
suitable material is placed between the driving 
ahead faces of the jaws, a, on the driving shaft, 



\- 






and the 'driven ahead faces of the jaws, b, on the 
driven shaft. These pieces are lipped under the 
jaws at the bottom or inner end, to prevent them 
flying out while in motion. For the purpose of 
taking up the backlash and compensating for any 
wear that might occur on the driving ahead faces 
of the jaws, adjustable pieces made in wedge form 
are fitted between the driving astern faces of the 
jaws, a^ on the driving shaft, and the driven astern 
faces of the jaws, b, on the driven shaft. 

201. Longitudinal section, showing ball bear- 
ing, overlap of the jaws, wedges, and volute 
cap. 

202. Shows the alternate jaws, wedges, and 
the volute cap for tightening the wedges. 

203. NOVEL VALVE GEAR. The crank- 
pin arm is pivoted to the lever R at E, and to 
the link block B, and also to the valve rod as 
shown. The motion of the valve is controlled 
and reversed by rocking the hnk L. 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES, 



93 




204. REVERSING GEAR without eccen- 
trics. The valve stem is connected to the middle - 
of a short link, one end of which is pivoted to the 
crosshead bar, and the opposite end to the radial 
bar, which in turn is pivoted to the link block. 
The latter member consists of a block of iron 
grooved to fit the inchned link or reversing bar 
and having suitable shoes for taking up wear. 
This block receives motion from a somewhat 
similar block, which shdes on the connecting rod; 
the block being held in the proper horizontal 
position by means of a radial rod pivoted to it 
and to the cylinder. The crosshead bar passes 
through a sleeve block carried by the crosshead, 
which is fitted with shoes to take up wear. It 
will be seen that the crosshead bar imparts a hori- 
zontal movement to the valve stem, which move- 
ment is equal to the lap and lead of the valve. 



205. FLOATING VALVE GEAR or reversing ram for marine 
engines. The floating lever g is here connected to the crosshead at /^. 

The rod / is hinged at /i to 
the floating lever, and con- 
nects it with the valve stem. 
The rod e is hinged at / to 
the floating lever, and con- 
nects it with the reverse lever 
d. Then, the piston being 
stationary, the floating lever 
swings around /^ as a fulcrum, 
and the valve is forced to the 
left. This valve is an indirect 
valve, that is, it takes steam at 
the center and exhausts past 
its outside edges — just the reverse of the ordinary D slide valve. The 
lower end of the floating lever moving with the crosshead, it tends to 
swing around / and thus return the valve to its mid-position. Should 
the piston creep in either direction, the valve gear will automatically 
return it to its proper position. To prevent shocks due to a sudden 




94 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



movement of the reverse lever, buffer springs /, / are provided, which 
gradually bring the moving parts to rest. 

In both gears shown, suitable stops in the valve chest prevent the 
valve from being moved beyond the positions required for a full open- 
ing of the ports. 

206. Shows valve on center for stop motion. 




207. TRIPLE EXPAN- 
SION VALVE GEAR with 
single eccentric. A, eccentric 
strap stay arm, which also oper- 
ates the high-pressure valve rod. 
B, bell-crank rock shaft that 
operates the medium - pressure 
valve rod, linked to eccentric 
arm. C, rocker arm, shaft, and 
bell-crank connection by link to 
the eccentric and to low-pressure 
valve rod. (At Edison Electric 
Station, New York City.) 



208. WALSCHAERT'S VALVE GEAR as applied to a com- 
pound locomotive. The crank-pin arm operates the motion of the 




slotted link. The valve-rod block and rod is balanced by a weight on 
the rock-shaft arm, and operated by a lever connected to the third 
arm. Valve lead is made by the crosshead arm link and lever con- 
nected to the valve rod and hnk-block rod. Italian railway. 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



95 



209. REVERSING GEAR. The eccentric is provided with a 
curved rack near its periphery which meshes with a small pinion. The 

pinion is secured to the end of a 
shaft provided with a groove dis- 
posed spirally for a portion of its 
length. The shaft is journaled in 
two collars or flanges keyed to 
the main shaft so that the small 
shaft lies parallel to the engine 
shaft. A third collar slidably 
mounted on the engine shaft is 
prevented from turning by a 
suitable key, this collar carrying the strap to which the reversing lever 
is connected. A pin in the latter collar engages the groove in the 
smaller shaft and when this collar is shifted sidewise the pin causes the 
smaller shaft to revolve, which turns the eccentric around on the engine 
shaft and thus shifts the position of the valve. 

210. Longitudinal section, showing the spiral grooved shaft and pinion. 




211. ENGINE STOPPING MECHANISM. If the governor 
belt breaks, the weight N will drop, and through the system of levers 

and links throw the beli- 
crank lever B so as to shift 
the safety blocks on the 
knock-off cams of the valve 
gear and prevent the valves 
from being opened by the 
grab hooks. 

An auxiliary device is also 
provided to act in the case 
of racing. This consists of 
a small centrifugal governor 
of the shaft type mounted in the belt wheel of the main governor. 
The weight w of this auxiliary governor is provided with a lip, which, 
in the event of abnormal speed, will be thrown outward so as to en- 
gage with a small Hp, O, on the end of the rocker arm shown. The 
other end of this rocker arm is connected to a latch which normally 
holds the throttle open. When the lip on the governor weight w en- 
gages the projection O, this latch is thrown, allowing the weight M to 
close the throttle. 




96 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



212. SHIFTING ECCENTRIC 




for stopping or reversing en- 
gines. A slotted sleeve sliding 
on the shaft with wedge-shaped 
wings that pass through cor- 
responding slots in the eccen- 
tric, move the eccentric to the 
center and reverse by the longi- 
tudinal movement of the sleeve 
and wings. The yoke lever and 
slotted collar control the move- 
ment of the sleeve and wings 
between the stop collars. 



213. Section of eccentric, sleeve and wings. 




214. SECTOR GEAR GOV- 
ERNOR. Two balls on bell-crank 
sectors with their teeth meshing in a 
central double sector, to which is at- 
tached the compression springs, which 
are adjusted to the proper set of the 
eccentric, b and c are the pivot con- 
nections with the eccentric. 



215. DASHPOT GOVERNOR. The eccentric is mounted on a 
plate G, pivoted at P, and is connected to E B, No. i, and E B, No. 2, 

by connecting rods in such a manner that 
the action of centrifugal force in throwing 
the weights B B outward cause the center 
of the eccentric to swing toward the center 
of the shaft. The springs pivoted at K 
rock against the centrifugal force and hold 
the weights in a determinate position for 
each speed. The dashpot simply restrains 
the motion when too rapid and tends to 
prevent racing. 




STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



97 




216. CENTRIF- 
UGAL GOVERNORS. 

There are patents for sev- 
eral hundred of this type 
of governors, of which 
this and the preceding 
volume of mechanical 
movements represent the 
leading models, most of 
which are practically- 
obsolete. 



18. i 



20. ) 



Slot cam joint 
governor. 

Crank-pin gov- 
ernor. 



221. ) Adjustable gov- 

222. j ernor. 

223. Straight-arm 

governor. 




224. FRICTION POWER CON- 
TROLLER. Wick's patent. Transmits only 
the amount of horse-power it is set for. The 
power is given to the pulley, B, by the arm a^ 
helical springs, and friction sectors. The sec- 
tors are thrust in contact with the pulley by 
the adjustable links C, cams, and thrust bars. 



98 



STEAM PO^YER APPLIA^XES. 




225. INERTIA GOVERNOR. The 
weights B and B' are balanced on the cen- 
ter hne of the shaft arm, which is pinioned 
at A to the fly wheel or pulley and to the 
eccentric at /. The spring K holds the 
weights in normal position, their range of 
motion by differential momentum from 
variable speed of the engine being limited 
by the stop on the rim of the pulley. 

226. FAN GOVERNOR. In which 
air resistance modifies the centrifugal action 
of the fans for regulating a gear train and 
brake. It is an early form for regulating 
steam engines as shown in the cut. Wing 
governors are used for regulating gear trains 
in clocks, music boxes, and revolving window 
show frames. 



227. ADJUSTABLE GOVERNOR. King 
type. The balls are attached to the shaft by 
springs and linked to the head and valve spindle, 
which are drawn down by the centrifugal action 
of the balls. The regulation is made by the small 
helical spring and lever. The action is direct 
through the spindle to the throttle valve. 



228. MARINE GOVERNOR. Porter type. 
A cone pulley with screw-belt shipper for close 
adjustment of speed. Balls are jointed to the shaft 

arms with link con- 
nections to the sHding 
collar with resisting 
spring. The collar 
carries a central rod to 
a bell crank and to 
the throttle valve. 




STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



99 




229. DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 
REGULATOR. A supplementary piston 
and counterweighted lever pivoted at F, 
gives a close adjustment of differential pres- 
sures. The steam piston at A is connected 
with the high pressure side and is balanced 
by the spring at B, while the supplementary 
lever is attached to the valve spindle by the 
block and pin at C. 



230. BALANCED PRESSURE 
REGULATOR. Gold type. D, balanced 
valve. O, Low pressure regulating disk 
and diaphragm. L, counter-balance spring. 
Q, adjusting plunger. F, contact spring to 
keep the plate P in contact with the rubber 
diaphragm. N, locknut handle. Other 
parts are self-explanatory. 



231. SELF-CLOSING STOP VALVE. The piston on the 
valve stem has a larger area than the valve disk. The valve is held 

open by the relief from pressure 
through the by-pass and three- 
way cock. The dropping of its 
lever by a lanyard, closes the re- 
lief and gives the rear side of 
the piston the full steam pres- 
sure, quickly closing the valve. 
The by-pass valve at the top is 
for equalizing the pressure and 
allowing the valve to open by 
means of the relief at the three- 
way cock. 




lOO 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



232. REVERSING GEAR for a steam engine. The figures show 
a side elevation of the reversible eccentric, with handwheel for oper- 
ating it, a front elevation show- 
ing the engine shaft in cross 
section, and a perspective view 
illustrating the application of 
the invention to an upright en- 
gine. The eccentric is formed 
with a hub having shoulders to 
engage a stop pin on the shaft, 
in combination with an operating 
wheel placed on the hub of the 
eccentric, and having a limited 
rotary motion thereon. The 
eccentric has a limited inde- 
pendent motion upon the shaft, 
and the handwheel has a ro- 
tary motion independent of the 

eccentric, combined with spring catches arranged to lock the hand- 
wheel to the shaft. 

233. Perspective view. 

234. Front view. 





235. NOVEL REDUCING VALVE. 
Holly type, having a large area and lap of 
a flat valve disk. The relative difference of 
pressure is regulated by the free hanging 
weights under the disk, while excessive back 
pressure tends to close the valve by pressure 
on the large area of the back of the disk. 

The wheel and screw spindle is to close the 
valve when required. 

236. DIFFERENTIAL EXHAUST 
VALVE. For regulating the back pressure 
on the engine in exhaust steam-heating 
systems. 

The two- winged valves are nearly bal- 
anced, requiring only a small weight to bal- 
ance them and prevent chatter of the valves. 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



lOI 



237. AUTOMATIC QUICK-CLOSING VALVE. The bonnet 
piston C has a larger area than the valve disk and communicates 
with the steam pressure in the main pipe through its hollow spindle. 
The leakage of steam around the loose-fitting sleeve of the piston at G 
equahzes the pressure on both sides when the rehef pipe is closed. 




238. The automatic electric controller, shown at the right, has a mag- 
netic dog that disengages a weight which falls against a lever and opens 
the relief valve and quickly closes the valve by the greater pressure on 
the rear of the piston. 

The screw spindle S closes the valve as an ordinary stop valve. 
The electric push buttons are placed where needed for emergencies. 



239- 



REVERSIBLE THROTTLE VALVE. In this design an 

angle or straight way valve may be 
made convertible by rotating the 
flange connection of the two parts 
of the body. 

A most convenient design for 
facilitating repairs. The valve 
spindle carries a bevel pinion 
meshing in a sector gear on the 
valve disk, which opens or closes 
by a 90° revolution on its face. 

240. Plan of valve disk. 

241. Sector gear on disk. 




I02 



STEAM POWER APPLIA^XES. 



242. COMPENSATING EXPANSION JOINT. Designed to 
prevent the forcing apart of the ordinary expansion joints in steam pipes. 

The joint is surrounded by 



an annular chamber of cross 
section equal to the steam 
pipe, in which a tightly 
packed ring acts as a piston. 
Steam is admitted to this 
chamber by means of a by- 
pass. The tendency would 
be to force out the piston, 
and so draw the ends of the 
pipe closer together, but as 
the steam in the pipe and in the chamber is of the same total pressure, 
each force neutralizes the other, and the joint is rendered secure under 
all ordinary circumstances. The joints are made of steel pipe and 
forgings, excepting the glands, which are cast, and the first cost is 
very little greater than that of an ordinary joint. 





243. FLEXIBLE BALL JOINT. The 

space between the ball and shell is filled with 
an elastic lubricated packing held in place by 
an annular follower and springs. 



244. BALANCED EXPANSION JOINT for steam pipes 
Smith pat. Referring to the cut, it will be noticed that the inner tube 

has an increased diameter 
or ring about halfway 
along its length. This 
forms a shoulder or piston 
at the end next to the bot- 
tom of the large stuflEing 
box casting. The other 
end of this annular piston 
or ring is open and is steadied by the gland. In the inner tube below 
this ring there are holes which admit steam from the main, back of the 




STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



ro3 



^^ 




shoulder. As the exposed area of the shoulder or piston is equal to 
the area of the steam main, the pressure in the main is equahzed. As 
the stuffing box is tied to the other end of the joint by long bolts the 
entire hne of pipe is in a state of equilibrium so far as the end pressure 
is concerned. The expansion due to heat is provided for by a liberal 
space for end play at the cast end of the joint. 

245. UNIVERSAL FLEXIBLE PIPE JOINT. The internal 
construction shown by the section shows how contact of the gas or 

fluid which might corrode the wearing sur- 
faces is prevented and at the same time in- 
sures that the movement of the parts shall 
be smooth and free. 

The material is cast iron except the 
piece B, which is bronze. The body A is 
threaded for B with a slightly tapered 
thread, so that when B is screwed home 
there shall be no leakage between the 
parts. The under side of the head of B is 
formed into a conical seat which makes a 
steam or gas-tight joint with C and the flat faces between C and A are 
round together also, making an additional safeguard against leakage. 

246. CARGO ELEVATOR for loading and unloading ships. 
Otis type. Steam driven by a double engine geared to a shaft on 

which two double 
drums are fixed. 

Four cables from 
the drums are at- 
tached to the cor- 
ners of the platform 
with turn-buckle 
adjustment. 

Automatic ad- 
justment for stop- 
ping at any deck 
for loading or un- 
loading. Capacity 
two tons at a speed 
of 100 feet per min- 
ute. 




I04 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



247. FACTORY HEATING FROM 




WASTE GASES. Cold 
air is blown through the 
annular chamber, between 
the boiler and the chimney, 
by a fan, heated and dis- 
tributed for heating rooms. 
Additional draught may 
be given to a chimney by a 
high-pressure blower and 
jet nozzle in the uptake. 




248. ROTARY ENGINE. Takes 
steam through the shaft L. The abutment 
pistons, 0, 0, o, o, are pushed outward by 
the steam pressure and have ports that are 
opened after passing the closure blocks 
D, D. The steam ports are closed by push- 
ing in of the abutment pistons at the ex- 
haust ports C, C. E, exhaust jacket, F, 
exhaust space. 



249. REVERSIBLE ROTARY ENGINE. On the driving 
shaft, within the cyhnder, is secured the hub of a wheel containing a 

series of fom- pistons fitted to sHde in the 
rim of the wheel, the opposite pistons be- 
ing connected in paii-s at their inner ends 
by a slotted frame through which the shaft 
passes, so that the pistons have free radial 
movement, one moving inward as the 
other moves outward, and vice versa. The 
outer ends of the pistons engage the inner 
surface of part of the cylinder and part 
of an abutment in the cylinder. The 
abutment is made in two parts, bolted at 
their outer ends to the cylinder, and con- 
nected ^ath each other at their inner ends 
by bolts and intervening packing strip, and the abutment serves to 
press an outermost piston inward, so that its opposite mate slides out- 
ward into contact with the peripheral inner surface of the cylinder. 




m/P^. / 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



105 



250. ROTARY ENGINE. Harrington type. The disks have a 
bearing surface of several inches on each other, preventing the passage of 
steam between them. An end elevation partly 
in section, showing the piston A, and the abut- 
ment disk B, in position at the instant of 
taking steam through a port from the valve 
chamber E. The piston disks and gear are 
attached to the driving shaft, and the abut- 
ment disks and gear are attached to the 
shaft K. These shafts run in taper phos- 
phor-bronze bearings, which are adjustable for 
wear or other causes by screw-caps. The 
whole mechanism is kept rigidly in place by the flanged hub. The 
flanged heads project through the cylinder head, touching the piston 
disk, and thereby prevent any end motion of the shaft. 




251. ROTARY STEAM ENGINE. French design. The engine 
consists especially of a jacketed cylinder, C, in the interior of which 

rolls a piston ring, G, 
carrying at its upp^r 
part a partition, H, 
always connected 
with a special oscil- 
lating piece, /-, r, and 
contributing toward 
continually dividing 
the interior space into 
two compartments, 
the capacity of one 
of which varies in in- 
verse proportion to 
that of the other. Two cocks, J, J, placed on each side of H, serve to 
establish the admission escapement according to the direction of run- 
ning it ; and the maneuvering is very easily effected by means of a 
simple handle that actuates a toothed wheel that gears with the two 
cocks. The motion of the piston ring is transmitted to the driving 
shaft, D, through the intermedium of two symmetrical cams, E, united 
at their center by a rod and nut, which permits of regulating their dis- 
tance apart. The joint between these two cams, placed in the axis of 
the motor, therefore constitutes a more or less open channel in which 




io6 



STEAM POWER APPLIANXES. 



is placed a series of tempered steel balls that roll upon a correspond- 
ing path arranged in the interior of the piston ring. Two cheeks 
traversed by the dri\dng shaft close the cylinder at the sides, and a 
perfect tightness bet^'een these cheeks and the lateral faces of the 
piston ring is obtained. 

252. Vertical section, showing details of the parts. 

253. ROTARY STEAM EXGIXE. A cylindrical piston A, 
with wing abutments C. C. A double cam block H. made adjustable 

by a set screw and with exhaust ports at K 
and I. A steam port through the cylinder 
cover and a curved passage in the cover sho\\Ti 
by the dotted Hues, so that the abutment pis- 
tons take the full steam pressure tlirough the 
sector passage, from F to G, and expanding 
through about one-quarter of a revolution of 
the piston. 




254. ROTARY EXGIXE. Recesses are formed in tne piston 
ha\'ing an S-shaped partition between them, the recesses opening at 

opposite ends of the piston into 
the steam chests, and by means of 
ports into an annular space be- 
tween the casing and piston. The 
piston has an eccentric portion 
which has a perfect contact bear- 
ing with the inner wall of the 
casing by means of a yielding 
block in a recess on its periphery, 
the eccentric also acting alternately 
to press back abutment blocks 
adapted to slide on antifriction 
ball bearings in recesses in the 
arms of the casing. The steam 
supply pipe connects with a pas- 
sage communicating with a circular 
chamber in which is a rotary valve, 
by means of which steam may be directed into either of the branch 
pipes connecting with the steam chests at the ends of the piston, the 
arrows showing the direcrion of the steam when admitted into the 




STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



107 



right hand pipe. The valve chamber also connects with a steam dis- 
charge pipe, the valve being turned by means of a handle or wheel to 
direct the steam into one or the other of the branch tubes, when the 
opposite tube will form the outlet pipe for reversing the engine. 
255. Longitudinal section, detailing the parts as above described. 



256. 
pound 



PENDULUM 

engine of the 




COMPOUND ENGINE. This is a com- 
pendulum type, the upper or high-pressure 
cylinder being surrounded by the steam 
chest A A. When the pendulum is in the 
position shown the live steam is admitted 
to the right of the high-pressure blade, as 
shown by the arrow. Meanwhile the 
steam on the left of the upper blade is 
exhausted from that chamber to the left 
of the low-pressure blade. The spent 
steam on the right of the low-pressure 
blade is exhausted into the right hand 
exhaust chamber B. The manner of trans- 
forming the motion of the pendulum into 
rotary motion is plainly shown in the fig- 
ure. It will be noticed that the upper end 
of the connecting rod has a reciprocating circular motion. 

257. ROTARY ENGINE. The piston is of the usual drum pat- 
tern mounted eccentrically upon the main shaft. The abutment is 
carried by a cylindrical guide block and rests upon 
the piston, being free to oscillate upon the pin. 
Steam is prevented from escaping from the steam 
to the exhaust port by the abutment, which has a 
sliding contact with the partition in the cylindrical 
guide. The upper end of the guide terminates in 
a piston which works in the cylindrical upper por- 
tion of the engine casing, and is normally pushed 
downward by a spring above it, the downward 
pressure of the spring, together with the action of 
the steam on the oscillating abutment, being- 
adapted to keep the latter firmly in contact with 
the piston drum. The engine is reversed by changing the inflow of 
steam from one side of the partition referred to, to the other, which 
operation also reverses the exhaust openings. 




io8 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 




258. ROTARY PISTON ENGINE. Has a casing or frame in 
which is an annular groove or cyhnder. In this groove is fitted a pis- 
ton which is carried by the piston disk 
as shown. A shding abutment is 
raised and lowered by means of a cam 
on the engine shaft and a cam rod. 
The revolving shaft and cam causes 
the abutment to rise and fall at the 
proper point in the travel of the pis- 
ton. In the section the abutment 
has just begun its downward stroke, 

forming as it does the cylinder head. The piston disk is provided 
with a radial groove which communicates with an annular groove 
shown. Steam is admitted to the annular groove by means of a slide 
valve shown by dotted lines and immediately below the shaft. As 
soon as the abutment reaches the piston disk, the valve opens and ad- 
mits steam into the annular groove and thence into the radial groove, 
the latter conducting it into the space between the piston and the abut- 
ment, the steam pushing the piston around in the annular cylinder. 
The steam is exhausted through the large exhaust opening at the right 
of the abutment when the piston reaches this point in its stroke. 

259. Longitudinal section, showing steam connections. 



260. OSCILLATING ROTARY ENGINE. This engine con- 
sists of a pair of curved cylinders, P P, a circular piston rod, L, to 

which are attached the two pistous, Q Q, 
the pistons traveling within the cylinders 
with a reciprocating rotary motion, and a 
pair of rocking radial arms, K K, which 
transmits the motion of the piston rod to 
elliptical gears (not shown in the engraving), 
which " controls the motion and transmits 
the power of the engine." 

The cyhnders with the steam pipe, /, are 
carried by a bracket, H, which is keyed 
firmly to the main shaft, A, and rotates with it. The radial arms, K K, 
to which the piston rod, L, is keyed, are journaled loosely upon A, and 
carry an elliptical gear, which meshes with another elliptical gear 
carried upon a countershaft. When steam is admitted to the cylinders 




STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



109 



through the ports, r, at either end of the cylinders, the difference in 
the diameters of the eUiptical gears at the point of contact causes the 
main shaft elhptical gear, with the attached parts, to rotate. 




261. ROTARY ENGINE. Casaday's pat- 
ent. A reversing rotary with adjustable cut off. 
A is the cut-off plug within an adjustable rotable 
cylinder and operated by an arm a,nd connecting 
rod to the eccentric or the plug rotated by 
sprocket and chain. D, reversing plug. H, abut- 
ment block, cushioned by steam through the pas- 
sages I, I. 




262. REVERSIBLE ROTARY EN- 
GINE. The piston when revolving in the 
direction of the arrow takes steam by the 
throw of a two-way cock ; steam entering 
through the diagonal slots in the abutment 
pieces at /, /, and exhausting through the 
ports e, c. Reversed by throwing over the 
steam-cock opening to the passages to the op- 
posite ports in the cyHnder. i and 2 are for-' 
ward and 3 and 4 are reverse ports. 




263. ROTARY ENGINE. Hodson 
type. The valve U is operated by a cam 
on the shaft S, to cut off for expansion. 
A, B, is a riding valve in contact with the 
elliptic cylinder, which has a packing slide, 
S, P, concentric with the axis and following 
the wall of the shell as a packing. 

Steam follows at half or less part of a 
revolution and then expands to the exhaust 
port, C. 



no 



STEAM POWER APPLIANCES. 



264. STEAM RAM for elevating water. Erwin type. Penberthy 
Injector Co. Water is elevated by the alternate action of steam and 
atmospheric pressure. The steam having first driven 
the water from the ram is instantaneously condensed 
and a vacuum is formed. A volume of water is then 
driven into the ram by atmospheric pressure. 

The ram is placed beneath the surface of the 
water in the w^ell or other source of supply and, 
before starting, water flows into it by gravity. When 
steam is turned on it passes through the steam pipe 
Ipvl i-3l ; Aj nipple C, conical screen D, the main steam port E, 
I j — ^l—^: I and radial steam ports F into the cyhnder G. The 
water is then forced downward through the openings 
H into the surrounding discharge chamber I, where 
it passes through the annular check valve J and out 
of the discharge pipe L. 

AVhen the steam reaches the lower end of the 
cylinder G, it is exhausted through the large openings 
H much faster than it is admitted through the steam 
ports F, is condensed in the surrounding discharge 
chamber I, and a partial vacuum is formed within 
__ the cylinder G. The vacuum is made more com- 

plete by a spray of water which then rushes inward 
from the discharge chamber I through the small opening K. 

The instant a vacuum is created and condensation occurs the pres- 
sure of the atmosphere on the water outside of the ram forces water 
upward through the bottom strainer. The main check valve N then 
rises and the valve rod O, which is rigidly attached to it, shuts off the 
steam at the upper end of the cylinder. A volume of water under 
atmospheric pressure is at the same time forced upward through the 
discharge chamber and out into the discharge pipe. A portion of this 
water, however, passes through the openings, forces up the float R, 
which moves freely on the valve rod O, and refills the cylinder. 

The water under atmospheric pressure having then lost in momen- 
tum, the steam acting downward on the valve rod closes the main check 
valve, and through pressure exerted on the float, again forces water out 
of the cylinder and through the discharge chamber and discharge pipe. 
A covering pipe B surrounds the steam pipe for the distance it is 
submerged beneath water, to prevent condensation, and is received 
into the coupling d. 




SECTION VI 



EXPLOSIVE MOTOR POWER 
AND APPLIANCES. 



Section VI. 

EXPLOSIVE MOTOR POWER AND 
APPLIANCES. 



265. THE LIGHTEST GASOLINE MOTOR. Duryea Power 
Co. type, Reading, Pa. The motor is a 6-cylinder, using gasoline as 

fuel, being of the opposed 
cylinder type, and working 
on a 3 -throw crank shaft in 
perfect mechanical balance. 
As it appears in the cuts it 
weighs slightly over 200 
pounds, or less than five 
pounds per horse-power. 
With spark coil, battery, 
fuel and water tanks partly 
filled, it weighs 232 pounds, 
or- 5.7 pounds per horse- 
power. The cylinders are 
4^-inch bore by 5-J-inch 
stroke, with bearings of the 
same size as used in the 
company's regular automo- 
bile motors. Jump-spark 
ignition is used, having a single coil and commutating the secondary 
current. The inlet and exhaust valves may be removed from any 
cyhnder head by loosening a single nut. The crank shaft and crank 
pins are hollow for lubrication purposes. 

This motor is beheved to be the hghtest for its power ever con- 
structed and is another evidence of the mechanical development 
brought about by the requirements of the automobile. 

266. Side view of the motor, showing sparking rod connections 
with the secondary shaft. 

113 




114 



EXPLOSIVE MOTOR POWER AND APPLIANCES. 




-P 



267. COMBINED GASOLINE 
AND STEAM MOTOR. In this de- 
sign the piston of the explosive motor is 
made the crosshead for the connecting 
rod. A duplex steam engine with a 
duplex explosive motor as an auxiliary- 
power in which the exhaust of the steam 
engine may also be turned into the ex- 
plosive motor cylinder as an additional 
power and lubricant when the explosive 
motor is not in use. 



WATER JACKET 



268. TWO-CYCLE MARINE MOTOR. Lozier tj-pe. The 
principal features are the throttle valve to regulate the charge from 

the crank chamber 
and the operation 
of the hammer 
spark break from 
a cam on the 
shaft. A rotary 
circulating pump 
is driven by chain 
from the main 
shaft and the dis- 
charge of the 
water from the 
cyHnder is around 
the exhaust pipe. 
The thrust is 
taken by ball bear- 
ings in the cam 
hub. A throttle 
valve in the pas- 
sage from the 
crank chamber to 
the cylinder reg- 
ulates the charge. 




EXPLOSIVE MOTOR POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



115 




269. ALCO -VAPOR BOILER 
and three-cylinder engine. Alcohol 
of low grade is injected into the pipe 
boiler and converted into vapor un- 
der pressure by the heat of part of 
the vapor burned under the boiler. 
The three cylinders are single acting 
on a single crank. Casing of boiler 
is removed to show its construction. 

The exhaust vapor is condensed 
in a keel condenser and returned to 
the tank. The boiler pressure gives 
force to the vapor jets in the Bunsen 
burners of the furnace. 



270. KEROSENE OIL ENGINE. Two-cycle Weiss type. 
E, D, conical vaporizer inclosed in a shell for confining the lamp flame 
for starting the engine ; h, inlet valve with spring to hold it closed 
subject to the action of the pump g ; e, pick blade that drives the pump 




piston g, for a measured charge of oil. The hit or miss is regulated by 
the lifting of the pick blade on the incline of the wedge beneath the 
collar of the pick blade, which is made adjustable by the nut and screw 
on the pick blade. The wings of the conical vaporizer are shown in 
the section. 



Il6 EXPLOSIVE MOTOR POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



271. GAS OR GASOLINE ENGINE. Air-cooled four-cycle 
type. Ribs around the cylinder and on the head. The novel features 
are the long crank-shaft bearing with the supplementary crank, 45, and 




reducing-gear shaft, 46, carrying the cam-roller movement for the 
exhaust valve, the spark-breaker cam, and contact bar, 37, and the 
regulating screw, 39. The atomizer or vaporizer connects with the air 
inlet at 24, the air cock for starting at 19. The other parts are self- 
explained. 



EXPLOSIVE MOTOR POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



17 






272. BALANCED ENGINE. Explosive motor. Secor type. The 
charge is fired in the chamber X between the two pistons H H', whose 

motion is transmitted to the cranks 
G G', having equal throw and set at 
180° apart on the crank shaft. 

The pistons are connected by the 
short connecting rods H H' to the 
vertical levers D D', which transmit 
motion to the cranks through the con- 
necting rods F F'. 




273. GASOLINE ATOMIZER AND VAPORIZER. Hay type. 

The exhaust is used for 
heating the walls of the va- 
porizing chamber by trav- 
ersing the annular cham- 
bers. A fan, h^ is revolved 
on the spindle, 7, by the in- 
rushing air and gasoline 
through the valve E, which 
also covers the gasoline in- 
lets on the face of the valve 
seat and is connected with 
the annular chamber, a, 
and pipe, d. The gaso- 
line feed is regulated by 
the needle valve a. Other 
details and exhaust pas- 
sage are shown in the hor- 
izontal section, 274. 

274. 




275. SOOT-PROOF SPARKING PLUG. For gas engine. 

Merger type. An annular pro- 
jection on the end of the por- 
celain insulator extends the insu- 
lating surface and prevents short 
circuiting of the electric spark. 




Ii8 



EXPLOSIVE MOTOR POWER AND APPLIANCES. 




276. IGNITION CON- 
NECTIONS for gas engines. 
Showing battery cut-off switch 
of double throw type, location 
of spark coil, and current 
breaker on engine. If a jump- 
spark igniter is used, an induc- 
tion coil should be substituted 
for the spark coil. 

277. IGNITION CONNEC- 
TIONS for gas engines, showing a 
one-point switch to cut out battery 
and an automatic switch so arranged 
that failure of the dynamo igniter cur- 
rent turns on the battery by release of 
the armature of the automatic switch. 
On restoring the dynamo current, the 
automatic switch cuts out the battery. 

278. MULTIPLE CYLINDER IGNITION. Bosch type. 
The armature. A, which is stationary, is provided with two windings, 

A^ and A^ of which A' is of stout 
wire, and corresponds to the pri- 
mary winding of an induction coil, 
A'', being of fine wire and corre- 
sponding to the secondary. The 
changes of magnetism in the arma- 
ture core, which give rise to the 
current, are produced by the rota- 
tion of a soft iron sleeve, B, which 
partially surrounds it, and is integral 
with the hollow shaft, B\ which 
also carries the notched disk, B'', 
and the high-tension distributing 
disk D. One end of the winding, 
A\ is grounded on the shaft of the 
apparatus, and the secondary wind- 
ing forms a continuation of the primary. The other end of the pri- 
mary winding, A\ is led to one side of the contact-breaker, B^ and to 




EXPLOSIVE MOTOR POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



119 



one terminal of the condenser, the other terminal of the condenser and 
the moving arm of the contact-breaker, B^ being grounded. The 
sleeve, B, is slotted, and when the slots come opposite the poles of the 
field magnet, the armature receives magnetism from the field magnet, 
and is deprived of it again as the slots pass around, and a powerful 
current is consequently induced in its windings. The contacts of the 
contact-breaker, B^ are normally held together by the action of the 
disk, B^, and during these periods the low-tension winding, A^, is closed 
on itself, so that a powerful current flows through it at the moments 
when the magnetism of its core is being varied by the rotating sleeve B. 
When one of the notches in B^, which are steep on one side and beveled 
on the other, come under the lower end of the contact lever arm, B^, 
the latter snaps back, owing to the action of its spring, separates the 
two contacts, and breaks the circuit of A\ This produces a high- 
tension current in the secondary or fine wire winding, A^, the con- 
denser, C, increasing the effect. As the secondary winding is con- 
nected to the primary as described, and as it is grounded through it, 
successively connecting the central rods of the sparking plugs, F\ F", 
F^ F*, to the opposite end of the secondary, A^, causes sparks to pass 
in the four cylinders at the right moments, the tension or voltage of the 
primary and secondary being added to one another. The distribution 
is effected by the commutator, or distributor, D. This consists of the 
rotating disk, D, carrying the metal plate, A^ which is in conducting 
connection with the insulated end of the secondary winding A'. As 
the disk revolves, this metal plate makes contact successively with the 
fixed brushes i, 2, 3, 4. 

279. GASOLINE MOTOR STARTER. A starting wheel B, 
with oblique saw teeth, is fixed on the motor shaft A. A sprocket 

chain C, C is wound on a 
drum containing a coiled 
spring D, so arranged as to 
rewind the chain with a stop 
J, so as to allow it to hang 
free from the ratchet wheel 
when the finger loop at E is 
dropped to the eye in the 
vehicle floor. G, sheave, K, 
slotted guide plate, F, lanyard. To start, pull on E to catch the chain 
in the teeth of the wheel and with a jerk set the wheel revolving, and, 
if necessary, repeat. 




120 



EXPLOSIVE MOTOR POWER AND APPLIANCES. 




280. MUFFLER FOR EXPLOSIVE MO- 
TORS. Thompson type. A cylindrical chamber 
with a hooded spreading inlet pipe ; a deflector on 
the exit pipe, by which the exhaust puffs are ex- 
panded in the cylinder and issue in a nearly con- 
stant stream. 

Other types of mufflers have strong wire gauze cyl- 
inders within the drum so arranged as to break the 
impact and disperse the exhaust before it leaves the 
outer shell. 



^^=^=^=^=^^=^=^^^=^4=^ 



>i;iiiiiii^^^^i>i^^ 



281. EXHAUST MUFFLER for gas, gasoline, or other engines. 
A perforated exhaust nozzle within an open end pipe of larger size. 

Its construction is 
shown in the cut. 

The outside or 
shell of all mufflers 
should be felted with 
asbestos. 




^ A fej^l l-:^-1 l>:^J b-^ fe-'^ l l»^l \^'A K^r^ Sg^) 



>i:i;;fiihi;::i::i;i:::>i^<ii^;i:^^ 




SECTION VII. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND 
APPLIANCES. 



Section VII. 
HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 




282. WAVE MO- 
TORS. Waves oper- 
ating a hydraulic ram. 

283. Waves oper- 
ating swinging levers. 

284. Waves push- 
ing a vertical surface. 

285. Waves lifting 
a float. 

286. Waves swing- 
ing a hinged blade 
anchored on the bot- 
tom. 




/mm/mM//M///mimm/ 



287. FOG-HORN BUOY. A float anchored 
at the edge of banks with an air pump operated by 
the waves. The action of the sea is utilized in such 
a manner as to blow desired blasts through a fog- 
horn by means of the compression and release of air 
into and from a suitable air-tight chamber forming a 
portion of the buoy, this chamber being charged by 
means of a pump actuated by the movement of the 



123 



124 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



ORIENTAL IRRIGATION WORKS of " ye olden time " 

and yet in use. An in- 
genious device for the 
age in which it originated. 
The ox-hide bucket 
and spout drawn by oxen 
with hnes D and E so 
arranged that the spout 
line was stopped at H 
and the bucket raised to 
automatically empty the 
water into the conveying 
trough. 

Spiral wings on a conical drum 
act as a gradual feeder to the 
main wings at the large end 
of the cone. 

The two sets of wings or 
blades are inclined at oppo- 
site angles to counteract end 
thrust. Wenzel patent. 

290. Longitudinal section, showing both sets of wings. 

291. VALVELESS ROTARY PUMR The piston has a heli- 
coidal form. It is fixed upon an axle, which, running in stuffing 

boxes, passes through a cy- 
lindrical pump chamber 
closed at both ends. Two 
rollers enter this chamber at 
right angles with the axle 
and bear against the obhque 
faces of the piston. It re- 
sults from this that if the 
latter is revolved, a back- 
ward and forward motion 
will at the same time be 
given which will have the effect of producing on each side a suction 
and compression. Two tubes are placed upon the pump chamber at 
a slight distance from the rollers. If we examine the operation of the 





HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



125 



piston, we see that when it is at one end of its travel the tubes are 
partially covered by it, and if they are sufficiently wide, they com- 
municate with each other on the same side of the piston. But as the 
latter moves away from the extreme points, the tubes are separated 
and become independent. There is then a compression on the side 
toward which the piston is moving and a suction on the other. 



292. ROTARY PUMP. A represents a cylindrical casing, pro- 
vided on opposite sides with chambers, B B, containing sliding abut- 
ments, C, which are pressed forward 
toward the piston, D, by means of 
the coiled spring E. The piston is 
constructed in the form of an oval 
disk mounted eccentrically upon a 
shaft. The longer end or side of the 
piston revolves in contact with the 
interior of the cyhnder, and is cham- 
bered on opposite sides of its periph- 
ery, leaving a partition, F, which is provided with a spring packing, G, 
at its edge. The chambers, H H', are entirely separate from each 
other when the piston is inserted in the casing. One chamber com- 
municates by means of an opening, d, through the side of the valve, 
with an annular groove, I, in one head of the cylinder, and the other 
with a similar groove in the opposite head, which lead respectively to 
the induction and eduction ports. 




293. CENTRIFUGAL PUMP. German type. The revolving 
. disk receives the water on each 

side near the shaft in curved 
channels, and discharges through 
openings in the periphery of the 
disk opposite to a continued slot 
in the casing. A corrugated clos- 
ure of the shell and disk near the 
shaft prevents back flow of the 
water escaping over the periphery 
of the disk, thereby adding to 
the efficiency of this class of 
pumps. 




26 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



294. RIVER MOTOR. Wheels and chain paddles set in a 





frame on piles, or on floats in a stream, shows increased power by the 
large number of submerged buckets. 

295. FLOATING MOTOR FOR RIVERS. A wheel of the 
windmill t}-pe is hung within a bell-mouthed case, which may be 



,E^. 




lowered or drawn up to clear the varying depth of a stream and to 
utilize the full value of the increased velocity at mid depth. Power 
is transmitted to the shore, or may be used on the floats for pumping 
water for irrigation. 

296. Cross section, showing wheel and frame. 



297. WATER MOTOR. A curved bucket- 
rim wheel revolves around a fixed double jet. 
The control of the jets is made by wedges on an 
arm to which is attached a gear. A pinion 
meshed in the large gear, with shaft extending to 
outside of case, moves the arm and wedges. 




HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



127 




29S. WATER MOTOR. Chain- 
bucket system. Consists of a series of 
feathering floats hinged to chains running 
over sprocket wheels and guided in grooves 
in the sides of a casing. By the use of a 
large number of inclosed buckets closely 
fitted, an efficiency of 90 per cent is 
claimed. This claim is doubted in consid- 
eration of the friction of the many buckets 
in the tube, their loose parts, and the two 
wheels. A matter too often neglected by 
inventors. English patent. 



299. 1000 HORSE-POWER TURBINE. Swiss type. A single 
nozzle set on the inside of a curved bucket wheel. The nozzle is broad 




^/ff"'n 1 I IP' — ^ W////M///W- 

to match the buckets. The water flow is governed by the opening or 
closing of a sector slide valve controlled by a fly governor. 
300. Elevation, showing position of nozzle and buckets. 



128 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 




301. MULTINOZZLE TURBINE 
or impact wheel. German t)^e. The 
nozzles are in a segment and closed for 
regulation of power by a sliding seg- 
ment on the outside, operated by a 
pinion with a controlling w^heel outside 
the case. The water strikes the face of 
the buckets and is discharged at their 
sides. 



302. VALVE MOVEMENT. Duplex pump. Knowles type. 

n 




A rocker arm linked to the piston rod of each side of the pump oper- 
ates its opposite valve. 

303. VALVE MOVEMENT. Single steam pump. Knowles 
type. Freedom from a dead center is secured by the use of the 




auxiliary piston A, which works in the steam chest and drives the main 
slide valve M. This main valve is of the B form and moves on a flat 
seat ; it has on top a stem which fits into a recess in the chest piston A. 
In addition to this it has on each end a small lip which alternately 
covers and uncovers a small fifth port S, which enters the cylinder at 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



129 



each end near the head. In operation, the steam piston runs over the 
main port, and this small fifth port being closed by the above lip, 
a cushion is obtained. When the main valve M is reversed the lip 
uncovers the port and admits steam, which starts the piston back easy 
until the main port is uncovered ; the pump thus changes its stroke 
very smoothly. 




304. IMPACT WATER- 
WHEEL GOVERNOR. A con- 
ical valve, A, in the nozzle, B, con- 
trols the volume of the jet and is 
operated by the piston, D, in the 
hydraulic cyhnder C. E is a pis- 
ton valve and ports, taking water 
pressure through passage, J, and 
delivering pressure to the cyhnder 
at C or L, as controlled by the 
governor. 




305. DOUBLE-PORTED NOZZLE and 
valve for impact water wheels. In graduating the 
flow of water by closing one nozzle the full velocity 
of the water jet may be retained and the wheel 
operated at full speed with half the power. 

The normal speed of wheels of the impact class 
is at one-half the velocity of the water at their 
peripheries for best effect. 




306. FLEXIBLE BALL JOINT, which can 
be packed with any kind of packing held in place 
by rings and springs. 

This design prevents sand or grit getting into 
the joint bearings and causing leaks. 

Tubbs patent. 



130 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



307. IRON SLUICE GATE. Type of designs 
used for water works, power plants, and irrigation sys- 
tems. Easily bolted to a wooden flume or anchored 
to masonry. A water works type for the largest gates. 




308. BASKET STRAINER. 
A perforated plate slid into a cylin- 
drical chamber with cover and yoke 
in a line of suction pipe. Easily 
removed for cleaning. 

309. Section showing perfora- 
tions in the strainer plate. 



310. DOUBLE-BEAT FLAP VALVE. 

The reversed flap on the back of the main flap 
is a great relief to the strain and wear of the 
valve. Gives a full flow with small Hft. 

This design is well suited for very large 
pump valves, section and plan. 



311. WATER STILL. A tin-lined copper still and worm of two 
gallons capacity will yield about six gallons 
of distilled water per day. Water is fed to 
the inverted siphon at D, and is sealed 
against the low steam pressure by the drop 
of the bend at B. Still should not be over 
half fuH for best effect. 




HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



131 



312. WATER -PRESSURE REGULATOR. Used in high- 
pressure service pipes. The diaphragm x and plunger s operate the 

valve c through the lever r, 
and the relative pressures are 
regulated by the movable ful- 
crum e. a, high-pressure pipe ; 
b, low-pressure pipe ; v, pas- 
sage to diaphragm from low 
pressure. 




313. VENTURI TUBE AND MEASURING 

METER. The differential velocity of the water in the 

main pipe and in the throat of the double conical tube 

produces a differential pressure in the small tubes with 

their mouths turned in opposite directions, which is used 

for registering the amount of water flow in the main 

pipe by the flow through the 

small pipes. The measurement 

is made by a meter. 



314. HYDRAULIC LIFTING 
JACK. The shell of the jack extends 
over and nearly to the foot of the ram to 
enable a hft at both head and foot of the 
jack. The small plunger and valves are 
operated by the lever and arm D, for 
lifting, and the by-pass valve serves for 
lowering a load or closing the jack by its 
own weight, which will send the oil back 
to the cistern. S, suction valve ; F, dis- 
charge valve ; G, leather cup packing. 




132 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 





C 



315. UNIFORM FLOW OF 
WATER from a variable tank head. 
a^ a tank with variable head of water; 
d, small tank with float connected to 
^^^:^^ sectored arm/ and to the conical valve 
h in the tank a. When well-adjusted 
\j\^ will give a uniform head in d for the 
outlet at e. 




316. NOVEL SPRAYING NOZZLE for 
cooling water by contact of the spray water 
with the Surrounding air. The apertures in 
the concave cap give a slightly spiral direction 
to the jets, which gives them a rotary motion 
and disintegrates the water into a fine spray. 



YM 



A± 




CJ 



J jfl ..n—^ 1\^ 



317. HYDRAULIC PRESS for making tin- 
lined and plain lead pipe. The piston B of a 
hydraulic press serves to operate the central 
plunger E and the annular plunger DF. The 
former forces out the tin contained in the cen- 
tral cylinder H, and the latter the lead in the 
annular cylinder G I. J is the mandrel. The 
machine admits of being arranged for making 
pipes all of one metal, as in the lower figure, 318. 

There are several modifications of these lead- 
pipe machines in use. One on similar lines to 
the upper figure is for covering electric cables in 
which the cable is fed through in place of the 
central plunger. 

318. Section for making all lead pipe. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



133 




319. HYDRAULIC 
PUNCH. A small plunger 
in the cylinder D, with in- 
let valve E and discharge 
valve below, is operated by 
the lever B, to give great 
pressure to the ram H, to 
which is attached the punch. 
On opening the by -pass 
valve K, the ram is Hfted 
by the lever L and revolv- 
ing wedge M, pushing the 
oil back into the reservoir A. 
320. Cross section of the hydrauhc punch, showing lever action. 



321. FIRE EXTINGUISHER. Grinnel sprinkler type. Each 
sprinkler is calculated to supply an area of 100 feet. The valve, a 

leaden disk affixed 
to the center of a 
larger disk of brass, 
is held up against 
the valve orifice by 
a system of two 
curved levers, the 
lower of which is 
secured by fusible 
solder at its lowest 
point to a light 
metal frame. The valve seat is itself made elastic by the device of 
fixing it in the center of a diaphragm of thin, hard metal, perforated 
for that purpose, and the pressure of the water upon the diaphragm 
keeps it tight against the valve. The larger disk attached to the valve 
disk serves as a deflector. When the solder is melted, the levers fly 
apart, and the valve and deflector drop about '4 inch, leaving space 
for the water to escape. It dashes against the disk, which is notched 
and sHghtly dished at its edges, and is then deflected upward in spray 
toward the ceiling. 

322. Shows the position of the levers and the fusible joint. 




134 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIA^XES. 



2nd TANK V 1st TANK 

STIRRER -^^^J (^^VALVE ;p3 STIRRER 





323. DOMESTIC REFRIGERATOR. Water enters the coil at 
A, and is drawn into the tank at B, in which a quantity of nitrate of 

ammonia has been placed 
equal in weight with the 
water. The cold pro- 
duced in the mixture 
cools the water in the 
coil, from which drinking 
water may be drawn. 
The overflow from the 
tank siphons to the re- 
frigerator tank below for 
cooling the storage cham- 
ber. For greater refrig- 
eration, or for making a 
block of ice or freezing a 
carafe, a quantity of ni- 
trate of ammonia may be 
placed in the second tank and cold water from the coil drawn to it by 
the valve Y, when the solution temperature falls to zero. The solu- 
tion or brine from the second tank overflows to the storage tank. 



COLD STORAGE CHAMBER 




324. COUXTERBALAXC- 
IXG HYDRAULIC ELEYA- 
TORS. Showing the arrange- 
ment of valves, cylinder, circulat- 
ing pipe for up and down motion 
of the hydraulic piston and the 
distribution of the counterweights 
to equalize the power. The de- 
tails of operation are sho^vn by the 
letterinof on the cut. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 



135 



325. RE-ENFORCING 
WELLS. The re-enforcement of 
wells in times of drought may be 
readily made by making a cylin- 
der of galvanized iron, punching 
it with a thin chisel, as shown in 
the cut, 326, inserting it and push- 
ing it down in the bottom of the 
well, 328, and boring out the sand 
with a sand auger, 327. A drive- 
strainer tube may also be driven 
and the sand drawn by an auger. 
Strainer points are also used and 
disconnected near the bottom of 
the well. The supply of water may 
often be largely increased by these 
methods. 

329. Strainer tube and pipe for 
connection with a pump, as shown in No. 328. 




330. SIPHON WATER RAM. B, a chamber in the apex of a 
siphon. C, a flap valve on an arm and spindle extending to outside 




of chamber and held open by the lever and weight L, with its move- 
ment adjusted by the springs above and below the lever. D, discharge 



136 HYDRAULIC POWER AND APPLIANCES. 

valve. G, a chamber with elastic heads or diaphragms of thin cor- 
rugated metal, for an air chamber and to prevent hammer. K, plug 
for fining the siphon with water or by the suction of an air pump. 

Will lift water about 14 feet with a water fall on the siphon legs of 
6 feet, and deliver -J of the total supply. 

331. Section showing valves and air chamber. 

332. Outside view, showing valve lever, weight, and springs. 



SECTION VIII 



AIR-POWER MOTORS AND 
APPLIANCES. 



137 



Section VIII. 
AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 





2,^^. PNEUMATIC BALL PUZZLE. A 
ball laid on the mouth of a flanged tube, as in 
the cut, can not be blown off by an air jet, but 
will continue to roll around on the flange, as 
shown by the dotted lines. 

334. PNEUMATIC DISK PUZZLE. A light circular plate with 
pin guides can only be Hfted a small distance by an. air jet from the 

flanged tube. The theory is that 
the momentum of the air as it 
suddenly spreads to a larger cir- 
cumference causes a partial 
vacuum near the outer edge, thus 
holding the plates so near together that their circumferential area cor- 
responds with the area of the central jet. 

335. PNEUMATIC BALL PUZZLE. A hght ball is held in a 
jet of air from a vertical to an angle of about 30° and revolves with 

considerable velocity. 

A light ball placed in a con- 
ical cup over a jet of air will be 
held there and not driven off 
when the cup and jet are re- 
versed. 

A card placed on an inverted 
flanged jet of air, as at V, V, 
will not drop, even with a con- 
siderable weight hanging to it. 

T^T,6. Inverted nozzle and 
ball. 

337. Inverted nozzle with 
ball attached to plate. 
139 




I40 



AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 



338. PNEUMATIC FAN. Compressed air is a ready means of 
operating a fan in shops where it is used for other purposes. By a 

simple air motor, as shown 
in the cut, with 60 to 80 
pounds pressure a high 
speed may be obtained in 
the fan which will throw a 
current of air 25 or more 
feet, and if the exhaust air 
mingles with the current its 
cooling effect will be greatly 
increased. 

339. Cross section, showing motor wheel and pipe connections. 




340. THE SIROCCO FAN BLOWER. 

A 




The particular feature 
of this fan is in the 
narrow curved 
blades set in the 
periphery of the 
wheel and close to- 
gether, which pre- 
vents local eddies 
and greatly in- 
creases the effi- 
ciency of the fan. 
Davidson patent. 



341. Section showing shaft and bracing to the blade drum. 




342. AERIAL TOR A small windmill made 
of any convenient material that is light. A stem at 
the center to drop into the ring handle, on which the 
string is wound. The rapid rotation made by quickly 
pulling the string will force the top to a height of 150 
to 200 feet. There should be a ring of brass wire 
around and fastened to the outside of the fan to give 
it momentum. 

343. Ring handle as held in the hand. 



AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 



141 




344. PNEUMATIC GRAIN ELE- 
VATOR. French. 

V, a duplex vacuum blower. 

T, the vacuum pipe. 

R, receiver with a wire screen covering 
the mouth of the draught pipe. 

S, delivery pipe. 

O, an air regulator covering the slots in 
the end of the suction tube S, to regulate 
the proportion of air and grain entering the 
tube. 

N, a diaphragm chamber to balance the 
sleeve O, and controlled by the vacuum 
pressure in the pipe S, through the small 
tube /, /. 

By this pneumatic process of elevating 
grain, the dust is separated and discharged 
through the blower and the grain is aerated 
and dried. 




345. PNEUMATIC GRAIN ELE- 
VATOR. French. A high-speed blower re- 
ceives the grain from a hopper in a regulated 
stream through a funnel with sufficient air to 
make it semifluid, in which condition it passes 
through the blower and is forced to the desired 
elevation. By this method grain is dried and 
aired, and by substituting a chute from a grain 
bin to the hopper aeration and transfer to other 
bins is easily made. 

A cleaning process by the passage of the 
grain through the blower, but the dust is de- 
posited in the bin with the grain. Does well 
for a transfer system only. 



142 



AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 




346. SAND-BLAST APPARA- 
TUS. Exhaust or vacuum type, in 
which the sand is returned to the 
supply chamber D, after its use in 
doing work at G. E, E, exhaust 
chamber and pipe. Sand dropping 
from the chamber D is carried along 
the pipe F by the incoming air to the 
bell nozzle of the blast pipe B, im- 
pinges upon the glass at G, and falls 
into the chamber W, is drawn into the 
main chamber D, and falls to the bot- 
tom, while the fine dust is carried off 
in the exhaust. The glass plate at G 
is moved over the opening of the blast 
tube for evenly sanding the surface. 

347. SAND-BLAST JETS. In the 
upper figare the sand enters the tube 
B, by gravity or otherwise, and the air 
blast through the tube and chamber A, 
issues in an annular aperture around, 
the sand and compresses the blast to a 
pencil of abrasion for free-hand pencil 
work. The lower figure is for the same 
purpose, but carries a sand box with a 
regulating valve. 

348. Hand sand-blast nozzle with 
sand reservoir, s, for light work. 



349. AIR-MOISTENING APPARATUS for textile mills. A jet 
of high-pressure steam is projected through conical funnels, drawing 

in and mixing air wath the steam 
and spreading the vapor over a 
cone, and by distributing to various 
points in a room equalizes the mois- 
ture as well as controls its hygro- 
^^s^^^^a metric intensity. 




AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 



143 




350. MAGIC BALL. A crooked hole 
is bored through the ball through which the 
string is passed. By a shght tension of the 
string, the ball may be stopped or slid down 
at will of the holder of the string. An 
amusing trick.' 

351. Section of the ball showing the 
crooked hole and string. 



352. GYRATING BALLS. This toy consists of two wooden balls 
of the same diameter connected by a slender elastic rubber band attached 

by staples. 

To prepare the toy for operation, it is 

only necessary to twist the rubber band 

by holding one of the balls in the hand 

and rolling the other round in a circular 

path upon the floor by giving to the hand a gyratory motion. As 

soon as the band is twisted, the free ball is grasped in the hand, then 

both are released at once. 

The untwisting of the rubber band causes the balls to roll in opposite 
directions in a circular path, and centrifugal force causes the balls to 
fly outwardly. By virtue of the acquired momentum, the balls con- 
tinue to rotate after the rubber band is untwisted, so that the band is 
again twisted, but in the opposite direction. As soon as the resistance 
of the band overcomes the momentum of the balls, the rotation ceases 
for an instant, when the band again untwisting revolves the balls in the 
opposite direction, and the operation is repeated until the stored energy 
is exhausted. 




353. MEGASCOPE. A lantern which may have an arc light, a 
lime light, or a strong lighting lamp, throws its light upon an ob- 
jector picture at b, in 
the focus of a camera 
lens in a frame or box 
attached to the lantern 
as shown, for project- 
ing an enlarged image 
upon a screen. 




44 



AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 



354. PNEUMATIC MOISTENING APPARATUS. Com- 
pressed air is supplied to the atomizing nozzles at various points in a 




factory by the main pipe A. The water is suppHed by the smaller 
pipe below to the water nozzles, and is atomized and vaporized in 
contact with the air from the nozzles together with the induced air 
drawn in by the jets. The wings guide the vapor toward the ceiling, 
and also collect the excess of water and conveys it to a trough below. 



355. THE PANTANEMONE. A stationary windmill in opera- 
tion in France. Two plane surfaces in the form of semicircles are 

mounted at right angles to each other upon 
a horizontal shaft, and at an angle of 45° 
with respect to the latter. It results from 
this that the apparatus will operate (even 
without being set) whatever be the direc- 
tion of the wind, except when it blows per- 
pendicularly upon the axle, thus permitting 
(owing to the impossibility of reducing the 
surfaces) of threescore days more work 
per year being obtained than can be with 
other mills so claimed in proportion to the 
work of the old Holland mills. 

356. A KANSAS WINDMILL. 
Made with canvas sails with the 
axle set on the meridian so that it 
runs with any wind with north or 
south in it. It is crude and home- 
made. Every farmer can make one 
for pumping water, churning, and 
many small wants for power. 




AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 



145 



357. SAILING WAGON. Across the wide forward end of the 
triangular frame extends an axle to which wheels are journaled. The 

short axle of the rear wheels is piv- 
oted by a kingbolt to the nan'ow 
end of the frame. To the short axle 
is attached a gear wheel into which 
meshes a smaller wheel secured to 
the lower end of a vertical shaft 
journaled in bearings fastened to the 
frame. Upon the upper end of this 
shaft is a handwheel or tiller, by 
means of which the wagon may be 
guided. The speed of the wagon is 
regulated by brakes upon the front wheels, connected with an upright 
lever pivoted in the middle part of the frame and provided at its upper 
end with a crosshead, so that it can be operated either with the hands 
or feet. A mast fastened to the middle forward part of the frame is 
provided with a sail and apphances for raising, lowering, and con- 
troUing the sail in the same manner as an ordinary sailboat. 




358. SAIL-RIGGED MERRY-GO-ROUND, St. Malo, France. 




■5',.--i*.»iiijv^.| nt, 



^^,.\\'lA«ii,-i*V£ 



A swinging beam on an anchored post balanced by a movable box 
of sand. 

Each end of the beam has a crossbar on which is rigged a mast 
with mainsail and jib. 



146 



AIR-PO^YER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 




359. FLYING PROPELLER. At the 
.center of the wheel there is a square hole in 
which is loosely fitted a twisted square rod, 
and upon this rod, below the wheel, is placed 
a wooden sleeve, the bore of which is large 
enough to allow the rod to be readily drawn 
through it. 

The wheel having been placed upon the 
rod -as shown in the engraving — the wood- 
en sleeve is grasped between the thumb and 
finger of one hand, the eye at the lower end 
of the rod is grasped by the other hand, and 
the rod is drawn quickly downward, thus 
imparting to the wheel a very rapid rotary 
motion which causes it to rise to a great 
height in the air as it leaves the rod. 



360. A KITE WITHOUT A TAIL. All the calculations nec- 
essary in order to obtain the different proportions are based upon the 

length of the stick, A'A, employed. Such 
length being found, we divide it by ten, 
and thus obtain what is called the unit of 
length. With such unit it is very easy to 
obtain all the proportions. The bow, 
K'K, consists of two pieces of osier each 
five and a half units in length, that form, 
through their union, or lap, a total length 
of seven units. 

After the bow has been constructed 
according to these measurements, it only 
remains to fix it to the stick in such a 
way that it shall be two units distant 
from the upper end of the stick. The 
balance, or belly band, CC, whose accuracy contributes much to the 
stability of the whole in the air, consists of a string fixed at one end 
to the junction, D, of the bow and stick, and at the other to the stick 
itself at a distance of three units from the lower extremity. Next, 
a cord, B, is passed around the frame, and the whole is covered with 
thin paper. 

Before raising the kite, the string, which hangs from K', is made fast 




AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 



■A7 



at K in such a way as to cause the bow to curve backward. This 
curvature is increased or diminished according to the force of the wind. 
Nothing remains to be done but to attach the cord to the balance, 
or belly band, and raise the kite. 

361 THE EDDY TAILLESS KITE. The sticks should be 
made of clear spruce, as this has been found to be less liable to bend 

under strain or break 
at the cross stick. 

Cross section of each 
stick is y^g- by \ inch. 

Kite stick A B = 
68 Y*^ inches. 

Kite stick C D = 60 
inches. 

O = center of grav- 
ity, which is 35 per 
cent of C D from the 
top of C D. 

C E == 18 per cent 
of C D in both strong 
and light wind kites. The thin manila paper should be put on the 
kite slightly loose. The deepest part of the bow of the cross stick A B 
should be about -^^ of the length of A B. In bending A B great care 
is required to see that the bend on each side of the point of junction 
at E is equal. The slight bagging inward of the paper covering tri- 
angles A E D and BED should be equal. If the kite flies sideways, 
owing to inequahty, it can be partly remedied by tying small half or 
quarter ounce weights at A or B. The hangers or belly band drawn in 
the side view of the kite, fastened to E and D only, make a right angle 
at E and an acute angle at D. 





362. TISSANDIER'S 
ELECTRIC AIR SHIP. 

Paris, 1883. This air ship 
attained a velocity of eight 
miles per hour, opera<"ed by 
an electric motor with cur- 
rent from a storage battery. 



148 



AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 




363. SANTOS-DUMONT 
AIR SHIP. Showing the 
framework and its attachment 
to the balloon, the position 
of the propeller, rudder, and 
gasoline motor, which is in 
the center of the framework 
and balloon to balance the 
ship. 

364. The motor has four 
cyhnders, air cooled, for which 
purpose a fan blower is oper- 
ated by the motor. 



365. GIFFARD'S STEAM-PROPELLED AIR SHIP. One 

of the earliest of the 
present type of air 
ships. This aerial 
steamer ascended 
from the Hippo- 
drome in Paris, Sep- 
tember 25, 1852, to 
a height of 5,000 
feet. After a suc- 
cessful sail, landed 
safely. 




366. DUPUY DE LOME'S AIR 
SHIP. It carried twelve men 
who turned the propeller. 
This air ship ascended in 1872 
and attained a speed of six 
miles per hour. 



AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 



149 



367. THE CAMPBELL AIR SHIP. The propelling power was 
by cranks operated by the aeronaut, one on the lifting propeller and 




one for the driving propellers. The operator had good control in the 
trials made at Coney Island, N. Y., but the ship was finally blown to 
sea and lost, li 



368. POWER FLYING MACHINE. Maxim's type. The ap- 
plication of power to flying machines has been several times success- 




fully tried. Professor Langley's aerodrome, which resembles an enor- 
mous bird of steel, was tried with much success in May, 1896. It rose 
easily and soared in the air in large spiral curves of 100 yards diame- 
ter, reaching a height of about one hundred feet and moving about 
half a mile. The steam then gave out and the propeller stopped, 
but the machine, instead of tumbling to the earth, settled slowly and 



ISO 



AIR-POWER MOTORS AND AAPLIANCES. 



gracefully downward and reached the surface without damage. Its 
greatest speed was nearly at the rate of twenty miles an hour. 
Maxim's experiments are still more interesting. He constructed a 
flying machine on a large scale, its total weight w^hen loaded being 
8,000 pounds, this including engines, boiler, fuel, stores, and three 
persons. The boat-like body was moved by a powerful propeller, and 
the lifting mechanism consisted of a great aeroplane, with smaller 
ones projecting like wings, the extreme width being 105 feet, length 
104 feet, total area 5,400 square feet. He had constructed a rail- 
way along which this machine moved on wheels, the pressure on the 
rails decreasing as the speed increased. In a notable experiment, 
made in June, 1894, the whole machine was lifted for a brief interval 
from the ground. 

369. RENARD & KREBS ELECTRIC AIR SHIP. Paris, 

1884. The electric motor was operated by current from storage bat- 




teries. The form was peculiar, being somewhat like a fish, with the 
propeller at the head. It w^as claimed to have attained a speed of 
twelve miles per hour. 

370. GRAIN-DRYING APPARATUS. For tumbling grain or 
other material in an inclined cylinder with a blast of warm air. A, a brick 

box in which coke is 
burned, or a flue to convey 
waste heat from any fur- 
nace. B, compound 
wrought-iron fan, which 
will draw waste heat from 
a distance of 50-100 feet. 
C, chimney and valve, to 
carry off smoke when fire is first lighted, r, thermometer or pyrometer. 
D^ feed hopper, into which the grain is conveyed by an elevator from 
below, or by a chute from an upper floor. E, cylinder. F, elevating gear 
for raising and depressing cylinder. G, air duct, made of different sec- 




AIR-POWER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 



151 



tions to suit different products. H, part of the outer shell removed to 
show the cells in which the grain is carried up and poured out in a con- 
tinual stream ; the number and pitch of these cells is also varied for 
various products. 



RES€R VOIR (fti 




371. PNEUMATIC LIFT. Ridgway 
type, oil governed. A tube extends from a 
reservoir down the inside of the hollow piston 
rod. The reservoir is filled with oil. When 
the hook is lowered, the oil is drawn into the 
piston rod through the check valve. The 
chain wheel and needle valve govern the flow 
of oil, which by its non-compressibility pre- 
vents vibration of the load and holds it at 
any desired height. This device eliminates 
the jerky motion of the plain air lift. 

Type of the Craig Ridgway & Son Com- 
pany, Coatesville, Pa. 




372. AIR-OPER- 
ATED HYDRAU- 
LIC CRANE. Com- 
pressed air pressure in 
a supplementary cyl- 
inder forces the water 
into the lifting cylin- 
der. A water valve 
governs the flow of 
water and holds the 
weight steady or 
locked by closing the 
valve. 



152 



AIR-PO^YER MOTORS AND APPLIANCES. 




373. VALVE-LIGHT VENTL 
LATOR. The valves are of glass set in 
frames and hung to swing, controlled by- 
connecting rods to a vertical pole extend- 
ing down within reach of the hand. 



374. FRUIT-DRYING APPARATUS. 
A box, a, arranged for receiving perforated 
shelves or netting on frames. A fresh-air 
inlet, g, and heating chamber, c, under which 
a lamp is placed. A deflecting plate, h, to 
spread the warm air evenly through the box 
and another at the top for gathering the air 
to the ventilator e ; i7i^ a thermometer. Tem- 
perature should be 100° Fah. 



SECTION IX. 



GAS AND AIR-GAS DEVICES, 
ETC 



153 



Section IX. 
GAS AND AIR-GAS DEVICES, ETC. 



375- 
paratus 



KEROSENE PORTABLE FORGE. French. The ap- 
consists of a copper reservoir, P, containing the petroleum, 
and traversed by a pump, C, which 
serves to establish a pressure of air at 
the surface of the liquid. Above the 
reservoir, and separated therefrom by a 
horizontal disk, U, forming a screen to 
prevent the heating of the reservoir, is 
placed the stove, so called. In the latter, 
the kerosene is burned after being vapor- 
ized by its passage through, a worm, S, 
heated by the flame. This worm is formed 
of an iron tube starting from the bottom 
of the reservoir and ending in a central 
jet at the other extremity. Upon the 
tube is placed a cock, B, for regu- 
lating the discharge of the oil, and, con- 
sequently, the intensity of the flame. Be- 
neath the worm there is an iron cup which 
is opened at E, and into which, for light- 
ing, is poured a spoonful of amylic alco- 
hol, after care has been taken to fill the 
reservoir, P, with oil after unscrewing the 
plug A. The alcohol is lighted, and as 
soon as the worm is hot the cock is 
opened, the jet takes fire, and the ap- 
paratus is ready for use. Upon the stove 
there may be placed either a cast-iron pot 
in which to melt lead or tin, or the tools 
that it is desired to heat or temper, or the iron tubes to be bent, etc. 
376. Section of forge with fire tiled cap for deflecting the heat 




downward on to the work. 



155 



156 



GAS AND AIR-GAS DEVICES, ETC. 



377. PRODUCER GAS GENERATOR. German type. A, 
door for feeding coke to the furnace B and for blowing up. C, fire- 

s brick walls of the furnace. 

< 

E, air inlet for heating the 
furnace of the generator. 
F and G, gas blow-off pipe, 
. interchangeable to reverse 
the gas blow. J, valve 
that automatically closes 
when A is opened. L, L, 
steam pipes for alternating 
the steam blow. H, super- 
heating coil for heating the 
steam by the hot gases 
passing to the scrubber M. 
N, sprinkler. K, wheel 

and drum for simultaneously opening and closing the valves J and G 

and the blast door A. 

378. MOND GAS PLANT. Dr. Mond's process, briefly de- 
scribed, is as follows : The cheapest bituminous slack obtainable is 




SUPERHEATER 



GENERATOR 




mechanically deposited in hoppers above the producers. From this it 
is discharged into the producer bell, where the heating of the slack 
takes place, and the products of distillation pass down into the hot 
zone of fuel before joining the bulk of the gas leaving the producer. 



GAS AND AIR-GAS DEVICES, ETC. 



157 



The hot zone destroys the tar and converts it into a fixed gas, and pre- 
pares the slack for descent into the body of the producer, where it is 
acted upon by an air blast which has been saturated with moisture and 
water superheated before contact with the fuel. The hot gas and 
undecomposed steam leaving the producer pass first through a tubular 
regenerator in the opposite direction to the incoming blast. An 
exchange of heat takes place, and the blast is still further heated 
by passing down the annular space between the two shells of the pro- 
ducer on its way to the firegrate ; then the hot products from the pro- 
ducer are further passed through a " washer," which is a large, rectan- 
gular, ' wrought-iron chamber with side lutes ; and here they meet 
a water spray thrown up by revolving dashers, which have blades 
skimming up the surface of the water contained in the washer. The 
intimate contact thus secured causes the steam and gas to be cooled 
down to about 194° F., and by the formation of more steam tending 
to saturate the gas with water vapor at this temperature, then passing 
upward through a lead-lined tower, filled with tile to present a large 
surface, the producer gas meets a downward flow of acid liquor, circu- 
lated by pumps, containing sulphate of ammonia with about 4 per cent 
excess of free sulphuric acid. 

Combination of the ammonia of the gas with the free acid takes 
place, giving still more sulphate of ammonia, so that to make the 
process continuous, some sulphate liquor is constantly withdrawn from 
circulation and evaporated to yield solid sulphate of ammonia, and 
some free acid is constantly added to the liquor circulating through the 
tower. The gas, being now freed of its ammonia, is conducted into a 
gas-cooling tower, where it meets a downward flow of cold water, thus 
further cooling and cleaning it before it passes to the various furnaces 
and gas engines in which it is used. 



379. AIR 
pump driven 



AND 

by a 



VAPOR GAS 



weight forces 



^k^M. 




GENERATOR. A rotary air 
through a gasoline carburetor, 
which becomes saturated with 
vapor and distributed for illu- 
mination. The internal ar- 
rangement of the carburetor 
may be of any design that will 
expose a large surface of the 
gasoHne to the air. 



158 



GAS AND AIR-GAS DEVICES, ETC. 




380. WATER-GAS PLANT. Lowe 
type. An iron cylinder lined with fire- 
brick. Air is blown in at the bottom for 
heating the coal or coke. Then steam is 
blown in at the top, passing through the 
hot fuel and discharged at the bottom as 
water gas. Fuel is fed through the hop- 
per at the top. By reversing the blowing 
by steam and air, producer gas is made 
and discharged through the side pipe at 
the right. 



381. THE "WELLS LIGHT." The light is produced by pass- 
ing kerosene oil through a heated burner, where it is generated into gas, 

the gas burning in a large, power- 
ful flame which needs no protec- 
tion, and will stand any weather. 
The oil is forced into the tank 
by the pump AI, through the hose 
pipe K, until it is two-thirds full, 
compressing the air already in the 
tank to about 25 lbs. pressure. 

The burner is heated by burn- 
ing a little oil in the dish C, the 
heat being concentrated around 
the burner tubes by the chimney 
S. In seven or eight minutes the 
burner will be sufficiently heated ; 
the valve B^ is then opened a 
little and the oil from the tank,, is 
forced by the air pressure into the heated burner, where it is converted 
into gas, which issues from the jet N, mixing with sufficient air in the 
cone W, where it may be ignited ; the chimney is then removed, and 
the flame passing through the rings of the burner, maintains the heat 
and gives a clear, white light, free from smoke or spray. A few strokes of 
the pump every few hours is all that is required to renew the pressure 
— and oil or air can be pumped into the tank while the light is burning. 







382. LUCIGEN LIGHT. For 
outdoor lighting. The lucigen em- 
ploys the most diverse oils — crude and 
rectified petroleum, naphthas, oil of 
tar, vegetable oils, waste lubricating 
oil, etc. 

The oil is poured into the reservoir 
through the sieve, E, which retains 
the sohd particles, if there are any. 
It collects in a compartment, F, which 
communicates with the lower part, D, 
through a tube provided with a cock 
shown to the right of the engraving. 
The compressed air enters through 
the pipe. A, descends through the 
tube, B, into the air chamber, C, and 
causes the oil to ascend in the tube, 
D, which leads to the burner. The 
oil reservoir has a double bottom that 
forms a feed chamber that can be 
filled during the operation of the 
system. 

Sections :^St„ 384 will allow the 
operation of the burner to be under- 
stood. The oil enters the tube. A, 
under pressure, and makes its exit 
through a cylindrico-conic ajutage 
placed within the lamp. This ajutage 
is capped by a second ajutage, B, 
serving for the passage of the air and 
the atomized oil. The air enters 
through a conduit, C, parallel with the 
tube that conveys the oil, and is 
heated by passing through the coil 
and further heats the oil in its annular 
passage, E, to the atomizing burner. 



159 



i6o 



GAS AND AIR-GAS DEVICES, ETC. 




385. GASOLINE TORCH. Gasoline forced 
into a small retort, previously heated by firing a 
small quantity of gasoline in the cup below, is vapor- 
ized and issues through the perforated top of the 
retort in a brilHant Hght. About 3 feet below the 
reservoir for the burner is sufficient for the gravity 
pressure. 



386. KEROSENE SOLDERING 
FURNACE. Air is compressed in the 
oil tank by the rubber bulb by which the 
oil under pressure is forced through a 
needle valve to a vaporizing retort and by 
a Bunsen-burner jet is mixed with air 
and forced into the burner tube, which 
is perforated with small holes that feed 
the heating flame. 



387. KEROSENE OIL BURNER for stoves. The coil of iron 
pipe in the box is the vaporizer, terminating in the cross pipe and two 

jet burners. The cones deflect the 
heat upward, allowing sufficient heat 
to the coils for vaporizing the oil. 
For starting the burner, asbestos mats 
wet with oil are placed under the vap- 
orizing coils and fired. 




GAS AND AIR-GAS DEVICES, ETC. 



l6] 



388. KEROSENE COOK STOVE. National Oil Heating Co. 
type. Air is compressed in the oil tank above the oil, which drives the 

oil to a vaporizer in the burner pan, 
where the oil is vaporized and forced 
through a combination air jet to the 
chamber of the burner box, which is 
filled with small tubes which supply 
additional air for complete combus- 
tion. See Figs. 386 and 387 for 
similar burners. 



389. KEROSENE HEAT- 
ER. National Oil Heating Co. 
type. Airis compressed in the oil 
tank above the oil, which drives 
the oil to a vaporizer in the burner 
pan, where the oil is vaporized 
and forces a combination air jet 
to the chamber of the burner 
box, which is filled with small 
tubes which supply additional 
air for complete combustion. 
See Figs. 382, 383 and 384 for 
similar burners. 




»^^^ 



390. GAS GRAVITY BALANCE. A glass globe is nicely bal- 
anced on a hollow beam with a pointer at the opposite end and a scale. 




The inlet and outlet for the gas at the knife-edged pivots are sealed in 
mercury cups so as to make a free passage for the gas without affect- 
ing the balance, as shown in the section. 



l62 



GAS AND AIR-GAS DEVICES, ETC. 



391. GAS-FIRED LIMEKILNS. The illustration shows a 
double kiln, but the two parts are independent of each other, and may 
be worked separately. The gas from the pro- 
ducers enters the kiln at A, the flow being reg- 
ulated by valves at B. At C are doors by 
which the air necessary for combustion enters, 
the air and gas meeting at B B, The lime is 
burned in the chambers, E, and is afterward 
cooled as it descends in the zones, F, by the air 
passing in at the lower part. The waste heat 
is conducted away in the upper part of the kiln 
through the chimney openings at G. At H are 
sight holes for judging the heat of the kiln, and 
J are holes to admit air when the flues have to 
be burned out. The fuel used in the gas pro- 
ducers is ordinary slack. A special feature is 
the method of constructing the central partition 
wall, this having air-cooling and circulating 
cavities as shown. ^The hme produced is free from clinkers. 




'iii^/«J£!'//A-e^//t&a//^i*Si6^/,')^//4l 



SECTION X. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND 
DEVICES. 



163 



Section X. 
ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



392. ELECTRIC CABLE-MAKING MACHINE. A revolving 
frame carrying the required number of wire bobbins. The strands are 
gathered by passing through a die and covered in reverse wrappings 




by passing through revolving heads mounted with paper spools, and 
through dies to compact the paper winding. The cable is drawn by 
the take-up wheel, which is conical on the face and draws by several 
frictional windings. 



393. CHLORIDE ACCUMULATOR or storage battery. The 
alternate perforated plates are filled with peroxide of lead and spongy 
lead. The principal action when the cell is 
charged is the formation of lead peroxide on 
the positive plate and spongy lead on the 
negative. When the cell is discharging, the 
lead peroxide gradually changes to lead , sul- 
phate and the metallic lead on the negative 
plate also changes to lead sulphate. 

r, b, recesses in the lead plates for receiving 
the spongy lead. Sulphuric acid i part and 
water 8 parts for filling the cell. 

165 




iii 



if. 



66 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



394- 
system. 



silkjnsulating Head 



White Cotton 



ELECTRIC WIRE INSULATING DEVICE. Four-spool 
First layer of silk wound left hand, second layer of white 

and colored cotton 
wound right hand. The 
two pairs of spools and 
frames revolve in op- 
posite directions that the 
wrappings may cross 
each other. The take- 
up wheel regulates the 
traverse of the wire 
through the machine. 

Insulated WJre I 





395. ELECTRIC WIRE 
DOUBLING DEVICE. 

The previously covered wires, 
one white and one colored 
red to distinguish them in 
wiring, are wound together 
and drawn over the conical 
take-up wheel, as shown in 
the right-hand section, with 
several friction turns to regu- 
late the twist rate. 



Take-up Wheel 



396. ELECTRIC WIRE INSULATING DEVICE. Braiding 
system, in which a variegated color is given by using different colored 

thread spools or bobbins. 
The right-hand figure 
shows the details of the 
bobbin latch or let-off and 
the tension weight carrying 
the thread. The grooved 
disk c rides in the traverse 
slots and is carried along 
by the pin b. 




Bobbins and 
Carriers 



Tens 
Weight 
Release Lever 



Starting and 
Release Lever 




ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



167 




397. CABLE COVER BRAID- 
ING MACHINE. Details of the 
bobbin motion, bobbin carrier gear, 
and slotted guide plate, a, a are the 
guide fingers on the gears that push 
the bobbins along the grooves, which 
by their crossing grooves carry the 
spools out and inside each other. 

398. Shows the gears beneath the 
slot-plate, each with, its four guide 
fingers that mesh to carry the bobbin 
shde into the opposite slot at each 
quarter revolution. 



399. WIRE-COVERING MACHINE. G is the wire reel from 
which the wire is drawn through the machine by the geared rollers E, E, 

and wound upon a 
drum at H. A rub- 
ber ribbon is wrapped 
upon the wire through 
the guides and eye at 

A. The spool C de- 
livers the wrapping 
ribbon through the 
eyes of the revolving 
yoke J, J. The gears 

B, B drive the shaft 
A^ and w^orm a, giv- 
ing motion to the 
drawing rolls E, E, 
and the winding 

drum H, through the gears N, M. b is the driving belt. The chain 
and gear below the bed of the machine are for change motion to the 
wire feed by a train of spur and bevel gear. 




i68 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



400. SHUNT-WOUND DYNAMO. The brushes B, B are con- 
nected to the main Hnes, M, M, supplying the outside circuit. The 

field magnet coils s, s are connected 
in shunt across the armature at the 
^^; brushes B, B. The field coils are of 
fine wire and many turns, with a re- 
sistance of many times that of the 
armature, in which is interposed the 
resistance box R. 



401. SHUNT DYNAMOS con- 
nected in series. The shunt winding is 
connected across both dynamos and 
the other end of the winding to the 
opposite poles in the armature brushes. 



402. SHORT AND LONG 
SHUNT. Compound dynamo wind- 
ing. Shows the two ways of making 
the terminal connections of the wind- 
ings. Right-hand figure is short 
shunt. 



403. SEPARATELY EXCITED 
DYNAMO. B, B are the brushes 
of the armature circuit to the hnes 
M, M. The battery G supplies cur- 
rent to the field winding only, which 
is regulated by the resistance box R. 



404. COMPOUND W^OUND 
DYNAMOS in series. Shunt coils of 
each excited from the other dynamo. 
The series coils are in series with the 
main circuit. 




ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



[69 




405. MULTI-SPEED ELEC- 
TRIC MOTOR. A handwheel 
and set of bevel gears draw the 
field magnets away from the arma- 
ture for varying the speed by chang- 
ing their distance apart. Model of 
the Stow Mfg. Co. 




406. DRUM CONTROLLER in which varia- 
tions in speed are controlled by throwing into the 
circuit resistance in sections suitable to the require- 
ments for different speeds. 

The details of construction vary greatly to meet 
the purpose for which they are to be used, and are 
made in rheostatic or resistance type, or in series 
parallel type for shunting or short-circuiting one of 
the motors. 



407. COMMUTATOR CONSTRUCTION. Edison type. A 
cast-iron or brass sleeve s is bored to fit the shaft. On the back end 

is secured a steel collar /, which is coned 
at g to fit the conical ends of the bars, a 
conical steel ring /i slips up against the 
other end, and the bars are clamped up 
by means of the steel nut k. The insula- 
tion is entirely of mica, as this is the only 
insulating material that has been found suitable for the insulation of 
commutators. The sleeve s is insulated by a cylindrical body insula- 
tion ;;z, against which the bars are clamped. The end insulations i 
and / are of mica built tip into conical form and pressed into shape in 
suitable molds. With this particular style of commutator the leads r 
from the armature wmding are soldered into an ear or cup / which is 
screwed tc the ear w on the commutator bar a by means of flat-headed, 
countersunk screws. 




17 o 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




408. SPRING BINDING POST. A quick 
method of changing electric-wire connections — 
press the spring and push in the wire, 

A most convenient binding post. 



409. ELECTRIC TRANSFORMER. Used only with akemat- 

ing currents. The principles of 
action are in the change of a high 
electro-motive force or voltage, 
to a low one, and vice versa. 

The secondary or low voltage 
winding is of coarse wire wound 
next to the soft iron core, with 
the primary, high voltage, fine 
wire wound on the outside ; 
thoroughly insulated and provided with means for cooling by air circu- 
lation or an oil bath, 

410. Shows the form of the core and winding. 





411. 
PERE 
A 



through 



RECORDING AM- 
METER. Bristol's type. 
is a stationary coil or solenoid 
which current passes. B 
is a very thin disk armature of iron 
secured to a non-magnetic shaft 
which extends through center of 
the solenoid A, and is supported at 
its opposite ends on steel knife-edge 
spring supports C and D. The 
recording pen arm E is secured di- 
rectly to the steel spring support D, 
and partakes of its angular motion 
as the armature is attracted to the 
coil or solenoid by a current passing 
through the solenoid. The face or re- 
cording dial is not shown as it covers 
the clockwork that drives the dial. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



71 



412. NOVEL ARC LAMP. Carbons are held in inclined troughs 
33, 19, supported on springs 31, 16, by similar troughs 35, 21, which 
are carried by headed pins 37, and are at- 
tached by insulating sockets 57 to the ends 
of an expansible metal strip 53. The strip 
is surrounded by a coiled heating resistance 
51, connected in series with the carbons, 
and is thus heated and expanded so as to 
press the movable troughs 35, 21 against 
the carbons, and move the carbons apart, 
when sufficient current is supplied, but to 
allow the carbons to move together and slip 
down when the current decreases. Each 
carbon may be pressed down by a spring 49 
placed between its coned upper end and an 
arm 47 of its holder ; with continuous current, movement of the nega- 
tive carbon is retarded by screws 46. The expansion strip 53 and 
heater 51 may be replaced by toggle links connecting the sockets 57 
with an arm of an iron core, movable vertically into a series solenoid 
on the top plate i. The springs may be steel strips coated with 
copper. The ends of the heater or solenoid wires are connected 
to the upper and lower parts of the spring, which is divided by an 
insulator 17. The lamp may be inclosed by a globe 7, secured by a 
packed ring and screws to the top plate. A nozzle 8 is provided, 
through which air may be exhausted from the globe, and another gas 
introduced. 




413. SEARCH-LIGHT 




MIRROR. Silvered back. The lens 
mirror is accurately ground and polished 
to the exact curvature required to give 
a perfectly parallel beam, and with a 
half-foot acetylene flame it will show 
up the whole road for over 1,500 feet ; 
the same size flame with the best metal 
reflector will show only a hundred feet 
or so. 

The unequal curve-s of the mirror are 
for the purpose of eliminating the spher- 
ical aberration. 



172 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



414. ELECTRIC ENGINE STOP. Monarch t}^e. The mag- 
nets, A, are placed in circuit with an electric battery, and when circuit is 

^SPROCKET DRUM ^ 





closed by pressing a button, the armature end of the lever B is pulled 
down, releasing the upper end of the vertical lever D, which also serves 

as a hammer, striking the lug on the pawl 
E, throwing it out of engagement with 
the ratchet, thus allowing the shaft of the 
stop to revolve and close the valve by 
means of the sprocket chain attached to 
the sprocket wheel of the stop, engaging 
a similar sprocket wheel attached to the 
throttle- valve stem, the weight on the 
cable furnishing the power. At the op- 
posite or right end of the stop is a 
dashpot, which consists of a cylinder 
into which the piston P fits closely. On this end of the shaft is 
cut a square-threaded screw, S, passing through a nut fastened in the 
center of the piston, P, so that as the shaft revolves, by means of this screw 
the piston is carried into the cylinder, and the air behind its inner face 
is compressed, thus forming a complete cushion. The speed at which 
the stop acts may be very accurately adjusted by turning the by-pass 
valve V, which governs the amount of air that is forced through the air 
passage H, as the piston P moves in. Below this by-pass valve V, and 
in the piston P, is located a releasing valve, O, which can be adjusted 
at will to open by contact against the bottom of the dashpot, when the 
throttle valve is near its seat, allowing the compressed air to escape 
quickly, after the piston has cushioned, thus allowing the valve to start 
again and take its seat softly, but with sufficient force to close it tightly. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



73 




416. SERIES ARC LIGHT- 
ING CIRCUIT. A multiseries 
arc dynamo of the Brush system. 
The circuits may be combined 
or single, controlled by a switch- 
board and three part armature 
and commutator. 




417. ROTATING ELECTRIC FUR- 
NACE. French design. The upper electrode 
is swung in two directions and at the same time 
revolves to cover the entire bed in the pot, also 
depressed or elevated by the handwheel and gear. 
The upper end of the electrode bar is round, with 
a toothed rack. The crucible is charged from a 
trough and emptied by turn over on its trunnions. 
The carbon lining of the pot is the negative 
electrode, not shown in the engraving. The plan 
shows the worm gear for turning the swinging 
electrode. 



418. ELECTRIC BLOWPIPE. 
A strong electro-magnet repels the 
electric arc with such force that it 
may be used as a blowpipe of high 
temperature. 

A curious example of the repel- 
lant action of the magnet upon an 
electric arc. 



174 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




419. ELECTRIC FURNACE for making calcium carbide. Eng- 
lish. The furnace consists of a firebrick casing A, with a magnesia 

lining B. The shape is conical, and at 
the bottom the furnace is contracted to 
form a hearth for the fused carbide. 
The tapping hole is at the bottom of 
this contracted part. The lower elec- 
trode is a carbon plate, and the upper 
electrode a massive carbon rod of cir- 
cular section. The raw material is fed 
into the annular space betw^een the upper 
electrode and the magnesia Hning in 
sufficient quantity to inclose and smother 
the zone of highest temperature. 

420. TANDEM WORM-GEAR ELECTRIC ELEVATOR. 

Siegel-Cooper store, N. Y. Hindley type. Geared 46 to i for a speed 

of the car of 100 feet per min- 
ute with a motor speed of 
470 revolutions per minute. 
Efficiency from current to 
car ser\dce 70 per cent. 
The double w^orm and in- 
terlocking gears contribute 
to the safety of the elevator 
service. 





421. ELECTRICALLY 
DRIVEN SEWING MA- 
CHINE. The armature is 
on the shaft that operates 
the needle bar and shuttle 
with a rheostat to control 
the speed. A pinion on the 
driving shaft meshing in 
an internal toothed wheel 
with handle enables man- 
agement of the sewing ma- 
chine by hand. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



175 



422. ELECTRIC MOTOR WORM-DRIVEN PUMP. It con- 
sists of the motor E, mounted on a base with a duplex pump, which 

drives the latter by means of double 
worm gearing and cranks. The com- 
bination of right- and left-hand worms, 
A and A', drives two worm wheels, 
B and B', which mesh together and 
thereby balance the thrust of the 
r-in." ' "K'T.-sj , ' ip.i-wti^ii l~\h wo^^s- ^^^ cranks are mounted 
'Fri^^^^^S'^^ £ i^lPJ on the shaft of the worm wheel B. 

One-half the power of the motor 

(less friction) is transmitted to the 

worm wheel B through the worm 

meshing with it; the other one-half is transmitted to it by the meshing 

worm wheel B'. By the use of the yoked extended piston rod D and 

short connecting rod the combination is made unusually compact. 

The float in the tank is the governor of the pump, through the 
automatic switch. 




^ 



izy 



423. ELECTRIC INCUBATOR. German. A basket filled with 
hay or fine straw upon which the eggs are laid. The cover consists of 




a layer of soft down attached to a circular box containing coils of wire. 
The latter are heated by an electric current whose temperature is regu- 
lated by a thermometer placed on the cover. When the heat becomes too 
great, the rise of the mercury cuts the coils out of circuit and allows them 
to cool. A coop for the chicks, in which the cover can be raised to ac- 
commodate with their growth. The only attention required is to sprinkle 
the eggs with fresh water and to turn them once a day. A rheostat 
regulates the current for a nearly uniform temperature of the heating 
coils. 



176 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




424. ELECTRICAL SOLDERING COPPER. The resistance 
or heating coil is composed of small iron wire wound on insulating 

material (asbestos cloth). 
The coils are wound far 
enough apart to prevent 
short circuiting and their 
electric connections insulated and carried through the handle. 

425. ELECTRIC WELDING APPARATUS. A shunt dynamo 
charges the 50 accumulator cells in series ; a voltmeter and an ampere- 
meter are inserted at V and A. From 
the positive terminal of every fifth 
cell a wire leads to a plug switch board 
U ; from U the current passes through 
a variable resistance W, and from 
thence through a flexible cable to the 
carbon holder 2 and the carbon pen- 
cil K. The operator manipulates 
his holder 2, the metal to be fused, 
placed upon the table, being joined 
directly to the negative terminal of 
the battery. By inserting the plug 
in the switch board U, the operator 

may obtain currents from 5 cells, twice 5, and so on to 10 times 5 cells. 

426. Carbon holder, carbon pencil at work. 

ELECTRIC WELDING. The operator wears strong leather 
gloves, and his hand is further protected 
by a metal screen fixed on the holder. 
He looks at his work through a dark 
glass, which protects both his eyes 
and face from the radiated light and 
heat better than ordinary dark spec- 
tacles would do. The lungs also may 
need protection from the vapors of 
copper, lead, and other metals or 
alloys. W^hen possible, means should 
be provided to carry off such vapors 
with a blast of air. The construction 
of the holder permits of a quick re- 
" See Fig. 425 for details. 





placement of the carbon pencil. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



177 




428. ELECTRIC REVOLV- 
ING CRANE. 1 50 tons hoisting 
capacity. Erected by the Newport 
News Ship Building & Dry-dock 
Co. A lifting and revolving crane 
that has been built on the most 
modern principles in mechanical 
construction for compactness and 
efficiency. 




429. ELECTRO-MAGNETIC TRACK BRAKE. The track- 
brake shoe is placed between the two pairs of wheels, and, instead of 

being forced upon the 
rails through an effort 
from the car, is drawn 
to the rails by an elec- 
tro-magnet suspended 
from the car, thereby not 
merely adding its fric- 
tion to the unimpaired 
friction of the wheel 
brake but also actually 
increasing the rail pres- 
sure of the wheels to the extent that the supporting springs for the 
track shoes and magnets are in tension through the descent of the track 
shoes to the rails. The electro-magnet a, dividing the track-brake shoe 
h into two parts, is secured by pins to the two push rods c, and sus- 
pended at a proper distance above the rails by the adjustable springs h. 
The push rods are secured by pins to the lowTr ends of the brake levers 
d, which are connected at their upper ends by the adjustable rod g and 
are pivoted at an intermediate point to the brake-shoe holders e, carry- 
ing the wheel-brake shoes, and the hanger links /, suspended from the 
truck frame. The push rods c are telescopic, as shown in the sectional 
view of the one at the left, so that a movement of the track shoe toward 
the right, relative to the truck frame, causes the wheel-brake shoe at the 



1/8 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



right to be applied to the wheel and the connection g to be moved to the 
left, thereby applying the wheel-brake shoe at the left, the stop i pre- 
venting the lower end of the brake lever at the left from following the 
track-brake shoe. 



430- 
speed. 



ELECTRO -MAGNETIC CLUTCH. Reverse change 
A is the motor, of which the armature shaft is extended at both 

ends to receive pinions B and C. 
Pinion B drives gear D, and 
pinion C drives gear E through 
idler F. B is smaller than C, 
and D is larger than E. It fol- 
lows that gear D runs slower than 
gear E, and in the opposite direc- 
tion. Both gears D and E run 
loose on shaft G, and each of them 
is keyed or bolted to a part H or I 
of the magnetic clutch, which parts are iron-clad electro-magnets that 
can be energized or de-energized at will. J is the armature or keeper, 
which is keyed to shaft G, but can slide over it. If I is energized, J is at- 
tracted toward it and is compelled to revolve with gear D, thus giving 
the driving shaft a slow motion. If H is energized, J is 'attracted toward 
it and follows the motion of gear E, thus giving the driving shaft a fast 
motion in the opposite direction. The shifting mechanism is so arranged 
that only one electro-magnet is in action at one time. 




431. ELECTRO-MAGNETIC CLUTCH. The figure shows a 
magnetic clutch with its armature and shaft in cross section. A and A 

^__^ are the magnets, each pro- 

^^r7^?_nn vided with a brass bush B. 
The coil of wire C is placed 
in an annular groove in the 
magnet, and held in position 
by a ring of lead D calked 
into a recess of the groove. 
An extension E of the magnet is turned down so as to make a 
gear fit, and a further extension F takes the collector rings G. As will 
be seen, there are two collector rings for each magnet : one for leading 
the current into the coil, and one for the return. H, armature keyed to 
slide on shaft and may have a belt pulley. 




ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



179 




432. ELECTRO-MAGNET- 
IC CLUTCH. Reverse 
change speed from a single 
pinion. A is the motor and 
B the motor pinion, driving 
a gear C which is keyed to a 
shaft D. From shaft D the 
motion can be transmitted to 
shaft F, either through gears 
C E and G, or through gears 
H and I — the clutch arrange- 



ment being the same as in Figs. 430-431. 




433. WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY. Marconi receiver, f is the 
coherer tube, with its silver pole pieces, /, f. The coherer forms part 

of a circuit containing a local cell, 
g, and a sensitive telegraphy relay. 
When electric waves impinge upon 
the coherer, its resistance falls from 
a nearly infinite value to something 
between 500 and 100 ohms, which 
allows the cell, g, to energize the 
electro-magnet of the relay, n, and 
close a circuit containing a larger battery, r, together with a Morse re- 
corder, h, and a trembhng electric bell, p, to act as decoherer. The 
hammer, 0, of the bell is so adjusted as to tap the coherer tube and shake 
the filings in it. If at the moment in which these actions took place the 
electric waves in the resonator had died away, this tap would restore the 
coherer to its normal condition of practically infinite resistance, and a dot 
only would be recorded on the tape of the Morse machine. If, however, 
the key of the transmitter were kept depressed, then waves would succeed 
each other at very short intervals, so that the acquired conductivity of 
the coherer would only be momentarily destroyed by the tap of the bell 
hammer, and immediately re-established by the electric waves. 

Small choking coils, k^ k^ — that is to say, coils wound so as to have 
self-induction or electric inertia — are introduced between the coherer 
and the relay, their effect being to compel the greater part of the oscilla- 
tory current induced in the circuit by the electric waves to traverse the 
coherer, instead of wasting the greater portion of its energy in the alterna- 
tive path afforded by the relay. 



i8o 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




434. WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY. Marconi coherer. The 
most important part of the receiver is the coherer, which consists of a 

small glass tube about two and a half millimeters in 
internal diameter and some four centimeters in length. 
Two silver pole pieces are lightly fitted into this tube, 
separated by a gap of about a millimeter, containing a 
mixture of 96 parts of nickel and 4 parts of silver, not 
too finely granulated, and worked up with the merest 
trace of mercury. This powder must not be packed 
too tight, or the action will be irregular and oversensi- 
tive to sHght outside disturbances, while if too loose it 
will not be ■ sufficiently sensitive. It is found that the 
best adjustment is obtained when the coherer works 
wtII under the actions of the sparks from a small electric 
trembler placed at a distance of about a meter. The 
tube is then exhausted on a mercury pump until the 
pressure falls to about a millimeter, when the tubulure 
left for exhausting it is sealed off. The tubes are tested 
over a distance of 18 miles before being put into use. 

435. WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY. Marconi transmitter with 
parabohc reflector. When it is desired to send a beam of rays in some 

definite direction, the transmitter 
used by Marconi is one devised by 
Professor Righi, of Bologna. The two 
large spheres, e, e, are 1 1 centimeters 
in diameter, and are separated by a 
space of a miUimeter. In order to 
concentrate the beam of rays in 
the required direction the oscillator is 

placed in the focal line of a parabohc cylindrical reflector. /, parabohc 

reflector; c, c', c', induction coil; a, battery; h, key. 

436. AUTOMATIC TROLLEY-WHEEL GUARD. The trol- 
ley wheel is linked to a fork and to a counter-weight on a lever by a 

- — * sHding journal box. At the mo- 

ment the trolley wheel leaves the 
conducting wire, the weight on 
the lever lifts the wheel and fork,^ 
which again fall on contact of 
the wheel with the conductor. 






<^^M 




c 

HHialllll 1 



( } IIIIIIIIIBJIII' 




ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



I8I 



4i nii- 



437. WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY. Long-distance Marconi 
transmitter, when it is not required to concentrate the waves in one 

direction. 
^ The small spheres, d, d, are 

connected by the wires, c', c\ 
with the secondary terminals of 
an induction coil, c, and one of 
them is also connected with the 
vertical wire, W, while the other 
is earth-connected. When the Morse key, 5, is depressed, the coil is 
energized by the battery, a, and therefore, as long as the key is operated, 
a stream of sparks is maintained between the spheres, d, d. 

438. ELECTRIC LIGHTING SYSTEM. A is the alternator, 
generating, say, 1,000 volts. The lamps used for ordinary illumination, 

such as for residences, etc., 
are connected through trans- 
formers, as shown at B. 
The street-lighting circuit 
consists of a number of in- 
candescent lamps /, all con- 
nected in series and cut in 
across the mains at a, h ; 
the point h may be at the station or on the line, whichever is the 
more convenient. In order that such a series system may work success- 
fully, the current in the circuit must be kept at a certain value, for which 
the lamps are designed. It is also evident that there must be a sufficient 
number of lamps connected in series to take up the voltage of the dynamo. 
For example, if each lamp required 20 volts, there would necessarily be 
50 lamps connected in the circuit, unless some outside device, such as a 
resistance or choking coil, was used to take up the extra voltage. 




iJFuse 


Main 


^ 


9t f 


J 


t\ 




Hjswitoh 


\bi) *__ 


^\ 




439. ELECTRICALLY HEATED 
CHAFING DISH. The cylindrical 
box under the dish is fitted with a 
resistance coil of iron wire insulated 
with asbestos packing. 



I82 



ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



440. 
atT to 



VIBRATING ELECTRIC BELL. A spring, R, is attached 
a fixed metallic rod^ and presses against the rod T\ The current 
enters through the terminal, B, traverses 
the bobbins, passes through T, through the 
spring, through T\, and makes its exit through 
the other terminal. The armature is at- 
tracted, and the point, P, fixed thereto draws 
back the spring from the rod, T\ and inter- 
rupts the current ; but at the moment at 
which the point touches the spring, and 
before the latter has been detached from the 
rod, T\ the electro-magnet becomes included 
in a short circuit, and the line current, instead 
of passing through the bobbins, passes through 
the wire, T, the armature and the rod T\ 
The vibration of the armature breaks the 
contact at T\ 




441. PRINTING TELEGRAPH. The type wheel, /, driven by 
clockwork mechanism from the spring barrel, is placed on a shaft con- 
centric with the ratchet, k, which is 
controlled by pallets of the escape- 
ment, / /, attached to the per- 
manently magnetized armature, in, 
vibrated by alternating currents 
through the electro-magnets, 0. 
The electro-magnet, r, controlling 
the printing escapement, is in the 
same circuit, its core ha\'ing an 
extension, w, and, being surrounded 
by a non-magnetic material, it is not 
operated by the rapidly changing 
currents passing through 0, which 
work the type-w^heel escapement ; 
but when the key connected with any particular letter is struck, the 
circuit is closed, sufficient magnetism accumulates in the core, w', 
to attract the armature, x, releasing the arm, u, carrying the paper- 
roller, s, and allowing a crank pin on the shaft of the wheel, /, turned 
by a train of mechanism from the spring barrel, a, to depress that arm 
of the lever and throw the feed roller up against the type. 





442. ELECTRIC FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM, 

Jersey City, N. J. Signal post and call box. The 
bells are rung by mechanism actuated by a de- 
scending weight of 3,000 lb. When on closed cir- 
cuit, the armature is held by the magnet and the 
motion is arrested. When the circuit is opened, 
the armature falls back from the magnet. This 
releases the detent, and the ratchet wheel holding the 
weight begins to revolve. Referring to the cut, it will 
be seen that there are two pawls which engage with 
the teeth of this ratchet wheel. Each pawl is held 
to its position in engagement with the teeth of the 
wheel, or is released therefrom by the action of a 
pin projecting at right angles from the pawl, and 
projecting through a slot of peculiar outline. This is 
shown in the cut directly below the drawing of the 
ratchet wheel and weight. This slot and pin mechan- 
ism is so arranged that only one of the pawls at a time 
engages with the teeth. When 
on closed circuit, the upper pawl 
only is in engagement. When 
the detent is released, the upper 
pawl is first acted on by the 
revolving wheel. This action 
draws the hammer back from 
the bell. As the pin rides through 
the slot, the pawl escapes from 
the teeth, the other one en- 
gages, and the hammer is driven 
against the bell. The bell- 
ringing lever rises and is 
again caught by the detent 
just as the pawls change 
places, and the motion is 
arrested with the upper pawl 
engaged until the next break 
in the current occurs. 

443. Striking mechanism. 

444. Electric connection 
and hammer. 




1 84 



ELECTRIC POVv^ER AND DEVICES. 



445. ELECTRIC TREE-FELLING MACHINE. The two- 
wheeled vehicle is anchored to a tree ; the motor on a platform drives 




by belt a routing tool below, both swinging on a common center. A 
handle extending to the rear serves to guide the cutting tool, and a 
ratchet and rack feeds the cut. German design. 

446. Plan, showing grappHng chains, routing tool, frame and 
handle. 



447. ELECTRIC TRUMPET. The apparatus consists of a brass 
tube 2^ in. in length and i^ in. in diameter, in the interior of which 

is fixed a small electro-magnet. 
An armature is placed oppo- 
site the poles of this latter, 
and a regulating screw ter- 
minating in a platinum point 
serves as an automatic inter- 
rupter. It takes but two 
Leclanche elements of the 
usual electric-bell variety to cause it to produce an agreeable musical 
sound, of which the pitch and intensity may be varied by regulating 
the screw or tightening up the vibrating plate in its setting. 




ELECTRIC POWER AND DEVICES, 



185 




Tracing 



448. ELECTRIC BLUE PRINT MACHINE. The making of 
blue prints by electric light has been carried to the point where plate 

glass disappears from the 
apparatus used. The machine 
consists of a large wooden 
cylinder, which is made to 
revolve slowly in front of the 
lamp, and any good photo- 
engraver's lamp will do. A 
transparejit traveling apron 
moves with the drum. The 
apron is reeled up on a small 
drum at the bottom of the 
machine, and this and the 
upper roller upon which it is 
wound keep it in tension 
sufl&cient to always hold the tracing and printing paper close together 
and against the large drum. The tracing and sensitized paper are fed 
in under the moving transparent apron at the top, and both are received 
in a box placed below the large drum. The driving mechanism can 
be operated by belt from shop shafting or run by a small electric 
motor. The whole apparatus may be arranged so as to receive sunlight 
upon fine days by being mounted upon a truck. 

449. DEMAGNETIZING A WATCH. The center of the watch, 
C, is placed so that the prolongation of the axes of the magnet (shown 

by the dotted line, 
A..^?a X X') passes through 

it. The watch is 
vibrated around an 
axis passing through 
C and at right angles 
to X X'. By this operation the watch is successively brought into the 
positions A and B,,in all positions around the hour circle. 

A few minutes of this movement is sufficient to demagnetize a watch. 



y>'7?>^. 





450. ELECTRIC CURLING-IRON 
HEATER. A resistance coil of iron wire insu- 
lated by asbestos, inclosed in a brass tube, to 
receive the curling tongs. 



SECTION XL 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, 
MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 



187 



Section XL 

NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE 
APPLIANCES, ETC. 




451. CURIOUS BOATS. Skin 
boat of the Gros Ventres Indians, 
Dakota. An ash or hickory withe 
frame covered with rawhide. A type 
of the odd Welsh coracle. 




452. CURIOUS BOATS. Pernambuco, 
Brazil, catamaran, with a caboose and plat- 
form on a frame above log float. 
The gaff sets at the foot of the mast, which 
is stayed by cleats and braces 
to a cross piece pinned to 
the logs. 




453. CURIOUS BOATS; GREENLAND 
KAYAK, Has no keel, made of sealskins, and 
entirely covered except a space to slip the body 
of the occupant into a seat on the bottom. 

454. CURIOUS BOATS. The 
sheltered duck boat. 

The canvas wings drawn back 
from a short mast make a hiding- 
place for the gunners. 
189 



190 NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 




455. CURIOUS BOATS. A 
Norwegian fishing smack. A 
type of the Danish Vikings' war 
boats. A gaff, but no boom. 

T}'pe of a thousand years. 




456. CURIOUS BOATS. Reef-sail yacht of 
Norway. A Vikings' model with square sail. 

The Viking types have no deck ; the mast is 
stepped on the keelson and braced from sides and 
keelson ; a jib stay but no jib. 



457. CURIOUS BOATS. The Dutch 
fishing pink. The boats are nearly as broad 
as they are long. The mast is stepped nearly 
in the middle of the boat. Two bowsprits 
with two jibs and an overboard leeboard of 
rude construction seem to hold these bulky 
boats to their course. 



458. CURIOUS BOATS. The Philip- 
pine Island catamaran and anchor. The 
boats are so narrow that outriggers and 
floats are required to bear any sail. 

A type of the boats of the Pacific is- 
landers in which daring surf feats are per- 
formed. 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. I9I 




459. CURIOUS BOATS. 
A Russian canoe rig. Boom 
and gaff extending forward. 
Forward part of boat covered. 
Halyards extend to cockpit 
for easy management by one 
person. The boom is elastic 
and bends before the wind ; 
a fad of doubtful efi&ciency. 



460. CURIOUS 
BOATS. The Sand- 
wich Islands catama- 
ran. A narrow boat 
with outrigged plat- 
forms and latticed 
extension carrying a 
balance float. 

Shrouds from mast 
to outrigger. Boom 
and gaff extending 
forward. 



461. CURIOUS BOATS. A Bom- 
bay yacht, with Malay rig. A curiously 
formed bottom. This rig is of the 
latteen type of the Mediterranean, 
with short masts inclined forward, 
yards hung at the center of the wind 
pressure. 



192 NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 




462. CURIOUS 
BOATS. The turkey- 
bone yacht with a swing- 
ing bowsprit — more curi- 
ous than useful. 




463. CURIOUS BOATS. Non-heeling 
sail-boat. A heavy keel frame is pivoted at 
stern and bow to which the mast is fixed. 

This rig allows the mast and sail to lean 
from the wdnd, while the boat is balanced by 
the contrary swing of the iron keel. 



464. RACING YACHTS. Model designs of the British and Amer- 
ican yachts contesting for the Victoria cup in the international races 
since 1885. Hull and midship section. 




PURITAN 



J 



1885 




465. Puritan. 

466. Genesta. 



467. Mayflower. 

468. Galatea. 



GALATEA 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 193 



A z 



VOLUNTEER 1837 




THISTLE 



YALKYR.1EII 



469. Volunteer. 

470. Thistle. 




471. Vigilant. 

472. Valkyrie II. 




473. Defender. 

474. Valkyrie III. 



475. Columbia, 

476. Shamrock I. 



477, Columbia. 

478. Shamrock II. 



iHAMROCKIl 



194 NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 




SHAMROCK 111 



479. Reliance. 

480. Shamrock III. 





481. ANCIENT FEATHERING 
PADDLE WHEEL. Wipers on the 
inner ends of the paddle arms, rubbing 
J against a fixed cam plate, turn the pad- 
dles as they enter the water. 



482. TYPES OF PROPELLERS. Thornicroft pro- 
peller, used on fast boats with fine lines. Blades broad on 
the hub, narrowing toward the outer end of the blade, 
face a parabolic recess. Two or three blades. Pitch of 
blades at point two and one-half times diameter of propeller. 





483. TYPES OF PROPELLERS. The Jarrow pro- 
peller, with two or three blades curving backward and 
narrowing from hub to point. A high speed propeller. 
Face of blades with recess curves and pitch at tips about 
two and one-half diameters. For fine line boats. 



484. TYPES OF PROPELLERS. The Hirsh 
propeller. The generating line is the segment of an 
Archimedes spiral, with the leading edge of the blades 
curved forward, face of the blades curved with increas- 
ing pitch. 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 195 




485. SCREW PROPELLER. Three 
blade. Reeves type. Curved to conform to 
an even thrust in all parts of the blades. 
Good form for launches. Pitch about 
twice the diameter. 



486. SCREW PROPELLER. 
Four blades. Case type. With outward 
thrust. Narrow blades for high speed. 
Pitch two and a half times the diameter. 
Face of blades curved. 



487. Plan of propeller in the plane of rotation. 

488. SHEET METAL PROPELLER. Davis type. The blades 
are made of boiler plate, or of plate steel, of equal thickness through- 
out. They are cut from a flat plate, 
the holes for the reception of the pro- 
peller shaft made, and then either by 
hammer, rolls, or formers curved to 
the proper shape. Each blade is 
precisely alike, so that if one should be 
broken a duplicate could be readily 
fitted. 

A collar is secured upon the shaft, 
and the inner legs of the blades bear 
firmly against it. The sleeve, B, keeps 
the legs of the blades at the proper 
distance apart, and the collar, C, and 
nut secures all in place. To hold the blades in position against the 
leverage of the water, bolts may be passed through the collars and blades 
longitudinally with the shaft, or the blades may be held by a feather on 
the shaft. 




196 NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 



489. FEATHERING 
BLADE PROPELLER. 
A foot-power propeller 
with paddle blades to 
hang over the sides at the 
stern, or may be placed in 
an extension at the stern, 
as shown in the cuts. 
The longest movement of 
the paddle is when it is 
immersed, and the pad- 
dle being vertical, there is 
no splash, slip, or loss of 
propulsive effect arising 
from the oblique action. 

490. The curve traversed by the edge of the paddle. 

491. The extension of the paddle box. 

492. Crank shaft and foot treadle connections. 

493. Blade and crank connection. 




FOOT"TREADLE 



494. TWENTY-FIVE-FOOT LAUNCH. Fast type with positive 
submerged wheel, 5 feet beam, light draught hull with wheel depth of 




26 inches. Wheel 20 inches diameter, 30 inch pitch, with or without 
steel wheel guard. Motor, 12 horse power. Displacement with pas- 
sengers, 2,000 lbs. Elevation and midship sections. 

495. Sectional elevation of frame, motor and propeller. 

496. Plan with lines of upper works. 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. IQ/ 




497. BICYCLE CATAMARAN. The pedal shaft carries a large 
worm gear meshed to a small worm^ gear on the propeller shaft — steering 
is by the bicycle handle and cross arm below, with wire lanyards to the 
rudder. 

498. BICYCLE GEAR FOR A BOAT. The sprocket wheel 
shaft with a large bevel gear drives a vertical shaft with two bevel gears 

and a fly wheel. The 
propeller shaft has 
two bevel gears to 
mesh into the bevel 
gear on the vertical 
shaft alternately, for 
forward or backward 
motion of the pro- 
peller. Lever C and 
handle D control the fore and aft motion of the shaft. 





499. THE MANIPEDE CATAMARAN. Operated by feet or 
hands on levers with sprocket wheel and chain to a paddle wheel. 
Steered by a rocking seat, or by hand. 



98 NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 



Usual Plan 




500. TYPES OF SHALLOW-DRAUGHT SCREW-PROPELLED 
BOATS. Yarrow type. \^e5sels of this class have been constructed 

with the propeller 
working in a tunnel, 
so that though the 
propeller used be 
greater in diameter 
than the draught, yet 
it always works in 
soHd water, since the 
water, owing to the 
air . being driven out 
of the tunnel by the 
action of the screw, 
Improved Plan nges and completely 

covers the latter. Until quite recently the stern portion of this tunnel has 
been fixed so that when the boat is heavily loaded there is a considerable 
portion of the back of the tunnel against which the water dehvered from 
the propeller must impinge, and down which it must shde before it can 
escape. This has caused a ''drag," and a consequent loss of speed and 
efficiency. 

In the new type, instead of being fixed, the rear portion of the tunnel 
is formed of a hinged flap provided with strips of rubber at the side, 
which, by rubbing against the parallel sides of the tunnel, prevent the 
ingress of air. With a boat so provided, the rear end of the tunnel can 
be always so arranged that it only just dips beneath the surface of the 
water. This is quite sufficient to insure the screw always working in 
water, but under all circumstances opposes a minimum obstruction to 
the escape of the water. 

501. Section with hinge flap raised for deep draught. 

502. Section with hinge flap down for shallow draught. 

503. DIRIGIBLE TORPEDO. Sims-Edison type. The front 
compartment contains a charge of from 250 to 500 lbs. of high ex- 



^..^^ 




CABLE TUBE 



plosive, which can be exploded electrically by reversing the current. In 
another compartment is a reel upon which is stowed from one to two miles 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. I99 

of controlling cable. The cable is made extremely light and flexible, 
but of sufficient area to convey the 30 horse-power necessary to drive the 
torpedo at a speed of 22 miles an hour. 

The cable, which is connected with a dynamo at the firing station, is 
led out through a tube running parallel with the axis of the torpedo to a 
point aft of, and below, the propeller wheel. 

504. AUTOMOBILE TORPEDO. Whitehead type. With self- 
contained motive power for short range action. A 3-cylinder motor 




driven by compressed air contained in the cyhndrical tank i ; m, two 
screw propellers driven in opposite directions by reversing bevel gears to 
keep the torpedo from turning over ; h, shaft ; g, /, steering-apparatus 
connections from electric steering gear, a, b, c ; k, fuse ; t, explosive 
charge ; n, rudder. 



505. THE HOLLAND SUBMARINE BOAT. A, torpedo tube 
for rear discharge ; B, dynamo ; C, gasoHne engine ; D, air compressor ; 




E, storage battery ; F, oil and water tanks ; G, compressed air cham- 
bers ; H, gun-cotton shell in the aerial torpedo gun ; J, magazine ; K, 
Whitehead torpedo and tube ; L, trimming tank, oil and gasoHne tank at 
H under the bow. 

In the Holland submarine boat the gasoline engine and the dynamo 
are directly connected to the propeller shaft, so that when the boat is 
running on the surface the gasoHne engine is used for power, and when 
submerged the dynamo alone is in use with current from the storage bat- 
teries. "The air compressor charges the long air tubes, G, G, to a high 
pressure before going into action, which is discharged in jets when 
needed for ventilation and cooling the interior of the boat, and also for 
discharging the aerial and submerged torpedoes. 



200 NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 



506. REVERSING CLUTCH for a launch. C is the propeller 
shaft ; D, the engine shaft ; A, H, shell keyed to the propeller shaft, 

with an inside spur 
,. , X iLoi, g^^^ t^ match the 

ring of pinions J ; 
L, anchor knee to 
hold the reverse mo- 
tion shell B ; K, the 
inner gear which 
drives the back mo- 
tion when the pinion 
ring is held fast by the 
positionof theleverM. 
The arrangement of 
the gear is shown in 
the cross section. 

507. ICE BOAT. Plan and elevation draw^n to a scale, as shown in 
the engraving. Figured 
measures are given for the 
most important parts. 





508. Plan with fig- 



measures 



509. SUBMARINE CABLE GRAPNEL. 

With removable prongs for easy repair. By an 
\ overstrain, by the prong catching in a rock or 
other obstruction, the small rivet, B, will shear ofif 
and release the prong. Four prongs to each grap- 
nel, ^luch used in the repair of defective or 
broken submarine cables. 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 20I 

510. SUBMARINE CABLE GRAPNEL. Cutting and holding 
grapnel. The cable on being hooked and lifted forces its way through 
the rubber shield, K, which is provided to keep 
the mechanism clear from stones, sand, etc., 
while towing over the bottom, and becomes 
inclosed in the jaws of the hinged chp. As 
the strain increases the hinged clip shears 
through a leaden bolt, H, which supports it, 
and, moving upon its pivot, is forced down the 
tapering sides which press the sides of the clip 
together so as to grasp the cable very tightly. 
The greater the strain on the grapnel rope, the 
more the clips are forced down and the tighter 
the cable is held ; until at last the clips sink so 
far as to cause the cable to make an acute angle 
over the knife edge, L, and the cable is cut, one end falling to the 
bottom while the other is brought to the surface. 




511. STEAM SOUNDING MACHINE. Sigsbee tx^je. Its prin- 
cipal parts are the drum. A, on which is wound the wire, the auxiliary 

pulley, B, used while heaving in 
to relieve drum of the strain, the 
jockey wheel, C, the swivel pulley, 
D, the accumulator contained in 
the tube, H, and the brake E. 

The drum is made light, in 
order to have as little inertia and 
momentum to overcome as pos- 
sible. Its circumference is one 
fathom. An indicator is attached 
to the axle, which registers the 
number of revolutions. The auxil- 
iary pulley, B, is composed of 
three pulleys : one for the wire, 
one for the belt going to the drum, 
and the other for the belt from the 
driving engine. The jockey wheel, 
C, is an ordinary gun metal one 
with a V-shaped score, and the wire passes over this both in 
paying out and reeling in. Its circumference is 3 feet, and an odometer 




202 NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 

being attached to its axle, the amount of wire paid out can thus be 
obtained. A very important feature in this machine is the accumu- 
lator, which is composed of spiral springs contained in two vertical 
tubes, one of which is shown at H. These springs are connected with 
the crosshead of the jockey wheel by means of chains passing over the 
pulley K. The crosshead moves in steel sHdes, and rises and falls as 
the weight on the wire varies, indicating on a scale the strain in pounds. 



512. THE DRAG STEERING GEAR. Different rigs for con- 
structing and operating a temporary steering gear when the rudder is 

disabled. The float is 
a strong plank, so fast- 
ened by the rope harness 
as to keep it in a verti- 
cal position in the sea. 
. 513. Tackle rig from 
a projecting spar and 
cross tree. 

514. Rope hitch to 
the steering plank. 

515. Drag gear 
straight astern. 





516. ROPE 
HITCHES. 

Showing ap- 
proved methods 
of hitch for 
hoisting goods. 

517. Hammock 
hitch. 

518. Cask sling 
and hitch. 

519. Bale shng 
and butt sling on 
end. 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 2O3 




520. KNOTS AND 
SPLICES : 

1 . Turn used in making 
up ropes. 

2. End tapered for the 
purpose of passing it read- 
ily through a loop. To 
make this, unlay the rope 
for the necessary length, 
reducing a rope diminish- 
ing in diameter toward the 
end, which is finished by 
interlacing the ends with- 
out cutting them, as it 
would weaken the work ; 
it is lastly "whipped" with 
small twine. 

3. Tapered end covered 
with interlaced cordage 
for the purpose of making 
it stronger. This is done 
with very small twine, at- 
tached at one end to the 
small eye, and at the other 
to the strands of the rope, 
thus making a strong 
" webbing " around the end. 

4. Double turn used for 
making rope. 

5. Eye splice. The 
strands of the cable are 
brought back over them- 
selves, and interlaced with 
their original turns as in a 
splice. 

6. Tie for the end of a 
four-strand rope. 

7. The same completed ; 
the strands are tied to- 
gether, forming loops lay- 
ing one over the other. 



204 NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 



8. Commencement for making the end by interlacing the strands. 

9. Interlacing complete, but not fastened. 

10 and II. Shell in two views, showing the disposition at the throat. 

12. Interlacing in two directions. 

13. Mode of finishing the end by several turns of the twine continued 
over the cable. 

14. Interlacing commenced in one direction. 

15. Interlacing finished, the ends being worked under the strands, as 
in a splice. 

16. Pigtail commenced. 

17. Interlacing fastened. 

18. Pigtail with the strands taut. 

19. Dead-eye, shown in two views. 

20. Pigtail finished. We pass the ends of the strands, one under the 
other, in the same way as if we were making a pudding splice, thus 
bringing it in a line with the rope, to which it is seized fast, and the ends 
cut off. 

21. Scull pigtail; instead of holding the ends by a tie, .we interlace 
them again, as in No. 16, the one under the other. 

lark's nest." 




22. Pigtail or 

23. Two-strand knot. 



521. BELL BUOY. A large bell is mounted 
in a frame on a floating buoy. A radial grooved 
iron plate is made fast to the frame under the bell 
and close to it, on which is laid a free cannon ball. 
As the buoy rolls on the sea, this ball rolls on the 
plate, striking some side of the bell. 

In this design a very small roll of the sea 
makes a constant ringing of the bell. 

522. THE WHISTLING BUOY. The 
hanging tube below the float is open at the 
bottom. In the vertical motion of the float 
and tube by the waves, the water in the tube 
reacts as a piston, drawing in air at the top of 
the buoy and compressing it to blow the 
whistle. 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 20$ 




5^3. LIGHTING BUOY. Compressed gas 
is charged into the body of the buoy at from 100 
to 200 pounds per square inch. A regulator de- 
livers the gas to the burner at a uniform pressure. 
A single charge will burn for several days. 

The inverted cone under the lamp protects it 
from the splash of the waves. Good for har- 
bors and channels. 



524. FOG WHISTLE. A signal of warning operated by w^ave 
motion. A sounder on the principle of the steam whistle is exposed to a 

blast of air, according to the facilities 
of operation. Usually, motion derived 
from the waves, the tide, the wind, or 
clockwork, makes it automatic. In 
the example, the semicircular tubular 
vessel is mounted upon a rock shaft, 
and has at each extremity an ordinary 
whistle and a valve opening inward. 
When the vessel is partially filled with 
water and rocked to and fro, the air is 
forced through the whistle and sounds 
an alarm. 




525. FISH WAY. A device to enable fish to ascend falls or dams. 
It may consist of a series of stepped basins over which the water de- 
scends, turning a fall into a cas- 
cade, and sometimes known as a 
fish ladder ; or it may consist of a 
chute with 9, sinuous track for 
diminishing the velocity and assist- 
ing the passage of the fish to the 
level above the dam. In the exam- 
ple it is an inclined chute having a series of chambers containing com- 
paratively still water, the current being confined to a relatively smaller 
space. 




206 NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 



526. FLOATING BREAKWATER. Morris type. A A are air- 
tight cylinders ; B B the strutting ; C C the cables, and D D the weights 

at the sea bed. From the mo- 
tionless foundation thus formed, 
the framing rises through the 
section of tidal and superficial 
action. The sloping screen 
formed by the timbers presents 
meshes to the waves, by which 
their force is arrested and their 
effect destroyed. The first idea 
of floating breakwaters was 
probably taken from an obser- 
vation of the effect produced 
upon waves by the presence of 
some natural obstacle in the sea, such as reeds and sea weed. The 
gulf weed is a well-knowTi instance. It has been found that, although 
its depth does not exceed a couple of feet, yet, even in strong gales, there 
is perfectly calm water to leeward of it. The illustration represents a 
form of construction for ocean shields, breakwaters, piers, harbors, gun- 
banks, lighthouses, and other marine objects. 

527. NETS AXD SEIXES. How they are made. A and h, two 
styles of netting needles, e, mesh peg, /, flat mesh peg. 





A, section of net, showing last loops at a, b, c, e, and the formation of 
the knot at d, with the mesh peg left out. 



NAVIGATION, VESSELS, MARINE APPLIANCES, ETC. 20/ 

G and Z, unlettered, show the formation of the knot with peg and 
needle. 

528. Closed point needle, American type. 

529. Making a loop with open end needle and peg. 

530. Oval mesh peg. 

531. Flat mesh peg. 

532. Section of net. with knot at d. 

533. Making a loop, second stage. 



SECTION XII. 



ROAD AND VEHICLE 
DEVICES, ETC. 



209 



Section XII. 
ROAD AND VEHICLE DEVICES, ETC. 




535. TRACTION WHEEL. 

rim are yieldingly held, or they 



534. ROAD 
GR A D I NG 
WAGON. With 
shifting tongue 
device on the 
frame to allow of 
close scraping on 
each side of the 
road. An elevat- 
ing gear for the 
rake and scraper. 
In this wheel the projections of the 
may be withdrawn entirely from the 
surface or held locked in outermost 
position. 

A sleeve fitted loosely on the hub 
between the flanges carries a loosely 
rotating wheel on which are pivoted 
the inner ends of slidable arms, whose 
outer ends are beveled and pass 
through openings in the rim. To 
fasten the sHding arms in either an 
inner or outer position a pin is passed 
transversely through apertures in 
the hub flanges and through one of 
several apertures in the wheel on 
which the sHding arms are pivoted, the wheel being turned to the 
proper position before inserting the pin, while the passing of a pin 
through the hub flanges and an elongated aperture in the wheel 
restricts the latter to a limited turning in either direction. 

536. Section of wheel, hub flange and shdable arm. 

537. Rotating hub with pin slot. 




212 



ROAD AND VEHICLE DEVICES, ETC. 




538. DUMPING WAGON. 
The loaded box is just overbal- 
anced to tip backward. A dog 
catch on the driver's footboard is 
;;> let go for self-tipping of the load. 



539. DIFFERENTIAL SPEED GEAR for bicycles. Eite & Todd 
type. A is the crank-axle gear wheel, C the chain wheel, working 

through supplementary bracket. On 
this bracket is a sleeve, B, which 
carries free running cogs, Bi and B2, 
both running on ball bearings. The 
chain-wheel axle carries the fixed 
pinions Ci and C2, of different diame- 
ter, on one shaft, which are always in 
gear with both of the pinions, Bi and 
B2. By the action of the lever D, Bi 
and Ci, or B2 and C2 are thrown into 
gear with A, thus giving a gear which 
can be varied in a great range of ratio. 

540. AUTOMOBILE STEER- 
ING GEAR. The steering shaft 
has a double thread screw and nut 
with rack attached, which turns a 
pinion to operate a shaft and arm con- 
nected to the wheel gear. French. 



541. AUTOMOBILE STEERING 
GEAR. A steering shaft with a double 
thread screw acting on a sector gear, the shaft 
and arm of which operates the wheel gear. 
French. 




ROAD AND VEHICLE DEVICES, ETC. 



213 




542. AUTOMOBILE STEERING 
GEAR. A curved and eccentrically 
mounted cam plate on the handle shaft 
revolves against roller arms of the hollow 
shaft K, moving it forward or back- 
ward in the socket and sheath D, E. 
The socket-head spindle, F, accommo- 
dates difference in length by sliding in 
the sheath K. 

543. Cross section. French. 




544. RATCHET BRAKE LEVER for auto- 
mobiles. Miller type. By a simple motion of 
the foot the pawl locks or unlocks the brake 
lever, so that the brake is on and locked when 
leaving the automobile alone. Saves much 
trouble in tying up horseless vehicles. 



545. AUTOMOBILE CHANGE SPEED GEAR. Petteler type. 
A, the driving shaft with fixed gears ; B, collar on spear-shaped blade 



^^V^^^VVVV^^^v^'^VVtttl^VV^VVVVV^^^^^ 



rod for operating 
the plungers for 
clutching the for- 
ward m o t i o n 
gears ; C, collar 
to a sliding con- 
ical sleeve that 
operates the 
plungers for the 
back motion 
through an idler 
gear. 




214 



ROAD AXD VEHICLE DEVICES, ETC. 



546. AUTOMOBILE CHANGE SPEED GEAR. Dorris t\-pe. 
To the upper shaft are fastened three gears corresponding to the three 
-] pinions, and in addi- 

■ ' ffi tion an internal gear 

outside the casing and 
of comparatively large 
diameter. A pinion is 
mounted upon the 
lower shaft, at the end 
thereof, adapted to 
mesh \^ith the internal 
gear, but is normally held out of mesh by means of a coiled spring at 
the end of the shaft. The pinion is mounted upon a long sleeve sur- 
rounding the shaft and extending through the bearing into the casing. 
The set of three shifting pinions is shown in the position of slow for- 
ward speed. By moving them to the left the second and third speeds 
are engaged in succession, and after the gears of the third speed are 
out of mesh, if the motion is still continued, the sUding pinions will abut 
against the sleeve of the reverse pinion, and shift the pinion into mesh 
with the internal gear against the pressure of the spring. 





547. AUTOMOBILE STEAM EN- 
GINE. A two-cyUnder engine of the 
locomotive type with hnk motion and D 
valves ; cyHnders 2^ x 4 inches. Boiler 
pump operated by a le\er and link from 
a crosshead of one of the cyhnders. 
Extreme cut-off o to f . 

The sprocket wheel on the shaft be- 
tween the eccentrics connects by chain 
directly with the compensating gear on 
the rear axle. The prevailing type of 
engine for all steam automobiles. 



ROAD AND VEHICLE DEVICES, ETC. 



215 




548. TYPES OF MOTOR BI- 
CYCLES. The Derby. A chain 
from the motor drives a friction 
wheel which is pressed on the tire 
by a bell-crank lever. This arrange- 
ment allows of instantaneous motor 
disconnection. 




549. TYPES OF MOTOR BICY- 
CLES. The Brown. Much after the style 
of the Derby, but driven by a belt from the 
motor pulley to a pulley attached to the rear 
wheel. 



550. TYPES OF MOTOR BI- 
CYCLES. The Minerva. The motor 
hangs beneath the lower reach and 
drives by belt over a pulley on rear 
wheel. Has a surface carbureter and 
tank inclosed in the front frame. 



551. TYPES OF MOTOR BICYCLES. The Singer. The 
motor and all its appurtenances, including fuel tank, are within the 

rear wheel, which, with the exception 
of the controlling rods and levers^ is inde- 
pendent of the rest of the bicycle. The 
motor is hung on a fixed shaft with its 
crank shaft below the axial center of the 
SINGER ""- — -" wheel, and with a pinion meshing in an 
internal gear on the wheel. Ignition is by a small magneto. 




552. TYPES OF MOTOR BICYCLES. The Humber. The 
motor is built into the lower reach of the frame in a novel way, com- 
prising four tubes as an inclosure. 
The motor drives a sprocket on the 
pedal crank shaft by chain, and by 
another chain to the rear wheel sprocket. 
i«lg?HlS^^^ 11 A friction disk on the crank shaft pre- 
vents jerking of the chains under undue 
strain. 




HUMBER 



2l6 



ROAD AND VEHICLE DEVICES, ETC. 




553. TYPES OF MOTOR BI- 
CYCLES. F. N. The motor is 
clamped in a vertical position in the 
front frame, with a belt drive to a 
pulley fastened to the spokes. Motor 
appurtenances inclosed in a case fit- 
ting the upper part of the frame. 

MOTOR BICYCLES. The Werner. The 
motor in a vertical position is built 
into the lower part of the frame and 
forms part of the frame. The drive 
is direct by belt from motor pulley to 
a large pulley fastened to the rim. 



WERNER 



555. TYPES OF MOTOR BICYCLES. Royal Enfield. The motor 

is secured to the steering head by bracket 
clamps. The motor drives direct by 
a long crossed belt to the rear wheel 
pulley. The front wheel is provided 
with a band hub brake, and also one 
on the rear wheel hub. 

556. TYPES OF MOTOR BICY- 
CLES. Ladies' Ivel. The motor is 
placed beneath the lower front frame 
and drives by belt to a pulley. Carbu- 
reter, igniter, and fuel at the back of the 
seat post. A skirt shield covers the motor 
and belt. 

557. STEAM SURREY. 
The boiler is placed under the 
rear seat and the engine under 
the front seat, from which the 
driving by chain is extended 
to a sprocket on the rear-axle 
compensating gear. The boiler 
and engine are illustrated on 
other pages. 




ROAD AND VEHICLE DEVICES, ETC. 



217 



558. STEAM FREIGHT WAGON. Adams Express type. An 
oil fuel burner under a vertical tube boiler. 




Two-cylinder engine directly connected to a two-speed change-gear 
shaft and to a compensating shaft gear, which in turn is geared inside 
of the rear wheels. 




559. Plan of steam freight wagon running gear, with change gear 
connections. 



2l8 



ROAD AND VEHICLE DEVICES, ETC. 



560. STEAM DRAY. Type of the 
Leyland dray, much in use in England. 
Uses a kerosene burner under a vertical 
tube boiler, with double-reducing chain- 
gear system. Compensating gear on the 
reducing shaft. 




o 



o^o^c o o o^o„o„o 000 
00000000000 

OOCOOOOOOOOO 




INTERCHANGEABLE 




AUTOMOBILE. A new feature 
in the combination 
of a pleasure car- 
riage and a deliver}'' 
wagon. The pas- 
senger entrance is 
in front. The seat 
and trim can be 
readily removed and 
a hood substituted 
and the space used 
for freiofht. 



SECTION XIII. 



RAILWAY DEVICES AND 
APPLIANCES, ETC. 



219 



Section XIII. 



RAILWAY 



DEVICES AND 
ANCES, ETC. 



APPLI- 



562. BLOCK AND INTERLOCKING SIGNALS. Electro- 
pneumatic system. The right-hand figure shows the detail of the air 

piston and electric air valve. The 
signal being at the entrance of a block 
section, which is, say, three-quarters 
of a mile long, the battery for the cur- 
rent is at the outgoing end ; and when 
the rails of the track, throughout 
the section (and also the rails of side 
tracks and crossovers, so far as they 
foul the main track) are clear — not 
occupied by wheels at any point — 
the circuit of the battery is through 
the right-hand rail of the track to the 
electro-magnet at the signal, thence 
to the left-hand rail and by that back 
to the battery. This circuit being 
closed, the electro-magnet at the 
signal is energized and holds the 
signal, through the medium of a stronger electro-magnet, worked by a 
local battery, in the all-clear or go-ahead position. The entrance of a 
train short-circuits the current through the wheels and axles, de-ener- 
gizing the electro-magnet (relay); and the signal, by force of gravity, 
assumes the stop position, thus warning the next following train not to 
enter the section. The signal remains at " Stop " until every pair of wheels 
has passed out of the section. 

563. Section showing electro-magnetic valve and pneumatic piston 
for operating the signal arm. 

564. Lever arm connection between air piston and signal arm rod. 




222 



RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 



A 



Q-z: 



Reverse Black and White 
Distance Signal 

Green A White 



Reverse Black on Whue 



565. RAILWAY SIGNALS. The upper cut represents the ''home" 
and "advance" semaphore, and when the blade is placed horizontal 

indicates "" Danger, "'or'' Stop," and when 
dropped to the vertical indicates "Clear! 
Go ahead!" At night the "red light "in- 
dicates Danger! the white light Go ahead! 
The distance signal is placed about 1,800 
feet from the home signal. The blade is 
yellow with a black band, as shown in the 
lower cut. Its horizontal position by 
dav or a green lidit bv nisjht, indicates '' caution." 



566. TROLLEY-CAR 
SAXDER. A sand box with 
gate and stirring pin on the gate 
is operated through the con- 
necting rod by a push button 
and bell crank. 





567. LOCOMOTRT SAXDER. 
A sand box and chute with a nozzle 
by which compressed air from the air- 
brake reservoir blows the sand into the 
discharge pipe. 



MULTIPLE PLATE FRICTION 
CLUTCH. Pattern of the main driving 
shaft clutch, Brooklyn Bridge. Every other 
ring plate is keyed to the inner sleeve and 
flange; the alternate rings are keyed to 
driven shaft-flanged hub. A toggle, oper- 
ated by the collar and a yoke lever, presses 
the ring plates together for the friction drive. 



RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 



223 



569. TYPES OF TROLLEY-CAR TRUCKS. Showing differ- 
ent designs of 
frames and fend- 



c^ 1^ -^^^^^saU^^i^' ^ 


^^.^^^M^^^^^^^iW^^^^^ 




^^^^-^ ■ ^-^m^^^^^^^ 




s^K-_u;^ ^^)IU^, V^ 




_^^^M^ 


^31;^^!^^^^^^^^^ 


"^ 


^^^^^^ 



ers. 



570. Steel cross- 
bar frame. Leaf 
springs under car. 




571. Cast - steel 
box case riveted to 
wrought iron frame. 



572. Frame sup- 
ported on spring 
boxes. ' V e r t i c a 1 
fenders. 




573. Shovel fend- 
ers, on spring box 
frame. 



574. Helical spring 
boxes with leaf 
springs under car 
body. 



575. Cast - steel 
box frame bolted to 
straight iron frame. 



224 



RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 




I. Witznau-Riga. 



576. TYPES OF RACK- 
RAILWAY L O C O M O - 
TIVES for mountain railways. 
The drive is from the crank, 
rod, and shaft, with a pinion 
meshing with a gear wheel on 
the rack-wheel shaft. Highest 
grade i to 10. Witznau-Riga 
Railway. 




2." Kahlenberg. 




3. Schwabenberg. 



577. Locomotive of the 
Kahlenberg Railway. 



578. Locomotive of the 
Schwabenberg Railway. 




4. Arth-Rigi. 



579. Arth-Rigi Locomotive. 



RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 



225 




5. Ostermundigen. 




6. Wasseralfingen. 




7. Wasseralfingen. 




580. Ostermundigen Loco- 
motive. 



581, 582. Wasseralfingen 
Railway. 



583. FARE-RECORDING 
REGISTER. Complete with 
" total" index, trip sign, and bell. 
Face removed to show the 
mechanism. 

The key at the right returns 
the trip index to its normal 
zero, and also sets the ''up" 
and "down" index to its slot 
in the face. The total index is 
a continuous register and can- 
not be tampered with. 



226 



RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 



584. CABLE GRIP of the Brooklyn Bridge. A plan view from 
beneath, a section through the sheaves, and a section through the center 

showing the solid or 
fixed grip. 

In the grip there are 
four sheaves placed in 
pairs, so that the cable is 
gripped between each 
pair. Each sheave has a 
heavy grooved rim with 
a cylindrical inner surface 
against which the brake 
presses. The rim is in 
two parts bolted together, 
and holds in a dovetail 
groove a packing of 
leather and India-rubber 
belting in alternating 
pieces placed radially. 
The packing projects well 
out of the rim, and is 
grooved to receive the 
cable. There are four brakes, one for each sheave. They are made 
of hard wood, with a curved outer face fitted to the inside of the rim 
of the sheave. 

585. Cross section of brake frame and cable sheaves holding the 
cable. 

586. Lever links and grip blocks. 




587. RAILWAY TRACK BRAKE. By the double toggle joints 
and lever connection, the whole weight of the truck and end of car is 




brought to bear 
on the brake 
slippers, the 
lever fulcrum 
being fixed to 
the truck frame. 



RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 



227 




588. ROLLING 
AND COM- 
PRESSING 
STEEL CAR 
WHEELS. Fow- 
ler type. Five 
small wheel tread 
rolls spaced around 
the hot car wheel 
are revolved and 
pressed to the 
wheel rim, re- 
ducing its diam- 
eter a half inch. The 
inner form of the wheel 
kept true during 
the rolling by molds 
clamped to each side. 
The small section 
shows the clamped 
wheel. By the rolling 
process the tread of 
the wheel is condensed 
and given the same 
quality as in steel tires. 
589. Vertical section 
of frame with wheel 
between the rollers. 




590. REVERSING CAR SEAT. A shifting 
back seat actuating a foot rest when shifted, to 
move into proper position to carry it out of the way 
of the occupant of the seat and leave a baggage 
space under the seat, while at the same time, by 
the same movement, the foot rest is properly placed 
for the occupant of the rear seat. Also to tilt the 
cushion to the proper level for each way the seat is 
turned. 



228 



RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 




591. FOUR-SPINDLE 
RAIL DRILL, arranged 
to drill four f-inch holes 
at once, either in line or 
staggered. 

The distances of the drills 
are compensated by double 
universal joint rods. 

The drill spindles run in 
sleeves adjustable on a cross 
bar, which sHdes by a hand 
wheel gear for feeding the 
drills. 



592. CRANK-PIN TURNING MACHINE. The rig comprises es- 
sentially two tool carriages turning around the crank shaft, which is 
n-| fixed, and it is in- 

dependent of any 
special device that 
may be used for 
centering the shaft. 
The two tool car- 
riages are shaped 
as circular seg- 
ments and are dia- 
metrically opposite 
each other, pivoted 
at one end on a 
toothed crown 
which is made in two parts. This crown turns in a circular frame, also 
made of two pieces, and is driven by a pinion connected with a pulley 
belted to the shafting of the shop. The circular frame is mounted on a 




RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 



229 



sliding carriage which may be moved with a screw, automatically or by 
hand, on the saddle S, adapted in size and shape to the lathe bed. 

The position of each of the tool carriages may be regulated by turning 
them on their pivots, bringing them nearer or farther from the axis of the 
frame which coincides with that of the journal to be trued. 

593. Cross section of crank pin and tools set in the tool carriage 
sectors. 

594. EXTENSION CAR STEP. The extension step is car- 
ried on a forked arm which slides in guides under the lowest 

fixed step. The upper end of 
the arm is connected to a crank 
arm fixed on a shaft carried in 
brackets under the top step. On 
the inside end of this shaft is a 
toothed wheel which engages with 
a similarly toothed sector fas- 
tened to the face of the step 
hanger. This sector has an arm 
on the upper end of the arc to 
which a Knk is attached, and the 
link is in turn fastened to the un- 
der side of the vestibule trap door. When the vesti- 
bule trap door is closed the crank arm on the shaft is 
brought to its highest position and the forked arm 
with the extension step is drawn up close under the 
fixed step. On raising the trap dbor preparatory to 
opening the vestibule doors, the shaft is revolved and 
the forked arm pushed out, carrying the extension step with it. 

595. Side view, with step extended. 

596. Side view with step closed. 





597. TROLLEY REPLACER. The 
ih double spiral grooved cone carries a central 
groove A for the wire, and on each side a 
heHcal groove, B, B, which quickly carries the 
wire to the central groove when displaced. 
Thus the conductor does not require any special 
skill in replacing a displaced wheel, for if the 
wheel catches the wire in any part it is auto- 
matically carried to the center groove A. 



230 



RAILWAY DEVICES AND APPLIANCES, ETC. 




598. CAR COUPLER. Washburn type. 
Has the side movement of the draw bar, and 
also a movement of the head of the coupler 
controlled by the side thrust of the helical 
springs for centering the coupler head. 



599. BULLDOZER PRESS. For 
quickly bending straps and braces of 
iron or steel for car and other construct- 
ive work. In this way a large number 
of forming blocks are used of different 
designs to fit the slides of the machine. 



SECTION XIV. 



GEARING AND GEAR 
MOTION, ETC 



231 



SECTION XIV. 

GEARING AND GEAR MOTION, ETC. 




600. NOVEL WORM GEAR. The threads of a spiral worm, 
instead of gearing into teeth Hke those of an ordinary worm wheel, actu- 
ate a series of rollers turning upon studs, which 
studs are attached to a wheel whose axis is not 
parallel to that of the worm, but placed at right 
angles thereto. When motion is given to the 
worm then rotation is produced in the roller 
wheel at a rate proportionable to the pitch of 
worm and diameter of wheel respectively. 

The pitch hne of the screw thread forms an arc of a circle whose center 
coincides with that of the wheel, therefore the thread will always bear 
fairly against the rollers and maintain rolling contact therewith during 
the whole of the time each roller is in gear, and by turning the screw 
in either direction the wheel will rotate. 

601. SWASH-PLATE GEARS. The two gears A and B in 
appearance are two elliptical gears working under the impossible 

condition of fixed center distances with their 
major and minor axes coinciding. These 
gears rotate at the same velocity ratio, and 
B drives a third spur gear, C, having flanged 
sides. The gear C is not only rotated but is 
reciprocated back and forth along its bearing, 
engaging the sides of its driving gear. It is, 
of course, obvious that the "elliptical" gears 
are in reaHty swash plates or spur gears, 
formed as a diagonal slice from a spur gear 
having a length equal to the elHptical section 
projected on its axis. It will be observed that the teeth are cut parallel 
with the shafts and all are the same distance from their respective cen- 
ters, so that the paradox is one of appearance only. 

233 




234 



GEARING AND GEAR MOTION, ETC. 



602. STOP-GEAR MOTION. B is the driving gear, with a loose 

sector, A, held to its forward position 
by a light spring to catch the teeth 
of the driven pinion and hold them 
in position to mesh with the teeth of 
the driving gear when its stop at D 
reaches the sector. The stop is dur- 
ing the traverse of open space through 
which the sector moves. 

603. Right hand figure shows commencement of the stop motion, 
which ends when the stop, D, reaches the sector. 




604. VOLUTE TAPPET GEAR. A pinion of the smallest num- 
ber of teeth, consisting of two spiral teeth so curved that the point of 
one tooth engages with the friction roller of 
the next tooth while the preceding roller is en- 
gaged with the opposite tooth of the pinion. 
The alternate roller teeth are on opposite sides 
of the roller gear, and the pinion teeth are 
offset to match them. 



605. GEARED REVERSING MOTION. 
Broken sections of teeth on a pair of bevel gears 
alternately reverse the motion of a bevel pinion. 

Guide fingers are necessary in this class of 
gearing for insuring the meshing of the teeth. 




606. ELLIPTIC LINKAGE from' circular gears. Three equal 
gears D, G, C, with the linkages A, E, B. 

There are many variations 
of this form of gear and link- 
age in regard to the forms of 
curves which may be produced. 
Arm B, D, is twice the length 
of arm A, C. Link A, E, 
is equal to A, C. 




GEARING AND GEAR MOTION, ETC. 



235 




607. INTERRUPTING CAM-GEAR MO- 
TION. B, the driver. The motion of A is 
from fast to slow or slow to fast, with a momen- 
tary stop as the long teeth match at C and C. 
The stop motion is governed by the form of the 
curves of the long teeth at C and C. 




608. ELLIPTIC LINK- 
AGE from elliptic gear. 
C and D are centers of revo- 
lution of the elliptic gears, 
and A, B , their opposite focii, 
to which the link A, P, B, 
is attached. P, the pencil, 
which on moving from the 
center of the link, will pro- 
duce a great variety of curves. 




609. CIRCULAR FROM 
RECIPROCATING MO- 
TION. A lever L, moved by 
any reciprocating power, op- 
erates the pawls on the meshed 



gear 



A, B, for a continuous 



motion of the pinion Q. The 
bell-crank levers and connect- 
ing rod O are for lifting the 
pawls. Suitable for a wind- 
mill attachment. 
610. Pawl with spring, bell crank and lanyard for lifting the pawl. 



236 



GEARING AND GEAR MOTION, ETC. 




611. CRAXK SUBSTITUTE. The gear 
wheels pinioned to the link, to the center of which 
the pump rod is pinioned, give a parallel motion 
to the pump, thus avoiding the lateral thrust of a 
crank. 



612. SUX .\XD PL.\XET MOTION by sprocket wheels and 

chain. The central sprocket on the pul- 
ley shaft is fixed. The belt wheel and 
its arm carries the second sprocket around 
^\'ith its arm constantly in one direction, 
which makes its outer end describe a 
circle eccentric to the driving shaft center. 
The eccentric circle is not sho\A-n in the diagram. 




cam on a rotating shaft 



613. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MOTION by a triangular 
The cam works in a yoke forming part of 

a sliding and \-ibratory lever dog, 
the opposite ends of which are 
adapted to alternately engage 
with the teeth of the crown-gear 
wheel, one end of the vibratory 
lever dog being held by a ful- 
crum piece or guide so that the 
cam \'ibrates the other end. 

614. Front new of cam, lever dog and toothed wheel. 



615. FRICTION GEAR \^ith cog check to pre- 
vent slipping. A smooth running gear. 



^ 






y 1 


1_ 


J^m 


i -^ 


^ \ 





GEARING AND GEAR MOTION, ETC. 



237 




616. PARALLELISM FROM CIR- 
CULAR MOTION. A central pulley 
which is stationary and belted to a pulley 
of the same size, but loose on an arm re- 
volving around the stationary pulley, will 
have an indicator arm on the moving 
pulley always in the same direction. 

An idler pinion on the arm between two 
equal gears will also produce the same 
effect on revolving the arm and index 
wheel around the central gear wheel. 



617. CIRCULARLY VIBRATING MOTION. A ring plate pin- 
ioned to three gears driven 
by a central gear, or a right 
and left screw worm, left 
hand figure, will swing the 
ring plate in a circle equal 
to twice the distance of 
the wrist pins from the 
center of the gear wheels. 




618. DIFFERENTIAL SPEED GEAR. A speed gearing in which 
a center pinion driven at a constant rate of speed drives directly and at 

different rates of speed a series 
of pinions mounted in a sur- 
rounding revoluble case or 
shell, so that by turning the 
shell one or another of the 
secondary pinions may be 
brought into operative relation 
to the parts to be driven there- 
from. 

C, a stop for locating each 
speed pinion. 
Each shaft of the pinions, F, F, F, carries below the plate a gear of 
uniform size, E, which alternately meshes with the driven wheel by the 
different positions of the shell. 




23S 



GEARING AXD GEAR MOTION, ETC. 



619. EPICYCLIC TRAIN. In which 262,500 revolutions of the 
left side shaft must be made to produce one revolution in the right side 
shaft. 




The order of teeth, as marked on the diagram, beginning with the fixed 
gear A, which has 303 teeth; B, on the cross-arm shaft, 40 teeth; D, at 
the other end of the cross-arm shaft, S3 teeth ; E, also fixed to the' cross- 
arm shaft, 40 teeth; F, on the high-speed shaft, 12 teeth; C, on the 
slowest wheel shaft, 250 teeth. 




620. TRANSMISSION GEAR 

for automobiles. The three inter- 
mediate gears are pinioned to a 
separate plate from the outside 
gear, and controlled by a brake 
strap. There being two compart- 
ments and two sets of gear, the 
brake strap on each compart- 
ment controls the speed and the 
reverse motion. 

621. Left hand set of gears. 

622. Right hand set of gears. 



GEARING AND GEAR MOTION, ETC. 



239 



623. VARIABLE SPEED FRICTION GEAR. The disks on the 
shaft B are permanently fastened in position by bUnd screws, and the 

flanges C, C grip two other disks 
D, D, the latter having springs 
between them to force them 
apart and insure a good fric- 
tional contact with the disks 
C, C. The curves are circular 
arcs with different radii for the 
two sets of disks, and the de- 
sign is so worked out that it is 
but necessary to move the two shafts together or asunder the distance 
E, about f inch, to obtain the entire range of the speed variation. 




^mm^/K 



624. VARIABLE SPEED GEAR. In the engraving the shaft, 
driven direct or through back gears from the pulleys, is shown at a. This 

shaft carries at & a long pinion. 
At c is a nest of spur gears secured 
on the shaft d, through which the 
machine mechanism is actuated. 
Six gears will be noticed in this 
in™ bank in the revolving gear box. 

]J1^^^C Carried by a rotating frame e 
and meshing with pinion h are 
idler gears, which, as e is turned 
through pinion and gear actuated 
by means of crank-handle F, mesh 
one after another with their mat- 








ing gears in cone c, thus giving for each gear so engaged a different rate 
of speed to shaft d. 

One turn of crank F suffices to swing one idler out of mesh with its 
mate and throw the next into action. Hence it is an easy matter for the 
operator to change the speed even with the machine in motion, as he 
has only to spring the crank out of a notch which serves to lock it fast 
in the position indicated and revolve it until the required intermediate 
is engaged with the gear cone, when the handle is again locked fast by 
dropping into the notch. 

625. Plan of the revolving gear box and handle, F. 



240 



GEARING AND GEAR MOTION, ETC. 



626. VARIABLE SPEED GEAR, for automobiles. German type. 
The gear is of the permanent mesh type, and is adapted to give four 

changes of speed and reverse mo- 
-^J \\ I nr \//\\tg£i}%. tion. The changes are effected 

noiselessly and entirely without 
shock by means of a system of 
levers actuating friction cones, 
motion to the levers being trans- 
mitted by a series of grooved 
cams cut from the solid on an 
auxiliary shaft. The various 
changes of speed, as well as the 
reverse motion, are controlled by one lever or wheel which actuates the 
cam shaft. All the gears are cut from solid steel forgings, and are in- 
closed in an oil-containing aluminum case. It will be noticed from the 
drawing that the shaft on which the driven pinions are mounted also 
carries the differential gear, the shaft being designed to transmit the 
power by chains to the rear road wheels of the car to which the gear 
is fitted. 




627. DRIVING GEAR FOR A LATHE, change speed gear on 
two vertical shafts beneath the lathe head. The method of connecting 

motor and spindle is clearly shown. The 
armature shaft is fitted with a bevel pin- 
ion which drives through bevel reversing 
gears and a vertical shaft a cone of five 
gears which mesh with five loose gears on 
another vertical shaft, the latter being 
connected by bevel gears with the lathe 
spindle. By means of a sliding key, oper- 
ated by a lever at the front of the head, 
any one of the loose gears may be in- 
stantly connected to and made to drive 
the shaft; thus the speed of the spindle 
is very readily changed. The spindle is 
back-geared in the usual manner. The 
lever for starting, stopping, or reversing 
the spindle is operated by a rod running 
the full length of the bed and within 
convenient reach of the operator. 




GEARING AND GEAR MOTION, ETC. 



241 



628. VARIABLE SPEED GEAR. On driving shaft A are secured 
four spur gears. Shaft B above also has four gears fast upon it. A 

frame or box C, which 
is mounted in such a 
way that it may be 
turned by handle D, 
carries four interme- 
diate gears which 
mesh with the driv- 
ing gear on shaft A. 
As frame C is turned, 
anyone of the driving 
gears may be con- 
nected — by means of 
its intermediate — with its mate on shaft B. The index plate on handle 
D shows how far it should be turned to obtain a certain speed, and 
when the gears are properly in mesh a spring pin E drops into a hole in 
the frame and locks it in position. The vertical shaft F can be driven in 
either di'rection by means of the bevel gears and clutch on shaft B, the 
clutch being moved by a lever. 

629. Plan of intermediate gears and spring pin. 




630. VARIABLE DRIVE MOTION. Two cone pulleys mounted 
with differential spur gear on the driving shaft with a cross arm and 

bevel gears, give a variety 
of speeds between the two 
cone pulleys. The arm, J, 
runs loose on the shaft and 
carries the bevel pinions 
and a spur gear, K, which 
operates the differential set 
of gears H, I. 




SECTION XV. 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING 
DEVICES, ETC. 



243 



Section XV. 

MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, 

ETC. 




631. PARALLEL MOTION. Peau- 
cellier's seven links. The pivots on the 
square plates are fixed points. The joint 
at A makes a straight Hne. All the short 
links are equal to the length of the fixed 
pivots. The other links are three times 
the length of the short hnks. 

632. PARALLEL MOTION. The three pivots on the square 
plates are fixed points in a seven-link movement. The links are in 
^-^ ^-^^K pairs or multiples of pairs. The 

horizontal bar has a motion on a 
straight line in the direction of the 
three fixed points. 



633. PARALLEL MOTION. The three 
pivots on the square plates are fixed points on an 
eight-link straight-line movement at right angles 
to the line of the fixed points. The links are in 
pairs of equal length. 





634. THREE -POINT STRAIGHT-LINE 
LINKAGE. Two Hnks are on fixed pivots and 
pivoted to the triangular piece at half the length 
of the fixed pivots distance. The end of the tri- 
angular piece carries a tracer on the line of the 
fixed pivots. At three points in the double curve 
the tracer crosses a straight line. 
245 



246 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 




635. THREE -POINT STRAIGHT-LINE 
LINKAGE. The radial bars are of equal length. 
The cross Hnk is half the length between the 
fixed pivots with the tracer in its center. The 
center and extreme points are in a straight Hne. 



636. THE DEAD CENTER PROBLEM. Two cranks and 
treadles with the driven crank at an angle hold the treadle crank in 

position for starting. 
J, spring, I, connect- 
ing rod, to hold the 
crank in position for 
starting. 





Side \dew of cranks and treadle connections. 




638. THE DEAD CENTER PROB- 
LEM. The crank pin is held off the cen- 
ter by the spring J, the tension of which 
always pushes the crank pin off the center. 
Shows the action of a single treadle in 
the two extreme positions. 



639. THE DEAD CENTER PROBLEM. 

A supplementary crank set at an angle with the 
pedal crank and a spring J, to bring the pedal 
crank to the proper position for starting. 

The dotted lines show the opposite position 
of a center hung treadle. 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



247 




640. CRANK SUBSTITUTE. The shaft to be 
driven has recesses in which are pawls or friction 
devices, two rings being placed on the sleeve hav- 
ing internal ratchets when pawls are used, while 
bands are connected to the rings and to a frame so 
that when the frame is moved downward one of the 
rings on the sleeve will move the balance wheel, while 
as the frame moves upward the other ring drives the 
balance wheel, the opposite pawls or friction device 
slipping over their respective rings alternately with 
the contrary movements. 




641. SHORT-RANGE WALKING BEAM. 

By the interlocking linkage the cylinder and 
crank can be brought close together. 

None of the motions in this linkage are 
parallel. The piston rod is the guide to the 
last hnk. 



642. TURNING A SQUARE BY 
CIRCULAR MOTION. A device one 
hundred and fifty years old. Not an eco- 
nomical device for square work, but ap- 
pHcable for irregular and fluted work. Pos- 
sibly the original idea of the rose lathe. 



643. DOUBLE-LINK UNIVERSAL JOINT. This arrangement 

allows of a large deviating angle 
in the line of shafting. The pins 
have each a clear way through 
the swivel blocks. 




248 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 




644. CHANGE SPEED PULLEYS. Lazy-tongs type. The de- 
vice comprises two pulleys, A and B, the rims of which are made in sec- 
tions so that their diameters 
can be varied. By turning 
the crank C the diameter of 
A is altered, while that of B 
changes under pressure of 
the helical springs surround- 
ing its axle, thus keeping 
the tension of the belt prac- 
tically constant. 

The rim sections or shoes 
of these pulleys are supported 
upon a felly, or framework 
formed of two lazy tongs joined at their summits and pivoted together at 
the middle of their branches so as to form a series of equal diamonds 
which must all elongate or flatten simultaneously. 

645. MULTIPLE-SHAFT DRIVING DEVICE. The four crank 
pins are pivoted on an oscillating and sliding sleeve on a central post, 

as shown in the plan 
and vertical section. 
Either shaft may be 
the driver. All the 
shafts must be at right 
angles with each other, 
and in the same plane 
for perfect action. 

646. Vertical sec- 
tion showing central 
sliding post. 



647. RECIPROCATING WITH STOP 
MOTION. A swing lever operated by a 
crank may have two stops in each revolution 
by the opposite curves in the slot of the lever, 
which are circular, having their radii to cor- 
respond with the distance from the crank cen- 
ter to the outside of the crank pin. 





MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



249 




648. RECIPROCATING MOTION 

with a stop at each stroke from uniform 
crank motion. The crank pin follows the 
opposite curves in slot at each half revo- 
lution. Rebounding at the wide part of 
A- the slots is opposed by buffer springs. 




649. RECIPROCATING INTO ROTARY 
MOTION WITHOUT DEAD CENTERS. 

The cross-head B, with the peculiar slot C, and 
offset at D carries the roller crank pin over the 
center. 



650. RIGHT -ANGLE 
COUPLING for revolving 
shafting. 

A, driving shaft and crank. 
B, driven shaft crank. C, 
point of intersection of shaft 
centers. D, driving crank 
pin, pointing to the center C. 
E, connecting arm. F, oscil- 
lating piece with pins point- 
ing to the center C. G, con- 
necting arm to crank pin of 
driven shaft at H. J, a right- 
angle motion piece to prevent 
the driven shaft sticking on 
the dead center. It has two 
motions in each arm. 

651. Vertical section of the 
oscillating piece with swivel 
joints in the shell. 



^o 



MOTION AND COXTROLLIXG DEVICES. ETC 



652. RE\TRSIBLE FRICTIOX R.\TCHET. Motion is trans- 
mitted to the shaft by a set of friction rolls and the hardened steel block 

C, to which the shaft is keyed. 
As the casing is oscillated in 
one direction or the other, one 
set of the steel rollers, E, E, 
or F, F, becomes boimd be- 
t^een the block and the cas- 
ing and causes them to re- 
vohe together. As soon as 
the direction of rotation of 
the casing is reversed the rolls 
are freed from their contact 
and the casing is moved 

backward independent of the block. 

In order to hold the other set inoperative, a cover plate is placed over 

the face of the ratchet block and fastened to it by two bolts, G, G. At 

the points where these bolts pass through the plate are two grooves which 

allow the plate to turn. 

This plate is fitted with six retaining pins, H, H, H. AMien the plate 

is moved so that the bolts are at one side of the slot, these pins hold one 

set of rollers out of action as shown. 

653. Half section showing one set of rollers held back by the pins 
and plate- 





6zA. FRICTIOX-PLATE 
CLUTCH. In this model the 
plates are pressed into \'-shaped 
rings with perforations for lubrica- 
tion. The \' shape aUows of a 
great friction with Hght pressure on 
the clutch lever. 

Alternate \' plates are fixed to 
outer shell by their mortised edges, 
and the inlenening plates to the 
inner hub in the same manner. 
The perforations for lubricating are 
shown in the lower .«^ction of the 
ait, Xo. 655. 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



251 




656. FRICTION CLUTCH. Brown 
type. The usual sliding sleeve on the 
shaft and connection to an arm on a 
right and left double-thread screw, which 
expands the friction blocks and so clutches 
the inner face of the pulley rim. 




657. EXPANDING WRENCH OR CHUCK. 

One of the triangular jaws is recessed to form 
an abutment for the adjusting screws c, d, and 
two other jaws are slotted to pass over the screws. 
The square can be varied in size to fit various 
sizes of tap shanks or drill shanks when the de- 
vice is used as a chuck. 



658. MULTIPLE BALL BEAR- 
INGS, for vehicles. The four rings of 
balls A, A, A, A, are held in place by the 
ring cones, B, B, B, B, and the whole 
held in place by the nut and check nut D. 
C, C, channel sleeves that give the balls 
a three point bearing. 




659. SHAFT -THRUST BALL BEARINGS 

on a vertical shaft. A, A, grooved rings with out- 
side conical bearings. D, a spherical bearing collar 
resting on the foot flange C. F, retaining collar. 
The balls have four point bearings. 



252 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 




660. BICYCLE BALL BEARING, with 
hourglass separating rollers. The balls have 
three points of pressure contact, two on the 
cone and one on the cup. 

The separating rollers are carried by a 
guide ring frame. 




661. BALL-BEARING CAS- 
TOR. The rolling sphere A is 
held in position by the sheet met- 
al case E. About 40 small balls 
are arranged to circulate under the 
bearing plate B, guided and held 
in place by the case C. The balls 
traverse around the annular 
space D. 



662. SPRING MOTOR. A series of coiled springs and drums 
arranged side by side on a shaft, and combined together and with the 

winding-up mechanism and trans- 
mitting mechanism in such manner 
as to constitute in effect one spring 
of great length but in separate coils, 
which gives much better results 
in practice than a single spring of 
the same length in a single coil will. 
The first spring A is attached at 
the inner end of the coil to the wind- 
ing-up shaft B, which also serves for 
mounting the spring drums and 
the transmitting wheel C. At the 
outer end of said coil this spring, 
A, is attached to the hollow drum D mounted loosely on the shaft. This 
drum has a central hub, E, extending along the shaft B within the second 
drum F, and the spring G in said drum is attached to said hub at its 
inner end, the outer end being attached to the drum F. This drum F 
also has a hub H, extending into drum I, and the spring K therein is at- 
tached to it and to the drum as the others are. 




MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



2S3 



663. SPRING MOTOR. A pair of shafts arranged parallel to each 
other, and geared together so that one turns faster than the other, and a 

long India-rubber or other 
elastic band or cord wound 
or coiled on the shaft which 
moves slowest, then attached 
to the other and wound on to 
it from the first in a way to 
stretch the band through its 
whole length, and so that, 
when the shafts are released, 
motion will be imparted to 
them, by the spring, which will 
wind back on to the first shaft. 
A is one of the shafts and B the other. They are arranged on a 
frame, and geared together at one end by the large wheel D and the 
small one E. 

F is the India-rubber belt. It is fastened at G to the shaft, and wound 
spirally thereon, as shown, the coil extending from end to end of the 
shaft; then, the other end is attached to the shaft B at H, and, the shafts 
being turned by hand, the belt will be wound off from A and on to B, and 
at the same time stretched as much as is due to the difference in speed of 
the shafts. As the shafts revolve in opposite directions, the band winds 
from the top of one to the bottom of the other. 

664. Section of shafts, gear and spring brake. 





665. WEIGHT-DRIVEN MOTOR. 
A gear train and winding drum for a 
rope ; a ratchet wheel and pawl for 
winding up the weight. A fly wheel, 
shaft, and crank gives a reciprocating 
motion to a lever or for any purpose of 
motion. 



254 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



666. SPRING MOTOR. With continuous motion while winding. 
A; spring. B, drum attached to driving gear C. E, ratchet, fast on shaft. 





F, gear loose on shaft and carr^-ing pawl h. G, idler gear between 
E and D. Used for running sewing machines. 

667. Section sho\^^ng spring and driving gear. 

668. Plan with dri\ing and winding gear, which does not stop the 
motion while winding. 



669. WEIGHT-DRIVEN MOTOR. The power is furnished by 
the two weights sho^^Tl, one on each side, ropes from which are carried 

to and are wound 
around two drums, 
which form part of 
clockwork mechan- 
ism, with pallet wheel 
and escapement. Im- 
mediately below the 
wheels attached to the 
power drums are pin- 
ions with square- 
headed shafts, o n 
which handles can be 
placed, and which are 
used to wind up the 
weights. The frame which carries the two pawls engaging the 'scape 
wheel is pivoted directly in a vertical line above the axle of the 'scape 
wheel, and as tooth after tooth of the wheel passes a pawl the frame 
rocks hke the walking beam of a steam engine. 




MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



255 




670. SWING MOTOR. A wheel 
has a hub with two sets of ratchet teeth 
standing in opposite directions, as 
shown, collars fitting loosely on the hub 
over the ratchet teeth, and pawls ful- 
crumed on the collars to engage the 
teeth, while a lever mounted to swing 
on a stud is connected by belts to arms 
extending outward from the pawls. 
The wheel with its hub is held in 
place on the shaft by a washer, 
which also serves to hold the collars 
in place. 

671. Section showing ratchet and pawl for forward motion. 

672. Section of ratchet and pawl set for backward motion. 



673. AMMONIA COMPRESS- 
OR. Two strokes of a single-acting 
piston to each revolution of the crank 
by the double-acting toggle. In this 
design, the action of the toggle com- 
pensates the difference of pressure 
in the steam and ammonia cylinder. 
National Refrigerator Co. type. 




674. AMMONIA COM- 
PRESSOR. Illustrates the 
T, crank movement for op- 
erating a duplex compressor 
with single-acting pistons. 
Cylinders are overhead with 
water jackets. 



256 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



675. COIN-IN-THE-SLOT GAS METER. A coin dropped in 
the slot falls on the lever L, and by depressing it locks the outside handle 

to the plug of the gas 
cock. • The opening of 
the cock by the handle 
sets a springand winds 
up a small clock move- 
ment, setting it in mo- 
tion. A small cam, C, 
is set in motion against 
the lever D, and re- 
leases the weight H, 
which has been lifted 
by the sector S and 
clock train at the mo- 
ment when the meas- 
ure of gas allowance 
is made. 

676. Part of the clock train, releasing lever and driving weight. 

677. Slot passage to coin lever, handle and winding gear. 




678. SPIRAL FLUTING LATHE. The baluster is fed endways 
against a lateral tool, being rotated on its axis at such a rate as shall im- 
part the number of turns or part of a 
turn to the foot in length. Of this 
kind is A, in which the piece a to be 
cut is moved longitudinally through 
the holder h, and at the same time is 
rotated so that the tool c in its revolu- 
tions may cut the spiral groove shown 
at a'. 

679. B is a fluting lathe in w^hich 
a pair of cutters revolve in a plane 
obHque with the Hne of motion of the 
baluster. The latter is moved longi- 
tudinally by the rack and pinion e g, 
and rotated by the wheel and pinion 
p ui I ^^ ^*/ the cutters m m rotating in par- 

t^Xs allel planes cut two grooves at once. 




MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



257 




680. PANTOGRAPHIC EN- 
GRAVING MACHINE. A 

cup or any article to be engraved 
is held in clamps in the central 
part of the machine and under 
the cutting tool. The stile, or 
tracer is at the long arm of the 
pantograph and follows the pat- 
tern figures or letters, while the 
engraving cutter is pressed upon 
the work by a lever. 



681. GEOMETRICAL BORING AND ROUTING CHUCK. 

By means of a set of cam gears within the square box and adjusting 




screws, a variety of shaped holes, recesses, or indented figures may be 



258 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



cut by variously shaped cutters. The lever agamst the guide bar 
checks the revolution of the geometric cams. 

6S2. The figures are the cursxs and forms produced by the chuck. 



..J. A ROSE LATHE or engra^g machine. The principal feat- 
ures are well sho\Mi in the 
cuts, and the specimen cut 
shows a few of the designs 
that such a machine is ca- 
_ pable of producing. The 

^E^rL^^O sectional head contains the 
clamp de\-ice for holding the 
work. The tool U may 
have from one to four points 
hke a chasing tool to vary 
the design of the work. H 
is the work in the chuck and 
R the cam or rose plate. The 
follower stud T is mounted 
on the tool post shde and 
held against the rose plate by 
a spring. The relative sizes 
of the gears, I, J, K, may 
be varied for a great variety 




houjOw draw m spindle 




CLOSER 

SPRING CHUCK 



AOJUSTHENT FOR SPINDLE 



SECTION OF SPINDLE. 

684. Plan. 

685. Section of spindle. 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



259 




SECTION AND EXAMPLES. 



686. Tool post, rose wheel and cutting tool at the work at H, on 
the face plate of the lathe. 

687. Examples of curved figures made by different forms of rose 
wheels. 



688. PLANETARIUMS. In the lower planetarium the globe rep- 
resenting the sun is supported on a central shaft, around which are ar- 
ranged a series of sleeves, 
corresponding in number 
to the planets of the solar 
system. The shaft sup- 
porting the sun is caused 
to rotate in a time rela- 
tively corresponding to 
the diurnal revolution of 
that luminary, and the 
sleeves which carry the 
tubes supporting the 
planets are also revolved 
in times proportionate to 
their revolutions around 
the sun by wheels mesh- 
ing with gears on a shaft 
within the case A, and provided with an exterior crank by which it is 
turned. The diurnal revolutions of the planets are caused by bevel- 




26o 



MOTION AND CONTROLLING DEVICES, ETC. 



gearing on the sleeves and on rods within the tubular arms above 
mentioned, which rods also carry on their ends gears for causing the 
revolution of the satellites around their primaries. 

See Nos. 984 to 992 first volume of mechanical movements for details 
of planetary gear trains. 

689. Planetarium of the solar system. 



690. THE PHENAKISTOSCOPE. This instrument, which, Hke 
the thau?natrope and zeotrope, depends upon the persistence of visual im- 
pressions, consists of a circular disk 
on which a row of figures are painted 
in a series of attitudes such as would 
be consecutively attained in the 
progress of an action ; for example, 
leaping, walking, swimming, etc. 
The effect is to produce the appear- 
ance of actual motion. The disk is 
placed on a handle and rotated by the 
finger on a nut. It is held in front of the observer, the face of the toy 
toward a looking-glass, and the figures are viewed through the sHts. 




SECTION XVI, 



HOROLOGICAL, TIME 
DEVICES. ETC. 



261 



Section XVI. 
HOROLOGICAL, TIME DEVICES, ETC. 




691. ELECTRIC PENDULUM. P P is the pendulum, W a weight, 
mounted on a lever, W C A. W C A can move about a center, C, and 

is at present prevented from turn- 
ing by the catch, S S. When P P 
swings to the right, the lower 
screw in P P passes under E (see 
side view Z) and frees W C A. 
W C A, under the weight of W, 
propels the pendulum to the left 
till stopped by a banking, B. P P 
moves on and makes contact with 
D, whereupon a current passes. Mi M2 become magnetized, and attract 
L L, the vertical arm of which hfts W C A over the catch, S S, again. 
When P P leaves D the current ceases, and L L is carried back to its 
old position by the action of the spring R. 



692. ELECTRIC PENDULUM C is a bob in 
the form of an electro-magnet vibrating between the 
poles of a permanent magnet. T and N, reversing 
switches operated by the motion of the pendulum. S, 
direct connection to the gtound batteries Pi Pa. The 
current is reversed as the pendulum bob nears each 
pole of the permanent magnet. 

Magnetic clocks are thus made continuous in 
operation by a simple gear train and dent escape- 
ment, as shown in other figures. 




263 



264 



HOROLOGICAL, TIME DEVICES, ETC. 




693. ELECTRIC CLOCK CONTROLLER. The pendulum at 
the right hand is of the controlhng clock, and the central pendulum 

that of a controlled clock ; the 
pendulum at the left is a side view 
of the central one. C, the bob, is a 
hollow coil of insulated wire, and 
swings over ts\^o magnets, AIi ^U, 
which have their similar poles fac- 
ing each other. The ends of the^^dre 
forming C are carried up the pen- 
^^ dulum, pass respectively through 
Si S2, and terminate in Ti T2. Ti 
is joined to T, which crowns the 
pendulum of the controlling clock, 
and T2 is in connection with both 
Ni N2, the contact springs of the 
same. Both Ni Na have their 
respective batteries, Bi B^, but 
with opposite poles toward J; so 
that if C is magnetized in one 
direction by one swing of the pendulum, it will be magnetized in the* 
opposite by the other, thus making a S}TLchronal beat by the con- 
trolled clock. 

694. REPEATING CLOCK. M, air-bulb tube with piston for 
moving the stop lever K. O, a push-button s\\itch for operating the 

lever K by the electro-magnet. At rest, 
the different parts are in the position 
sho^^Ti in the diagram (No. 695), and the 
wheelwork is arrested by a snug fixed to 
the piece H. L'pon the piece. A, are fixed 
two pins, A' and A", which are so ar- 
ranged that after lifting the detent, G, 
the latter may drop just at the moment 
at which the hour hand is upon 12 or 6. 
As soon as it is raised, the detent, G, 
carries along with it the stop H. At this 
moment there occurs the first start of the 
wheelwork, the detent, G, falls and sets 
the wheelwork free. The piece, H, re- 
mains raised (the arm, H^, engaging with the teeth of the rack) and 




HOROLOGICAL, TIME DEVICES, ETC. 



265 



permits the wheel work to continue its revolution. The rack is raised 

tooth by tooth by the click, I, fixed up- 
on the second wheel. To every revolution 
of the latter there corresponds one blow 
struck upon the bell of the clock. As soon 
as the rack is lifted high enough, the piece, 
H, falls to its position of arrest in stopping 
the wheelwork. In order to cause one stroke 
only to be given at the half hour, the pin. A", 
is fixed upon a smaller diameter, so as to 
^!» ^ -^ \ liil llilB llllil l TSiise the pieces, G and H, sufficiently to 

f LP il. ' !!.. : ! l ! :i' ' ''l .!...ii ' l i l permit of the first start, but not enough 

to cause the rack to fall. The wheel- 
work is therefore arrested as soon as the 
second wheel has made one revolution. 
Thus by an electric push-button or a compressed-air piston a clock may 
be made to ring the nearest hour or half-hour at any time at night. 



696. ESCAPEMENT WITH ELECTRIC 
PENDULUM. M, M, permanent horseshoe mag- 
net. Bi B2 stops to limit the motion of the detent 
D, D. K, K, stop chck to hold the tooth. For 
operating circuit clocks by current sent from a 
central clock beat, through the electro-magnet, C. 






697. ELECTRIC RATCHET. The electro- 
magnets M, M, operated by current from a cen- 
tral clock, vibrate the lever L, in unison and 
move the escapement wheel by the pawl D, D. 

A very simple device for operating the es- 
capement of a secondary clock from a central 
station. 



m-^^^ 



266 



HOROLOGICAL, TIME DEVICES, ETC. 




698. SOLAR AND SIDEREAL CLOCK. Firmly secured on a 
solid base of metal are two regulators, each having a one-second mercurial 
pendulum. One of the pendulums is regulated 
to mean solar time and the other to sidereal time, 
the dial of the latter being di\dded into 24 hours 
and that of the former into 12 hours. The es- 
cape-wheel shaft of each clock is long enough 
to reach out through the dial plate, and on the 
outer part is fitted, with a sHght friction, a sleeve. 
On the inner ends of these sleeves are the bev- 
eled wheels, c d, of 90 teeth each, and their outer 
ends carry pointers indicating seconds on the 
dial plates. Engaging with these wheels are 
beveled pinions, of 30 teeth each, mounted on 
the lower ends of the long shafts, a b, which are 
carried up at an angle of about 45 degrees and 
connected with a differential motion controlHng 
the works and hands of a larger dial placed 
above the two others. This peculiar motion 
is constructed of a light shaft, h, on which is 
fastened at right angles a crosspiece, on one end of which is mounted the 
wheel, g. On the shaft, h, and engaging with the wheel, g, are two 

larger wheels, e /, of 90 teeth each ; 
these wheels are cut on both sides, 
as shown. Engaging with these 
wheels are wheels of 60 teeth each, 
fastened on the upper ends of the 
shafts a b. It will be seen that 
both clocks are directly connected 
with the dift'erential motion, and 
also that as long as the wheels, e /, 
which turn in opposite directions, 
are driven at the same speed, 
the wheel, g, will simply roll on its 
pivot without altering .its position 
or that of the shaft h. But as- 
suming that the wheel, /, revolves 
twice around while the wheel, e, 
revolves once, then the wheel, g, 
will necessarily follow /, and in pro- 




HOROLOGICAL, TIME DEVICES, ETC. 



267 



portion to the speed of the two wheels, e j; but as these wheels move in 
opposite directions, it consequently follows that one-half the difference 

in the rates is lost, 
or instead of mak- 
ing a complete 
r e V o 1 u tion — the 
difference between 
I and 2 — i t h a s 
only recorded half 
a revolution. 

Now, to com- 
pensate for this 
error — i n other 
w^ords, to regain 
the half revolution 
lost — the wheels 
on the upper ends 
of the shafts, a b, 
have 60 teeth each, 
and the pinions at 
the lower ends 
have 30 teeth each; 
and as the driving 
wheels, c d, having 
90 teeth each, are 
connected through 
the pinions, shafts a h, and upper wheels with the wheels, e /, also of 
90 teeth, the differential motion will be compensated. 

Now, as the clock marking sidereal time gains at the rate of about 4 
minutes in 24 hours, or 10 seconds in i hour, and as 10 seconds is one- 
sixth of a minute, it will take 6 hours to complete one revolution of the 
hand on the differential motion, which is the period of i minute in right 
ascension; 15 days 6 hours is i hour, and i year is 24 hours in the same 
measure. The hour hand on the large dial, therefore, represents the sun's 
apparent yearly motion among the stars. 




268 



HOROLOGICAL, TIME DEVICES, ETC. 



701. NOVEL CLOCK. The novelty of the clock consists prin- 
cipally in the escapement. Beneath the main mechanism is placed a 

tilting table pivoted upon studs 
projecting from the center of its 
long sides, so that it is free to have 
a seesaw movement. Upon the 
upper surface of the table is formed 
a zigzag groove in which travels a 
small steel ball. The path is 
made up of sixteen divisions, so 
that the ball, starting at the ele- 
vated end of the groove, passes 
across the table, forward and 
back, until it reaches the lower 
end, which is then elevated to en- 
able the ball to run back to the 
starting point, which is again raised, and so on. 

Attached to one end of the table is a rod leading upward to an arm 
placed at right angles on the end of a shaft driven in the usual way. 
When the ball reaches the depressed end of the table, it strikes a spring 
which releases a catch holding the shaft, which is thereby permitted to 
make a half turn, and its arm is correspondingly moved to raise or depress 
that end of the table to which the connecting rod is attached. The ball 
then runs down the table, strikes a similarly arranged spring at the op- 
posite end, when the movements are repeated and the position of the 
table again reversed. It takes fifteen seconds for the ball to travel from 
one to the other end of the table. 




702. 



ELECTRICAL CORRECTION OF CLOCKS. For a clock 

that gains some second or two per hour. 
Fifteen seconds before each hour the lever, 
D B, is attracted by the electro-magnet. A, 
and a pin in the arm, D, would thereupon 
enter and catch a tooth of the escape wheel, 
did the disk, M, allow the other arm of the 
lever, E, to move. When the hand reaches 
the hour, E falls, then D catches S and 
holds it till the cessation of the current at 
the sixtieth second of the governing clock. 




HOROLOGICAL, TIME DEVICES, ETC. 



269 




703. LONG-DISTANCE TELEGRAPH -CLOCK CORREC- 
TION. Generally the use of a long telegraphic wire can only be com- 
manded for a few minutes daily. 
The cut shows a very suitable 
arrangement to be adopted when 
this is the case. By means of 
the 24-hour disk the Hne wire 
is held in communication with 
the telegraph office until a few 
minutes before the clock cur- 
rent is going to be dispatched. 
The notch in the 24-hour disk 
will at last allow the system of 
levers to fall, but then the 
one-hour disk supports them until about one minute before the clock 
current is coming ; so that, till then, the Hne is being used for 
messages. The Hne wire has not been allowed to fall into circuit 
with the battery wire ; this is still prevented by the one-minute disk. At 
the sixtieth second precisely, the one-minute disk allows the line wire to 
join the battery wire, and out goes the clock current. Some seconds 
afterward the one-hour disk lifts the line wire back into communica- 
tion with the telegraph office, where it stays for another 24 hours. 

704. FLYING -PENDULUM CLOCK. The central vertical 
spindle tends to revolve continuously by virtue of its connection with 

the driving gear of the clock, but when 
the arm which it carries swings halfway 
round, the Httle spherical weight, sus- 
pended from it by a thread, is thrown out- 
ward by centrifugal action ; and when the 
thread touches one of the fixed vertical 
wires at the side of the clock, the momen- 
tum of the spherical weight causes it to 
wind the thread around the vertical wire 
and stop the arm and spindle. As soon 
as the thread is wound upon the spindle, 
the spherical weight unwinds it by its own 
gravity, and in so doing receives enough 
momentum to rewind the thread and still 
prevent the spindle from revolving. Then 




N 



270 



HOROLOGICAL, TIME DEVICES, ETC. 



the thread winds and unwinds once more, when the arm is released, and 
makes a half revolution, when the thread is wound on the other vertical 
wire, and the operation just described is repeated. 

705. SELF-WINDING, SYNCHRONIZING CLOCK. O, P, 

electric motors operated by a local battery. Clocks used in the syn- 
chronizing circuit are provided 
with the synchronizing magnet, D, 
and with mechanism associated 
with its armature lever and the 
clock movement. On the minute- 
hand arbor is mounted a disk, Q, 
provided with two projections, 4, 
5, and the second-hand arbor is 
provided with a heart-shaped cam. 
The armature, E, is rigidly at- 
tached to the levers, F, G, so that 
they move whenever the magnet, 
D, is energized. The lever, F, is 
adapted to engage the heart-shaped 
cam on the second-hand arbor and 
bring it to XII, and the lever, G, 
is furnished with a curved end 
having fingers for engaging the 
projections, 4, 5, on the minute 
disk, thus turning the minute- 
hand arbor, bringing the minute 
hand to XII. A latch, L, pivoted to the clock frame, is provided with a 
pin, I, arranged to drop under the hook, H, carried by the lever, G, so as to 
prevent any action of the synchronizing levers except at the hour. A 
pin in a disk mounted on the cannon socket unlocks the latch, L, about 
fifty seconds before the hour, and closes it again about fifty seconds after 
the signal. This arrangement prevents any accidental cross on the syn- 
chronizing Kne from disturbing the hands during the hour. 




SECTION XVIL 



MINING DEVICES AND 
APPLIANCES. 



271 



Section XVIL 



MINING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 




706. MINING LAMP. Clanny type. 
A glass takes the place of the lower part 
of the wire gauze in the Davy lamp and 
thus gives a clear light from the flame. 
The air enters through the lower part of 
the wire gauze chimney, as shown by the 
arrows in the section. EngHsh. 

An improvement on the Davy lamp. 




707. MINING LAMP. Mueseler 
type. A strong glass cylinder around 
the flame section. A central metallic 
chimney d, arranged to separate the in- 
coming air at a through the wire gauze, 
while the products of combustion pass up 
the central chimney. 

By this arrangement the flame is fed 
with purer air than when the central 
chimney is not used. 

273 



274 



MIXING DEVICES AND APPLIANXES. 



|i 



A * 



U lA 






7cS. WELL-BORING 
TOOLS. J. plain dri\-mg 
drill ; by broad-edge drill ; c, 
cross-blade drill. 



709. AATLL-BORIXG 
TOOLS. Grab bits and 
tongs for drawing out lost 
tools and obstructions. 



d — = 



><\ 






710. WTLL-BORIXG TOOLS. 

d. broad edge reamer ; 

e. composite flaring reamer ; 
/, shoulder reamer ; 

gj double-cutting cross reamer ; 
hj spring circular blade reamer, all 
for truing and enlarging holes. 



1 



^ff" 



711. WELL-BORIXG TOOLS. 

f, the drill stem or sinker bar ; 

/, drill jars to give a hammer action 

to the drill ; 
k, short sinker bar above the jars; 
/. temper screw to adjust the length 

of rope for properly operating 
[— j=:o the jars and drill ; 






clevis or walking-beam strap. 



712. \\T:LL-B0RLS"G tools. Sand auger. The 
bottom is a spiral bit for catching the sand by turn- 
ing the auger. A door on one side for discharging the 
sand. 



MINING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 



275 



713. WELL-BORING TOOLS. Portable power rig and drill beam. 

A frame tower is 
also used above 
the drill hole for a 
sheave over which 
the drill rope is 
passed and to a 
winch driven by the 



714. PROSPECTING 
DIAMOND DRILL. A 

hollow drill bar, /, shdes in 
the revolving hollow shaft, 
e, driven by the bevel gear, 
d, from a motor. Water 
is forced through the drill 
rod by a pump. The drill 
is tipped with a steel ring 
studded with black dia- 
monds, so that the drill 
makes an annular cut by 
which cores may be 
taken out for examina- 
tion. The tailings of the 
drill are washed to the 
surface by the force of 
the water jet. 6 is a soHd 
diamond-set drill; a, a 
core drill. 



715. ASSAY ORE CRUSH- 
ER. A combination of jaws and 
finishing roller, adjustable to crush 
the ore sample to a uniform size. 

F, F, adjusting scre\vs for roller. 
C, friction thrust rollers. B, fin- 
ishing roller. 




276 



MINING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 




ELEVATION. 



3rd Fireplace, 



716. ORE ROASTING FURNACE. Section of the Pearce turret 
furnace in which a circular oven is heated by outside fires. With rabbles 

on arms from a central re- 
volving shaft constantly 
stir the ore and move it 
forward around the hearth 
to a discharge hopper. 
The plan and vertical sec- 
tion show much of the de- 
tail of this class of roast- 
ing furnace. The rabble arms to which the plows are attached are 
hollow, and are cooled by air or water. The furnace is entirely auto- 
matic, the ore being dropped 
?nd Fireplace ^^^^ ^^ic Ore hoppcr at in- 
tervals and carried into 
the hearth of the furnace. 
After traveling around 
the hearth it is discharged 
into a chute, which deHvers 
it to either a car or a cooHng 
apparatus, from which it 
passes to the elevators. 
When air is used to cool 
the rabble arms, the hot air may be dehvered to the hearth at any 
point desired, by means of a simple automatic device. 

717. Plan of turret roasting furnace with fireplaces and flue. 

718. ORE ROASTING FURNACE. Two-hearth furnace of the 
Pearce turret t>^e. The width of hearth is 6, 7, and 8 feet, and the fur- 
nace may be built so that 



^^^ the top arch acts as a dry- 
ing hearth. The number 
of fire boxes varies from 
two to three, according to 
the ore, the process by 
which it is to be sub- 
sequently treated, and the 
fuel. WTien petroleum residuum is the fuel, the projecting fire boxes 
are omitted and a combustion chamber is built directly over the hearth, 
through which the oil burners project and distribute the flame over 
the whole width of the hearth. 




1st Fireplace 



PLAN. 




MINING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 



277 




719. ORE ROASTING FUR- 
NACE. The ore fed from the hopper 
at. the top is drawn alternately inward 
and outward on the partition hearths 
of the roaster by revolving arms with 
blades inclined to draw each way on 
alternate floors. The hot gases enter 
from the flue at the top and are dis- 
charged with the ore at the bottom of 
the roaster. Herreshoff type. 



720. ORE ROASTING FURNACE. Straight line type. Ropp. 
The ore enters from a spreading hopper at one end and is drawn by 

rabbles with inclined 

■O' 1 teeth for alternate 

turning over of the ore 
during its passage 
along the furnace bed 
to the discharge pit. 
The rabbles are at- 




Q R 



tached to a chain carrier and returned on the outside of the furnace. 
The furnace grates are on the outside, distributed for equalizing the 
heat w^hich passes off through a chimney at the feed hopper end. 



721. MAGNETIC METAL SEPA- 
RATOR. For separating iron turn- 
ings, fihngs, and chips from brass com- 
position or other non-magnetic material. 

The drum is composed of the faces 
of a large number of magnets. The 
iron adheres to the magnets and is 
carried around the cylinder to a revolv- 
ing brush, while the non-magnetic ma- 
terial drops from the front of the drum 
to a box. 




278 



MIXING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 



722. MAGNETIC SEPARATOR for separating iron from brass 
turnings, small scrap, chips, and drillings. A rod connected to the 

hopper swings it back and 
forth when the separator is 
in operation so as to distribute 
the metal on the surface of 
the drum. An adjustable 
grate is provided so as to 
regulate the flow^ of metal 
from the hopper. The length 
of the swing of the oscillating 
m^echanism is adjustable. 

Current is supplied to the 
electro-magnets within the 
drum through collector rings 
and carbon brushes. The 
flanges at the edges of the 
drum keep the metal on the 
surface. The metal is stirred 
to aid in separation by two wires supported from the frame and extend- 
ing across in front of the cyhndrical surface. The brush wheel which 
removes the iron from the cyhnder has radial strips of sole leather secured 
between wooden blocks. This wheel rotates in the same direction as 
the drum, but at a much higher speed. The bins into which the sepa- 
rated metals are dropped are situated within the frame and open at 
opposite ends of the separator so as to prevent the metals from becoming 
mixed in handhng. 




Adjusting -M, F eed Hopper 
Screw .^Ji \Wo /Feed Gate 




723. QUARTZ PULVERIZER. 

Kent type. A revolving cyhnder ring 
inclosing three revolving rollers trav- 
ehng with the ring. Quartz from the 
crusher is fed through the hopper at 
one side of the cyhnder, and the finely 
pulverized material discharged at the 
other side. 



MINING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 



279 



724. ORE WASHING TOWER. The rock is delivered through 
a hopper to a vertical conductor, which has a series of incHned plates or 
aprons, A, and opposite perforated plates, B, 
the rock faUing first upon one and then another 
of these plates in its passage downward through 
the conductor. Over the conductor is a rose 
nozzle, D, which showers water upon the rock, 
and opposite each of the perforated plates are 
jets supplied from a stand pipe, E, the water 
thus sprinkled on the broken rock passing down 
the conveyor carrying off the refuse matter 



through the chute C. The number of the plates 
and their inclination and arrangement may be 
varied according to the nature of the material to be treated. 





725. AUTOMATIC ORE SAMPLER. 

The revolving hopper has one or more small 
aprons in its periphery which divert a small 
portion of the ore passing through the sampler 
to the sample spout. The ore is still further 
crushed and passed through a second and 
third sampler, so as to obtain a fair sample to 
the one hundredth or more part. 




726. PNEUMATIC CON- 
CENTRATOR. The vibration 
of the vanner and concentra- 
tion of gold sands is done by 
short, quick strokes of air 
pumps or bellows beneath the 
table which are operated by the 
crank shaft. 



28o 



MIXING DEVICES AND APPLIANXE5. 




E 



m. 



727. ORE C.\R OX A TR-AXS- 
FER TRLXK. The transfer truck 
has an open platform through which 
the ore is dumped by dropping the 
bottom of the ore car, which is held 
bv chains and a windlass. 



'^ 



728. DRY PLACER GOLD SEP.AR\TOR. Edison t\ye. The 
revohing roller, b, discharges the gravel from the hopper, a, upon the shelf, 

c, from which it falls into 
the air blast created by 
the centrifugal fan, d, dis- 
charging its air through 
the screens e and /. The 
parting board, g, diWdes 
the hearier portion of the 
gravel — the gold and iron 
or black sand, which 
falls into the chute, //, 
from the lighter portion 
falling into the tailings 
chute /. The lattice, k, k, is simply to prevent eddy currents of air going 
down the chutes // and /. The end of the air pipe at ^ is open. 

By a suitable adjustment of the speed of the fan, the position of the 
parting board, g, and the rate of feed of the gravel concentrates are ob- 
tained ; the screens are necessar}- for equalizing the velocity of the air 
blast. 





729. DRY GOLD ^nXIXG ^L\CHIXE. 
The hand crank wheel, the vibrator, and the 
blower for blo\\'ing ofiF the dust and sand from 
the riffle table are the leading featiures of this 
novel dry placer machine. Gold sand is fed to 
the hopper above and shaken in a thin sheet to 
the riffle through a blast of air. Air is also blo^^-n 
through the sieve sections pushing the sand for- 
ward and holding the gold. 



MINING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 



281 




730. GOLD AMALGAMATOR. 
a, the circular tank with sluiceways 
for overflow of the waste slimes. 

c,c, revolving stirring arms driven 
by the gear and center shaft through 
the conical center standard of the 
tank. The amalgamated plates or 
mercury rests on the bottom of the 
tank. 

m, /, perforations in the disk car- 
rying the stirring arms, for equal dis- 
tribution of the ore slimes upon the 
mercury bed. 

731. Section showing gearing, ele- 
vating screw and stirring arms. 



732. SHEAVE WHEELS FOR GRAVITY PLANES. The front 
wheel is made smaller than the rear wheel (usually about 10 inches) so 

as to allow the 
rope to lead from 
the rear wheel to 
the knuckle 
sheaves, and per- 
mit of additional 
room at the top. This front wheel has one or more grooves, depending 
upon the number of cars to the trip and the amount of material to be 
hauled, and has always one less groove than the larger or rear wheel, the 
sheaves being placed tandem. The rear wheel is made with two or more 
grooves, to allow the rope to be placed on the sheaves in the form of a 
figure 8, thus securing considerable contact of the rope on both wheels. 

The depth of the grooves in each wheel should be exactly the same, a 
variation of a small fraction of an inch being detrimental to the hfe of 
both rope and sheaves, as if the wheels are not made correctly, the rope 
passing around them must slip or stretch with each revolution of the 
wheels. 

The brake bands are either lined with cast-iron shoes or maple blocks 
placed on end, the latter method being usually preferred. Each brake 
is also provided with a large screw and nuts to take up wear. 




MIXING DEVICES AND APPLIANXES. 




733. BRIQUETIXG :\IACHIXE. Eggette t}-pe. Two large roUs 

ha\ing indentations on 
their face to correspond 
\s-ith a half-egg shape 
and made to register, 
revolve under a close- 
fitting hopper ; the eg- 
gettes drop from beneath 
the rolls upon a con- 
veyor belt,, or to a bin 
through a chute. 

734. A BRIQUETIXG PLAXT. A main driving shaft over- 
head drives by belts, the ore dust mixer, Ume tank mixer, briqueting ma- 
chine, and conveyor 
belts. The material 
used for cementing the 
briquets varies great- 
1}- -^ith the kind of 
material to be bri- 
queted. For ores, 
lime is in general use. 
For fuels, coal tar, 
resin, pitch, clay, and 

lisrnite for anthracite culm. For bituminous culm, lime, clav, and saw- 
dust are used if the coal will not briquet alone under the pressure used. 

735. BRIQUETIXG MACHIXE. Plunger t}-pe of the H. S. 

Mould Co., Pittsburg, Pa. The material to be briqueted is mixed 





\ x\^ / / PlTMAH \ \ // t 



V-. ( 



^~^...^'::y 



"u-ith milk of Ume, or any suitable stickative,in a mixer above the machine 



MINING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 



283 



and fed to the machine hopper, where the compressing plungers press it 
into molds from which the briquets are ejected by spring plungers at 
the left on to a conveyor. 



736. BRIQUETING MACHINE. 




A pair of heavy rollers in a cir- 
cular trough rolls 
the briquet mate- 
rial into the holes 
of a revolving mold 
plate, in which the 
briquets receive 
a further pressure 
and are ejected on 
to a belt carrier, 
which deposits 
them in a truck or 
bin. 

Type of the 
Chisholm, Boyd & 
White Co., Chi- 
cago, 111. 




737. COAL-WASHING 
JIG. Coal and slate are 
washed through a vibrating 
box or jig, and separated 
by their difference in grav- 
ity. The coal is carried 
over in a short chute to 
the coal elevator and the 
slate is discharged through 
an adjustable trap to the 
slate hopper below, from 
which it is carried away by 
an elevator belt. 

A small vertical engine 
operates the jig. 



284 



MINING DEVICES AND APPLIANCES. 




738. PROPELLER PUAIP AGITATOR. 

A series of propellers on a shaft revohdng in 
a tube draws the solid and fluid material in 
at the bottom and discharges it in a shower 
at the top. For agitating oils and ores, as in 
the cyanide process for gold separating. 

In other designs a single propeller is 
placed at the bottom with the shaft in a 
step and driven by belt and pulley on the 
shaft above the tank. 



COAL-HANDLING PLANT. 




Modern method for convey- 
ing coal from boats or cars 
to overhead lofts for self- 
feeding to the furnaces of 
boilers and for dropping the 
ashes into cars beneath 
the furnaces and their ready 
removal. In a long storage 
loft a track is laid length- 
w^ise, and a car distributes 
the coal from each hoisting 
bucket. 



740. METHOD OF CHANGE DI- 
RECTION for conveyor buckets. Rails 
support the buckets, which roll on small 
wheels for horizontal runs. Sprocket 
wheels take the bucket hnks for change of 
direction. 



SECTION XVIII. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLI- 
ANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 



285 



Section XVIII. 

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND 
TOOLS, ETC. 




741. MACHINE-MADE CHAINS. 

Samples of the complex operation of 
modern machine work. Not only chains 
of various patterns, but hooks and eyes, 
and almost every conceivable form of 
wire work and punch and press work is 
now done by machinery. 




742. SUSPENDING GRIP in a shaft or between 
timbers. The toothed sectors, a, grip the rock or 
timbers. The upper figure is for a definite sized 
opening with a pivoted clevis at c. 

743. The lower figure for a variable sized shaft 
or opening. The toothed arms, h, h, and locking 
clevis makes a convenient adjustment for any size 
shaft within its range. 




744. UNIVERSAL DOG. Easy to apply to 
all kinds of work to which it is applicable. Has a 
great range of size and a good grip. 



287 



288 MILL AND FACTORY APPLIA^XES AND TOOLS, ETC. 



745. DRILL CHL'CK for small drills. A section. By revohing 
the knurled nut the jaws are moved outward or inward in the converging 

slots in the chuck body as may be de- 
sired. The chuck can be operated by 
hand, and when a very firm grip is de- 
sired it may be obtained by the use of a 
spanner \^Tench. The chuck may be 
taken apart readily for cleaning and 
oiling by remo^•ing the three screws in 
the cap, taking that off and revolving 
the nut enough to disengage the jaws. 





746. BRICK CLAMP. A handy tool 
for handUng brick. It pays by saving 
the hands. 



747. C O M B I X A T I O X T O O L S . One of the handiest tools 

for a farmer or amateur 
workman is this combination 
of an anvil, vise, and a drill 
stock. 





748. EASILY MADE STEAM AATIISTLE. A, a 

brass casting into which the bell stem may be screwed. 

B, a tube of the same diameter as the bell, soldered to 
the casting, A, lea\'ing an annular opening yioo of an inch. 

C, the bell which may be cast or made of the same 
tubing as at B, with a headpiece, D, soldered in. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 289 



749. GASOLINE - HEATED SOLDERING COPPER. The 

central chamber is half filled with gasoline ; the asbestos wick draws 
the gasoline toward the needle valve, where the surrounding hot metal 
vaporizes and discharges the vapor through the small nozzle to be burned 




SOLDERING fRON 

by the air drawn in through the holes in the tube. The flame impinges on 
the soHd head of the copper and is exhausted through the holes in the 
headpiece. To start, a Httle gasoline is poured into the cup under the 
valve neck and fired for a moment. The valve regulates the amount of 
flame. 

750. PULLEY BALANCING MA- 
CHINE. A pulley poised on a centerpiece, 
F, is rotated at considerable speed by the 
arm, E, and studs, a, a. If unbalanced in 
the plane of revolution, it will wabble, when 
the high points may be marked with chalk 
and balance pieces appUed as at A and B. 
The same machine, if set on rubber 
springs, will show the general unbalanced 
condition by the vibration of the spindle 
and the heavy side of the pulley marked 
with chalk. 

751. LUBRICATING DRILL. Holes through the length of the 
twisted blades carry the oil to the cutting edges and with a constant flow 

clears the chips by 
floating them up 
along the twist 
grooves. Water 
may be used for 
cast iron or com- 
pressed air fed 
from a loose socket 
on the drill holder. 

752. Showing holes through thick parts of blade. 





290 MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 




753. EXPANDING DRILL. For en- 
larging the bottom of drill holes for flush 
tapping or for Lewis jaws or anchors. The 
pivoted cutter allows of the cutting of a larger 
cavity than with the eccentric pointed plain 
drill. 

754- 

755. Front view of cutter. 



Position of tool when under-cutting. 




756. TAPER ATTACHMENT TO A LATHE. On the tailstock 
a place is planed off to serve as a bearing for the guide bar, A, which is 

pivoted on the stud, B, and 
is clamped by the bolt C. 
Running on this guide bar 
is the slide, D, provided with 
a gib, K, to make adjustment 
for wear. On the under side 
of the slide is a swivel nut 
which is fastened to D by 
the bolt E. Through this 
nut passes the adjusting 
screw, G, which serves to 
connect the guide bar v\ith the cross sHde J. The feed block, F, is 
made to fit into the T-slot in the tool block, being held by a single 
bolt, L, so that it is the work of but a few moments to remove the 
attachment when it is not desired to use it. 

When the attachment is being used the cross-feed screw is ren- 
dered inoperative by dropping the nut or removing the screw altogether. 
H is a knurled hand wheel for operating adjusting screw G. 



757. TAPER TURNING ATTACH- 
MENT. Bradford type. A taper sHde made 
adjustable for the required taper is fixed to a 
clamping piece made fast to the back way of a 
lathe. A shde on the taper member is screwed 
to the cro'fes slide of the rest ; the nut of the cross 
screW is cast loose, when the tool follows the 
angle of the taper bar. 




MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCE^ AND TOOLS, ETC. 29 1 



758. CENTERING DEVICE FOR A DRILL PRESS. The 
device consists of a drill shank, A, made to fit the drill spindle ; a centering 

vise with three jaws, two of which are 
indicated by C, and a chuck to hold 
the combined drill and reamer D. 
The centering jaws are closed on the 
work by screwing down the cone- 
shaped piece, B, which forces the upper ends of the jaws apart and 
closes the lower ends on the work. The jaws are retracted by a coiled 
spring passing through their upper ends. The jaws do not rotate with 
the centering drill, but remain in a fixed position, being mounted on a 
sleeve in which the drill shank turns. 




759 
swung 



. BORING ELLIPTIC CYLINDERS. B D is a boring bar 
on centers on a lathe. A C is an arm holding at its end C a boring 
tool. When the bar is rotated the point C describes 
a circle. A casting, M, which is to be bored elHptic- 
ally, is secured rigidly to a carriage capable of being 
moved in the direction of E F, which is the longi- 
tudinal axis of M and passes through A. Conse- 
quently, if the boring bar is rotated on its centers 
and the work fed gradually, in the ordinary way, 
along axis E F, the cutting tool, at each revolution, 
describes a circle ; but, because of the inclination 
of axis E F, when the tool occupies the position 
shown in dotted lines, the boring will be achieved 
and the end view of the casting will show a perfect 
elliptical bore. 

760. BORING ELLIPTIC CYLINDERS. 

For boring elliptic cyhnders of considerable 
length the cyHnder may move forward parallel 
with the fixed boring bar on which a fixed spool, 
A, is set at the angle required by the elHptic pro- 
portions of the cyhnder, and upon which a ring, 
H, and tool holder revolve by a bevel gear and 
pinion, R, driven by the side shaft S. The tool, C, 
although cutting in a circular path, by its angular 
direction produces an eUiptic surface due to the 
angular plane of motion. 




292 MILL AND FACTORY APPLL\NXES AND TOOLS, ETC. 




761. 



C R A X E TRUCK. One of the 

handy things in a shop or warehouse. With 
\\~indla5s chain and block two tons may be hf ted 
and easily wheeled over the floor. 



762. CEXTRIFUGAL SEPARA- 
TOR. The perforated basket and load 
are hung on the spindle. E is a cup- 
shaped pulley, inside of which is a ball- 
socket journal box. The step bearing, h, a, 
is also a ball socket in a spherical foot, bear- 
ing upon a spherical base -uith a flange 
on its rim to hmit the eccentric s^'ing of 
the spindle to accommodate the center of 
gra^'ity for an unequally balanced load. 



763. BLACKSMITH'S HELPER. The hammer handle is pivoted 
at B to the head of a vertical shaft, C, that is fitted in a socket. The 

lower end of the shaft has a step in 
the lever, F, which is pivoted to the 
hind leg of the stand, and extends 
forv\'ard and alongside of the an^*il 
block. A bar, I, ha^-ing a series 
of holes for fastening the lever at 
any point by a pin. An arm, !M, 
is attached to the lower end of the 
shaft. C, over the lever, and is con- 
nected by a rod, X, to a lever, O, 
pivoted to the lever F. By moving 
the lever, O, the shaft is turned 
and the hammer swung along the 
face of the an\-il. 




MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 293 

The hammer handle is connected to a foot lever, Q, by a cord, S ; a 
coiled spring is fitted, to be contracted when the hammer is forced down, 
for raising the hammer again. The spring bears against the head of the 
shaft, C, and the rod connects with the free end of the spring by an adjust- 
ing nut. The shaft, C, has a vertical, curved extension which supports a 
coiled buffer spring that arrests the hammer at the end of the up stroke 
without shock or jar. 




764. BELT-DRIVEN FORG- 
ING HAMMER. Bradley type. 
The hammer in guides is oper- 
ated by an elastic strap attached 
to the yoke of a helve vibrated 
by elastic cushions and an arm 
with adjustable connecting rod 
to an eccentric on the belt shaft. 

The treadle controls the blow 
of the hammer by a friction 
brake. 




765. EYE-BENDING MA- 
CHINE. A hand-operated ma- 
chine which grips the end of the 
wire against the central pin by the 
upper lever, when the lower lever is 
swung around against the stop and 
then forming the reverse bend by 
the treadle and push bar. 




766. ANGLE IRON BEND- 
ING MACHINE. The lever, 
with adjustable jaws and sliding 
gauge, swings on a pivot and bears 
against a block. A set piece 
clamped upon the sector limits the 
bending angle. 



^94 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLLVNXES AND TOOLS, ETC. 



767. PIPE-BEXDIXG ^lACHIXE. The machine consists of a 
pipe holder, which securely clamps the fixed end of the pipe, and a bend- 
ing lever operated by hand for gi^'ing the 
pipe the proper form. The lever is pro- 
\'ided with two grooved wheels pivoted so 
that the flanges just clear, thus leaWng an 
opening between the bottoms of the 
grooves of the same size and shape as the 
pipe. The lower wheel is of such size as 
to give the pipe the proper radius after it 
is bent, the bending being accompHshed by 
the upper wheel, which is rolled around the 
lower one. The device is adapted to 
bend the pipe without kinking or crushing it, and with one stroke of 
the lever. 






768. ANGLE IRON BENDING MA- 
CHINE. For the shape shown the top roller 
is flat : the rear under roller is orooved to fit 
the flange of the angle iron. The front roller 
is also grooved and is set up for the desired 
curve by a sHding frame and capstan screw. 



769. ROLLED-THREAD-SCREW ^^lACHINE. The cut shows 

the principle of the roUing process. 

Screws of ^-inch diameter and less 

are made with four rollers and are 

^^SJjJjJ/' Br/l/l/ll^^^^^^^ rolled cold. For screws larger than 

J inch three rollers are used and 
the screws rolled hot. 

770. Sample of rolled thread. 




I. POWER HACK-SAW. One of 
the handy specialties of a shop. Automatic- 
ally cuts off steel bars up to 4-inch diameter. 
Self-feeding and requires no attention while 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 295 

772. SEAMLESS TUBE MACHINE. Mannesmann's process. 
The principles in this process of making tubing from soHd bars of metal 

are, that soHd bars 
rolled between a 
pair of conical 
fluted rollers, set at 
an angle, as at A, 
a, draw the metal 
from the center of 
the bar to the out- 
side. The revolv- 
ing mandril and 
cone, D, M, smooths 
the inside of the 
expanding metal. 
B' is the guide tube and frame and B the metal bar. 

773. Elevation, showing angle of roHers. 

774 and 775. Plan and elevation of gear for rotating the mandril 
and cone. 





776. METAL BAND-SAW. The 
modern metal band-saws are made to 
cut solid bars, such as center cranks, 
Y's in connecting rods and locomo- 
tive frames, as well as structural forms 
of all kinds. 




777. HAND-SCREW TIRE -SET- 
TING MACHINE. The blocks sur- 
rounding the tire are set up by hand screws 
and a wrench, compressing the tire tightly 
upon the wheel.' 



296 MILL AND FACTORY APPLIAN'CES AND TOOLS, ETC. 



778. HYDIL\ULIC TIRE-SETTIXG MACHINE. A number of 
cylinders and pistons set within a strong iron ring compress the tire 

upon the wheel by the 
power of the two pumps 
connected to the cylin- 
ders by pipes. The 
large pump is for fill- 
ing the cylinders and 
bringing them to a 
bearing upon the tire, 
after which the small 
pump is operated for 
great pressure. 




779. AUTOMATIC FURNACE for hardening and tempering baUs. 
The balls are picked up by the small shelf in the revolving hop- 
per, and tipped into the mouth- 
piece, and carried along by the 
central screw ; transferred into 
the outer and hotter reverse 
screw carrier to the chute, and 
dropped into a water bath. The 
chamber is heated by gas jets, 
which can be regulated for 'tem- 
peratures suitable for hardening 
or for drawing temper. 



780. GAS -HEATED HARDEN- 
ING AND TEMPERING FUR- 
NACE for small articles, as bicycle 
cones, shells, or any articles that can be 
placed on the pins and carried through 
the furnace at the proper speed for 
the required temperature and dropped 
into the water bath. The heat is regu- 
lated by the gas and air valves. 

American Gas Furnace Co. t\-pe. 




MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 297 




781. TEMPERING BATH. A pot of oil or tal- 
low is set in a gas-fired furnace inclosed so that the 
flame can not set fire to the oil vapor., A thermom- 
eter immersed at the side shows the proper tem- 
perature for the desired degree of temper. 




782. DOWN-DRAUGHT GAS-MELTING 
FURNACE. The burner B, of combined gas and air, 
enters the flame at the top of the crucible and dis- 
charges to the chimney below the bottom of the cruci- 
ble at H. E is the cover lifted by the lever C, and 
chains to swing off the furnace. The hearth is a 
perforated fire tile on which the crucible sets. 

American Gas Furnace Co. type. 




783. OIL OR GAS FIRED 
Air FORGE. Oil or gas enters the ato- 
mizer by the small pipe and is mixed at 
the nozzle by a strong blast of air. Ad- 
ditional air jets to complete the com- 
bustion enter beneath the bed of the 
furnace. 




784. MELTING FURNACE for brass, 
copper, or bronze. Operated by gas or 
crude oil, and compressed air. 

Oil or gas is fed through the small pipe, 
atomized and mixed wdth air in the inlet 
nozzles at the top of the cupola and the flame 
projected down upon the metal. The cupola 
is tipped by the wheel and gear to pour the 
metal from the side spout. 




298 MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 

785. DUPLEX MEI.TING FURNACE. Rockwell type. No 
crucibles are used, the furnace chambers being Hned with refractory 

material which is inexpensive and cheaply 
apphed, and the charges of metal to be melted 
being placed in the chamber, as in the right- 
hand chamber, 786. The fuel used is oil or gas, 
the air being supplied by an ordinary fan or 
pressure blower and there being a burner at 
each outer trunnion. But one of these burners 
is normally in operation at a time, the flame 
which is melting one charge extending into the 
other chamber and giving up much of its re- 
maining heat to the fresher charge of metal. When the charge in either 

chamber is com- 
pletely melted it 
is passed out by 
turning the cham- 
ber and bringing 
the mouth down 
to the pouring po- 
sition. The two 
chambers may be 
used for different 
metals or for the 
same metal, and both charges may be melted so as to be poured to- 
gether if a large quantity of metal is required at once. The halves of 
the chambers are hinged so as to make the entire interior perfectly 
accessible for rehning or for any purpose. 

786. Longitudinal section of the double furnace. 








787. OPEN HEARTH 
STEEL FURNACE, showing 
the concave hearth working 
doors and the regenerator ovens, 
which heat the incoming air 
that feeds the furnace. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 299 

788. HOT -METAL MIXER. Rolling type. Designed for a 
capacity of 250 tons. The vessel is composed of steel plates formed in 

cylindrical and spherical segments, 
and requires no additional bracing. 
It is lined with best magnesia 
bricks. The vessel rests on two 
circular roller beds, each composed 
of five rollers, supported by ped- 
estal bearings, resting on founda- 
tion girders. The roller tracks 
fastened to the vessel are of cast 
steel. Concentric with these are 
two rack segments of cast steel, 
by which the mixer is tilted. The pinions meshing into the segments 
are driven through gear trains from a 26 horse-power electric motor. 
An additional tilting device is provided, consisting of a vertical hy- 
draulic cylinder at either side, with their plungers linked to pins pro- 
jecting from the sides of the mixer vessel near its front end. A pre- 
caution is provided in the form of a hook attached to the rear face of 
the vessel, to which the regular travehng crane serving the mixer may 
be hitched and the vessel thus tilted. 




789. HOT-METAL MIXER. Tilting type. The hot-metal mixer 
shown in the cut is designed for a capacity of 275 tons of fluid metal. 

The maximum external dimensions 
of the containing tank are about 
15 feet diameter and 27 feet length. 
The shape is cylindrical, with a 
conical pouring spout at the front 
end, which converges from the full 
width of the tank to a narrow 
opening. A charging funnel is on 
the top of the tank at the back 
end. The tank is lined with mag- 
nesia bricks to wtU above the slag 
level The support of the tank is 
a large pin, resting between two 
saddle castings bolted respectively to the tank body and the foundation. 
A cast chair built into the foundation forms a rest for the heel of the 
tank when this is tilted back. The molten metal is charged into the 




300 MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 




filling spout from ladle cars running on an elevated track back of the 
mixer. The metal is run from the mixer into other ladle cars running 
on a platform at a lower level, which extends entirely around the mixer. 
These ladles then run directly to the converters or the furnaces. 



790. KEROSENE-OIL MELT- 
ING FURNACE. The small pipe 
supplies oil to an annular wick of as- 
bestos. The combustion chamber has 
air holes around the outside with damp- 
ers to regulate the air supply. The 
central tube is the compressed air 
supply from a blower to give force to 
the flame to drive it around the crucible 
and down the annular chamber to the 
chimney. 



791. PETROLEUM FORGE for heating rivets. The rivets are 
introduced through the door a; 6 is a movable cover, which is dis- 
placed in order to remove them from 
the forge ; c is the device that sup- 
ports the burner d. This latter con- 
sists of a row of receptacles, i, i, in 
which the liquid fuel is kept at a 
constant level through a small reser- 
voir, /, which receives the inlet tube, g, 
fixed to the closed reservoir c. A small 
screw, h, permits of regulating the 
depth of the oil in the constant level 
reservoir, /, and burners by raising or 
lowering the mouth of the tube g. 

792. Section showing regulating reservoir and burner cups. 

793. PETROLEUM 
MELTING FURNACE. 

Nobel type. a, a', a", oil- 
burner troughs, h, y, air reg- 
ulating inlets, c, c\ crucibles. 
Fire flue at bottom. See 
Fig. 147 for details of the 
burner. 





MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 3OI 

794. PETROLEUM FIRED REVERBERATORY FURNACE. 

The petroleum enters the troughs, a, of the reverberatory furnace through 

the pipe c; t is the pipe 
through which passes the 
overflow of the basins, and 
d is the air port designed 
to regulate the combustion. 
The flame breaks against the 
fire bridge, p, before reach- 
ing the furnace bottom, 
which is composed of quartzy 

sand and clay. In case of stoppage of the work, the flame proceeds 

toward the flue, B, which is normally covered liy a stone A. The 

casting is effected through the tap hole g. 
The charge is put in, as usual, at the back of the furnace, and is made 

to advance progressively through the w^orking holes. 
See Fig. 147 for details of the burner. 





795. PLATE HARDENING 
MACHINE. Urban's type. For 
uniformly hardening steel plates 
and armor plates without risk of 
bending or buckling. 

For this purpose, the heated 
plate, a, is lowered until it rests 
vertically between guides midway 
between two tanks, b, b', having 
numerous perforations in their 
sides next to the plate. By pull- 
ing a cord, c, the valves, d, d\ are 
opened, and salted water from the 
reservoir, e, descends through the 
pipes, i, i, into the tanks, playing in 
jets against-both sides of the plate ; 
a pump returns the water from the 
lower reservoir to the upper one, 
in order that it may be used again. 
796. Section showing the plate held in place by guards and the 
water jets playing upon it. 



302 MILL AND FACTORY APPLL\NCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 



797. DOVETAILING MACHINE. Plan and elevation of a ma- 
chine in which the work is done by a gang of saws on a mandrel. The 

mortise-cutting portion is the right-hand 
part of the lower figure. In it the board is 
secured on the carriage, S, in such posi- 
tion that the edge of said board projects 
under the saws or cutters more or less, 
according to the depth that the dovetailing 
is to be cut, which will be governed by the 
thickness of the stuff. The board, on being 
properly adjusted, is then brought in con- 
tact ^^'ith the saws by elevating the table, 
thereby carrying the board upward to the 
saws, D, D', cutting the sides of the mor- 
tise, and of any angle that may be re- 
quired, by adjusting the stays in which the 
cutters are hung to the required angle. 

The central cutter, H, as will be seen, 
cuts into the board at a right Hne be- 
tween the side saws, and as it leads in 
the cutting, the central portion of the mor- 

!| II M I Pi ^^^^ ^^ ^^^ away ; the side saws, as they 

' '' W^ HiJIi ji follow, cut away the remainder, leaving 

a clean, angular mortise for the admission 
of the tenon. 

798. Elevation, showing saws and angle of board to be dovetailed. 

799. DIAMOND MILLSTONE-DRESSING MACHINE. A 

Swiss machine for dressing millstones. The frame. A, has arms, b, h, 

terminating in feet, c', which are 
provided with set screws. A tool 
support, S, is pivoted to the center 
of A, and is adjustable by means of 
sector, B, and slides on the arm, C, 
of the frame. Two disks at K carry 
diamonds on their peripheries, 
and are set in rapid revolution 
by belts from spindle, J, which is 
revolved from any convenient 
shaft outside the millstone. 
The cutting disks being put in 





MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 303 



rapid revolution, the successive blows of the diamonds act in a manner 
similar to that of a hand tool, and parallel grooves are cut in the face 
of the stone. Three of these sets of parallel channels or grooves make 
one division of the stone. The guide bar, C, is adjustable, so that the 
stone may have a right-hand or left-hand dress, as desired. 

800. FILE-CUTTING MACHINE. The sHde on which the file 
is bedded oscillates laterally so as to adapt itself to the variations of the 

surface of the file. For this 
purpose the slide, a, is made 
convexly cylindrical at the 
under side, and is supported 
in a concave guide, h, in the 
bed frame of the machine. 
The file. A, is caused to pre- 
sent its surface parallel to 
the cutting edge of the 
chisel, d, by a plunger, c, 
sliding freely in a guide, the 
plunger, c, carrying at its 
lower extremity a feeler 
blade whose edge rests 
upon the surface of the file. Contact between the blade, c, and file, A, is 
insured by means of a weight acting upon the plunger c. The feeler 
blade is thus free to accommodate itself to variations in the surface con- 
figuration of the file, but being held rigidly in the transverse direction, 
compels the file to accommodate itself laterally to the blade and so pre- 
sents its surface on the line of cut, truly parallel to the cutting edge of 
the chisel d. The chisel, d, delivers its blow under the impulse of a spring 
in a casing, g, the spring being compressed at each stroke by the upward 
movement of the ram which is alternately lifted and let fall by a revolv- 
ing cam engaged by an arm h. Variation in the degree of compression 
of the spring, so as to produce any desired graduation in the strength of 
blow of the chisel, d, is brought about by increasing or diminishing the 
effective radius of the cam to increase or diminution in the height of lift 
of the ram h. The cam is made tapering in the direction of its axis and 
is mounted upon its shaft with a groove and feather connection so as to 
be longitudinally adjustable in order to bring any portion of its length 
to act upon the arm h. 

801. Front elevation showing details of the machine. 




304 MILL AND FACTORY APPLTAN'CES AXD TOOLS, ETC. 



802. DOVETAILS. 




The three upper figures show the method of 
end sphcing by dovetails. 

The series of illustrations show the sev- 
eral modes of dovetailing the edges of 
boxes and drawers. 

is a miter and key joint. 

p, the common dovetail joint. 

q, the half -lap dovetail. 

r, the secret dovetail. 

s, the Jap dovetail. 

t, the miter dovetail. 

a shows the ordinary dovetail with the 
parts detached ; b the parts put together. 

Concealed dovetails are made in two 
ways : 

c, d show the lap dovetail, in which a fin 
of wood on the return edge hides the ends 
of the tenons and mortises. 



803. MORTISING DO\'ETAIL MACHINE. The upper bed 
surface consists of two equally but oppositely inclined planes, B', B'', 

whose slope corresponds with the 
chamfer of the desired dovetails. 
C, C are standards guiding in a 
vertical path gate D, in which 
is fixed a series of chisels whose 
cutting ends are at such an un- 
equal elevation as to correspond 
\\'ith the obliquity of the planes, 
B', B''. These chisels are readily 
adjusted to any height and degree 
of separation, and are fixed to their 
proper positions by screw bolts. 
The gate is elevated and depressed by means of a lever, F, and is 
gauged or arrested in its descent by a stop or shoulder. Stops on the 
planes, B', B", gauge the stufif. I is a gauge for the edge of the stuff. 

The board containing the heading pins already sawed is placed on 
one of the inclines, B', B'', and the chisels, being caused to descend, oper- 
ate to excavate on one side the intervening stuff between the pins. The 




MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 305 

stuff being then placed on the other inchne, and the gate again depressed, 
the excavation is completed by cutting away the opposite sides. 

For excavating the mortises, the doubly incHned block, B, is removed, 
and another gate substituted for the gate, D, in which substitute gate 
the chisels are so secured as to have their.lower ends in a horizontal line. 
The stuff being placed on the horizontal bed and the chisels depressed, 
the surplus timber is excavated at a single stroke. 

804. FILE-CUTTING MACHINE.. The sHding head to which 
the shank of the blank is clamped is actuated by a feed screw and half 

nut, the latter being automatically 
raised to stop the feed motion at 
the proper time. The anvil has 
a hemispherical block, whose 
convex side rests in a socket of its 
support. The anvil and feed 
movement are supported on a 
turntable, by whose adjustment 
the inclination of the teeth is 
determined. The chisel is sup- 
ported upon a flexible rod, which is connected to the hammer handle 
by a spiral spring. The hammer is attached to a rock shaft, which 
has an adjustable arm acted on by a cam on the main shaft. 





805. BAGGING AND WEIGHING 
SCALES. A tripod on w^hich is fixed 
a Roman balance with an extension yoke 
and funnel to which the bag is attached 
by a band and cHps. The beam of the 
balance is made to counterbalance the 
yoke and funnel, and the tare of the bag 
is placed on the hook at the end of the 
scale beam. 



306 MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 




806. AUTOMATIC BAGGING 
AND WEIGHING MACHINE. 

The bag is attached to the hopper 
funnel with its bottom resting on 
the grated weighing platform. The 
feeding valve is then opened and 
connected by an automatic latch 
to the weighing platform, which 
drops at a set weight of filHng, dis- 
engaging the latch, when the valve 
closes on the feed spout. The ad- 
justment is somewhat complicated 
and allows for the average tare of 
the bags. 



807. TURPENTINE STILL with by-products of creosote, pyro- 
ligneous acid, etc., produced by the destructive distillation of wood. 

The blocks of wood are placed 
in the retort, G, the door on 
the right closed, the valve at 
the conical end closed, and 
the valve above opened. Wa- 
ter being introduced into the 
chambers to the level of the 
grate bars, fire is applied, and 
the clear white spirit passes in 
vapor by the neck, V, to the 
worm in the tub C. As soon as it begins to show color, the valve 
above is closed, and the valve at the conical end opened, when the 
vapor passes through the purifier, L, into the chamber, which is sur- 
rounded by water in the tub D. In this manner the different distil- 
lates are kept separate in the several receivers. 




MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES AND TOOLS, ETC. 307 




808. FLOUR PACKER. A chute with 
a quick-closing gate delivers the flour to the 
barrel, in which a revolving auger propeller 
packs the flour tightly. A sleeve guides 
the flour and prevents waste. 

The packing propeller is at the bottom 
of the sleeve, and the filling commences 
with the barrel elevated by the movable 
platform and hand wheel, so that the pro- 
peller continually acts upon the surface of 
the compressed flour while the barrel grad- 
ually descends to the floor. 



SECTION XIX. 



TEXTILE AND MANUFAC- 
TURING DEVICES, ETC. 



309 



Section XIX. 

TEXTILE AND MANUEACTURING 
DEVICES, ETC. 



809. PATTERN BURRING MACHINE for figured woolen goods. 
German design, a is a revolving metal brush, under which the stencil 

plate, h, passes as an endless sheet, 
guided by the small rollers /, /, g, g. 
The cloth passes underneath the 
plate, and has the same speed as this 
plate ; it is carried forward by the guide- 
roller, c, which at the same time presses 
it against the plate. The driving pulley 
is on the main shaft, from whence the 
motion is passed on through a diagonal 
shaft and bevel wheels to the roller, c, 
on one side, and by a belt to the brush 
on the other side. The brush and the 
guide roller, c, run in opposite direc- 
tions. The brush is covered in its up- 
per half by a cast-iron cover, which protects it against injury, and at 
the same time keeps it in the bearings. These bearings are made to sHde 
up and down, and are pressed upward by a set-screw, /, acting upon one 
arm of a lever whose other arm has a pin pressing on the under side of 
the bearing. A batching apparatus driven by a heart cam motion com- 
pletes the machine. 

The operation of the machine is as follows: The cloth, which has 
been milled and raised in the usual manner, is introduced with one end 
between the stencil plate and the guide roller, c, and with the nap run- 
ning in the same direction. The brush, which must be set so that the 
wires project through the open places in the plate, and ought to run at a 
high velocity, raises the nap on these open places in a contrary direction 
to that of the existing nap, and this forms the design, which may be either 
the roughened or smooth surface. 




312 



TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 



COTTON-SEED HULLING MACHINE. A machine by 
which the hull of the cotton-seed is rasped off 
by the two corrugated wheels and sifted by 
the revolving shaft and screen from the fari- 
naceous and oily matters, which are utihzed for 
their oil and the refuse for manure. The kernels 
pass through the screen, while the coarser hulls 
and fibers are carried along and discharged from 
the lip of the screen. The hulled seed is then re- 
ceived into the box-screen I, which, 
, 11,1^ being shaken by suitable mechan- 

^"^j ^ J J J J J J'^ ism, separates the still remammg 

lighter portions of the hulls that 
pass the wire screen, carrying these 
portions out over the apron J, while 
the cleaned and hulled seed passes 
out throuorh the chute K. 




8ii. COTTON BAT COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER. 
a, Hnt flue ; b, condenser drum ; d, d, bat-former aprons ; e, compression 

roll ; /, /, baling rolls ; g, core ; 
h, bahng belt ; i, belt idler ; 
j, hydrauhc cylinder ; k, pres- 
sure column ; /, press pulley ; 
7)1, bat-former pulley ; n, pis- 
ton rod ; p, r, tension rolls ; 
5, pressure gauge ; w, guides 
for idler ; x, bed plate ; N, 
pressure regulator. The con- 
densing drum spreads the lint 
evenly ; the 
aprons press 

^ it between the 

l~l_?i bat-former 
pulleys, then 
passing un- 
y\ der the com- 

pression roll, 
it is rolled into a cylindrical bale between the baling rollers. 




TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 313 



812. COCOANUT-PARING 
arranged to revolve the nut and 



MACHINE. A train of gearing is 
the circular plate carrying the par- 
ing device. The circular plate is 
secured to a sleeve on the central 
post projecting from the base, and 
receives its rotary movement from a 
bevel gear mounted on the sleeve. 
On the post immediately above 
the sleeve carrying the circular 
plate is a collar carrying the hori- 
zontal arm which supports the 
knife post, and works over the 
face of the circular plate. The 
horizontal arm has a depending 
lug at its outer end which engages 
in turn with opposite marginal apertures in the circular plate. The 
post carrying the box in which the paring knife is held is jointed to the 
horizontal arm, and at the junction of the two is a coiled spring to force 
the post against the nut. A coiled spring is also placed on the central 
post, one end being secured thereto, and the other end to the horizontal 
arm. In operation, the lug in the horizontal arm being in the aperture 
on the right, the circular plate carries it in revolving and also the knife 
post ; as the knife reaches the end of the paring on the left, the arm rides 
up on a beveled lug on the case, which forces the lug on the arm out of 
the aperture, and the coiled spring on the central post retracts the arm 
back to the first position at the right. 




813. FLOCK GRINDING MACHINE. In this machine the 
feed box has radial agitators on a vertical, rotating shaft. The endless 

apron passes up one side, 
and has cups carrying 
up the material and con- 
veying it to the hopper 
of the tearing cylinder. 
The material is forced 
down upon the tearing 
cylinder by reciprocal 
plungers and, carried 
along the fluted cutter, 
is discharged into a box at the side of the machine. 




314 TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 



814. FLAX-SCUTCHING MACHINE. For threshing and 
scutching flax. The stalks are fed from the table B between two fluted 

rollers, the lower one of 
which is journaled in fixed 
bearings, and the upper is 
yielding, being pressed down 
by spiral springs. On pass- 
ing through the rollers the 




stalks are subjected to the 
action of a series of swing- 
ing beaters pivoted in eye 
bolts on the drum D, which 
rotates at about ten times the 
velocity of the rollers. The 
separated seeds drop through the slatted bottom G, and the bruised fiber 
is conveyed to an opening at the rear of the machine. 

815. MULTIPLE-STRAND CORDAGE MACHINE. The eigh- 
teen bobbins wdth which it is provided are each armed with a special 

brake which can be regu- 
lated with the greatest 
precision, so that, during 
the reeling, the tension 
of the yarn remains in- 
variable, this being an 
important point. 

These bobbins are 
mounted upon three 
disks (three in front of 
and three behind each 
disk), which revolve be- 
tween two others keyed upon the central axis. When the machine is 
in motion, the three disks are carried along in a certain direction ; but, 
by the combination of the gearings, they revolve at the same time 
around their axis in an opposite direction. Each strand therefore 
receives the same tension. 

When the bobbin yarns have each been twisted upon its own laying- 
top, the three principal strands that they have formed pass to a central 
laying-top, where they are twisted together. Thence they are carried 
along by poHshed friction drums and wound upon reels. 




TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 



315 



816. PAPER ENAMELING MACHINE. For glossing paper 
and card stock. The enameling mixture is thoroughly stirred within 

the chest, A, by stationary and revolving 
brushes, B, C ; falling through the dia- 
phragm, D, to the chamber, F, it passes 
through the gate, a, to the spout, G, 
whence it is admitted 

J^& ^ , by the adjustable 

screw valves, b, c, to 
the brush roller, I, 
rotating within a 
cylinder having an 
opening at its low^er 
side, from w^hich the 
brushes, N, spread the enamel on the sheet of paper passing along on 
the endless belt J. This is revolved by two cyHnders, L, L, having fingers, 
i, i, which clutch the sheet when presented to them, and after carrying it 
past the spreaders, N, and blenders, P, fall and release it. 

817. CORDAGE-MAKING MACHINE. Modern type. A three 
strand, multiple thread machine in which the cable spool is revolved 





for twisting the three strands issuing from the triangular eye frame, all 
the moving parts being automatic and driven from the pulley at the 
rear of the spool head. An illustrated description of the details of this 
intricate mechanism is not available ; but the subject is a valuable 
study. 



3X6 N TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 

8i8. THREE-STRAND CORDAGE MACHINE. The armed 
carrier wheels, K, H, T, are fast on the driving shaft, S, which is driven 

by a gear w^heel 
meshed with the 
three pinions re- 
volving the 
spools, G, for a 
back twist of the 
strands. The 
pinion, E, re- 
volves the ring 

gear, A, in guide rolls, the twist of the strands and cordage being in 
opposite directions. 

819. Cross section, showing back twist spool gears and arm, K. 




820. THIRTY -TWO STRAND CORDAGE MACHINE. A 

fine study of the mechanical motions required in this complicated 




mechanism for the manufacture of so simple a thing as a rope. Four 
strands, each composed of eight yarn strands. 

The tension of the finished rope and its winding on by the reel at 
a uniform rate with the twisting speed of the machine is a most 
important feature ; and is operated by means of two grooved drums 
placed tandem, over which the rope is wound twice to give it a fric- 
tional pull. The drums are rotated by a fore and aft shaft and gear- 
ing from the main driving shaft. The reel is revolved by a friction 
belt, which allows for varying its speed for equal tension of the rope 
as the reel fills up. 



TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 317 




821. FLOCKING MACHINE. 

For distributing flock evenly on a 
prepared surface of cloth or paper. 

The cloth or paper is passed on 
an endless web with its varnished 
or glued side uppermost, the varnish 
or glue being applied by an elastic 
roller fed from a hopper not shown. 
The flock is evenly fed to the sur- 
^ face of the cloth or paper by the 
revolving brush in the hopper at 
the top of the machine. 

822. ELECTRIC CLOTH CUTTER. A revolving sharp-edged 
blade driven by a motor in the head frame on an arm or tripod. It is 

14 inches in height and weighs 35 pounds. 
It is capable of cutting any thickness of 
cloth up to 3 J inches and any width or 
length. A feature of the cutter is the fact 
that it is perfectly portable, so that goods 
on any of the cutting-room tables can be 
cut with it. This is a valuable feature, as 
it obviates the folding of the goods and 
the carrying to the machine. 

In order to keep a perfect cutting edge, 
grinders are attached and can be brought 

into contact with the knife in an instant. Wolf Electric Promoting 

Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. 

823. QUARTER SAWING OF LUMBER. Three methods of 
sawing lumber, one of which, at the left, is the ordinary method, the two 

at the right rep- 



resenting the cuts 
for quarter saw- 
ing. An exam- 
ple of a piece of 
quarter sawed 
and common 
sawed lumber 
is shown in the 

lower figures. The dotted lines in the common sawed piece indicate 

the curl in drying. 





31 



TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 



824. EVOLUTION OF THE LAG SCREW and the machine 
for making them, showing the general construction of the cutter and 

the principle upon which it operates, h being a 
lag screw which is being cut and c the cutter, each 
revolving in the direction indicated by its arrow. 
The lag screw and the cutter run together, just 
like a worm and a worm wheel. The cutting 
face of the cutter is parallel to and in line with 
the axis of the lag screw. The cutter spindle 
carrier, k, is carried by horizontal trunnions in 
uprights on the carriage. It is obvious that a 
depression of the arm, k', will bring the cutting 
points in toward the center of the lag screw, while 
an elevation of the arm will swing the cutter out 
from the center of the lag screw, or cause it to cut 
a thread of larger diameter. The bar, n, of rec- 
tangular section, is fastened rigidly to an upright 
upon the frame, so that when the carriage moves 
along it slides over this bar. The under edge of 
the bar is not straight, and against this edge works 
the roller, m, in a fork rigidly attached to the arm 
k'. Soon after the cutting of the screw begins, 
the roller, m, comes to a portion of the under 
edge of n, which curves upward, and this up- 
ward curvature, of course, , allows the arm, k\ 
to rise and the cutter 
to swing away from the 
center of the lag screw, 
thus forming the taper 
point. A straight por- 
tion of 71 then forms the 
parallel portion of the 
lag screw, and a further 
rise allows the cutter to 
clear the screw entirely, 
when it drops out fin- 
ished, and the carriage 
runs back, bringing the cutter in position to begin another cut. Roller 
VI is held in contact with bar n by the pull of spring c. 

825. Details of cutter and guide block. 

826. General view of the screw cutting machine. 





TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 319 



827. PORCELAIN MOLDING MACHINE. French model. 
The apparatus, of which a front view is given, consists of a vertical frame 
carrying the lathe below, a calibrating tool in 
the center, and the molding tool above. 
The chuck. A, coming from a second machine 
is secured to the lathe head. B is the molding 
tool moved by the handle C. D is an adjust- 
ing collar. E a carriage regulating the move- 
ment of the tool effected by the handle E. G 
is a gauge for regulating the form of the plate. 
H is the calibrating tool. The chuck being on 
the lathe head the tool is caused to descend, 
and this meets the paste at the center, de- 
termining its thickness. Being restricted in 
its motion by the guide or gauge G which 
represents the profile of the plate, and being 
submitted to a horizontal movement, it neces- 
sarily w^orks the object according to the de- 
sired exterior form indicated by the gauge. 





828. PORCELAIN MOLDING 
MACHINE. French design. The 
pulleys on the vertical spindle oper- 
ate an oval chuck, while a curved 
form is given' to the molded disk by 
the revolution of the curved ring and 
roller which moves the trowel for the 
required shape of the disk. The 
hand wheel operates the various 
movable parts and the trowels for 
molding the shape to the form of 
the curved disk. 



320 TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 



829. DIAMOND CUTTING. The form a diamond shall assume 
is determined by its shape in the rough, the duty of the lapidary being 

to cut it so as to sacrifice 
as Httle as possible of the 
stone and obtain the greatest 
surface, refraction, and gen- 
eral beauty. Having decided 
upon the form, a model is 
made in lead and kept be- 
fore the workman as a copy. 
The rough diamond is 
cemented ^vith fusible metal 
to a handle called a dop, a, 
lea\ing the part exposed 
which is to be removed to 
form one facet. The project- 
ing portion is then removed 
by attrition against another 
diamond similarly set in a 
handle, B, and finished by 
means of diamond dust and 
oil upon a steel disk or 
wheel, according to circum- 
stances. Wlien a facet is 
finished, the stone is reset in the handle and the process repeated. 
Several months are expended in cutting large stones, as the work pro- 
ceeds very slowly. 

The polishing is performed upon a rapidly revolving steel wheel, d, 
driven by a band, g, and fed by hand with diamond dust and oil. The 
diamond is set in a dop as before, on the end of a weighted arm, /, e, and 
held against the wheel, the results of the process being collected in a 
box for future operations. 

Diamonds with flaws or imperfections are sawed asunder or split, the 
latter (shown at A) being a speedy but risky operation, requiring great 
judgment in determining the plane of cleavage and skill in the use of the 
chisel, b, and hammer. For sawing, a fine wire is used, fed, as in the case 
of the revoMng wheel, with diamond dust and oil. 

830. Angle gauge for observing the angle of the facets. 




TEXTILE AND MANUFACTURING DEVICES, ETC. 321 

831. DIAMOND CRUSHER AND MORTAR. Diamonds 
for the use of the lapidary are crushed in a mortar, which consists of a 

cylindrical box, a, and a pestle, h, both made 
of hardened steel. A small rough diamond is 
placed in the mortar, and the pestle driven 
down by a hammer. The pieces of broken 
diamond are examined for the detection of 
fragments suitable for gravers, drills, and etch- 

/ X (,\ m ing points. The remainder is crushed to an 

impalpable powder by several hours' continued 

work, rotating the pestle between blows. 

When sufficient fineness is not attained by the mortar, the dust may be 

ground between the concave and convex surfaces, c, d, of a hardened steel 

mill, a little oil being added to the dust. The particles will grind each 

other. 

832. Section of the grinding mill. 




833. DIAMOND HAND TOOLS AND DRILLS. In Fig. a, a 
are front and side views of diamond chisels used in turning rubies for 
watch-jeweling ; 5 is a diamond drill for mak- 
ing the hole in the ruby plate ; 6^ is a tool of 
steel wire to be used with diamond dust in 
drilling jewels ; e, j are two views of a tri- 
angular fragment of diamond mounted for 
drilhng china or porcelain ; ^ is a square 
stone mounted for the same purpose ; h is a 
metalUc tube for drilhng annular holes in 
jewels with diamond dust ; i is a diamond 
point mounted for etching or ruling in en- 
/, k are diamonds mounted for ruling graduations of mathe- 




gravmg 

matical instruments 




834. COMBINATION PRESS for fruit, 
lard, or a sausage stuffer. For fruit, the 
gauze wire basket and strainer diaphragms 
are used. The piston, screw spindle, and 
gear are attached to the swivehng yoke 
and leave the cylinder clear for charging 
and cleaning. 



322 



TEXTILE AND MAXUEACTURINXt DEVICES, ETC. 




uu 



835. ARTIFICIAL FLOWER-B RANCHING MACHINE. 

French type. The basis of the stems is wire, and two threads of suitable 

material are laid along this vdie^ 
to prevent subsequent slipping 
of the colored thread which 
forms the outer covering of the 
stems. The ends of the short 
stems of leaves, flowers, buds, 
and fruit being laid against the 
wire are wound under the outer 
covering, and are thus fastened 
to it. 

The wire is fed from a spool, 
fl, passes through a hollow 
spindle, 6, and lies upon an end- 
less feed belt, r, to which it is 
clamped by small pinchers. 
The belt is driven by gearing underneath, and carries vdXh. it the wire 
stem, which is slowly unwound from the spool a. Two threads, pass- 
ing through an eye, e, are also drawn through the hollow spindle, h, in con- 
junction with the wire, by the motion of the endless belt. These threads 
are unwound from the spools /. At the same time a rapid rotar}' motion 
is given to the hollow spindle by a small belt from the driving pulley g. 

On the revolving hollow spindle, h, is fixed a spool frame, /z, which car- 
ries two spools. The covering threads are led from these spools through 
the loop of a small flyer on the end of the hollow spindle, h, and being 
held in contact with the wire as the latter is slowly fed through the spindle, 
are wound uniformly over its surface, the spool frames revolving with 
the spindles. 

The ends of the stems of leaves, fruits, or flowers being thrust into the 
ends of the hollow spindle are at once caught, and firmly wound under 
in a rapid manner. 

836. Detailed figure of the winding operation. 



SECTION XX. 



ENGINEERING AND CON- 
STRUCTION, ETC. 



323 



Section XX, 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 




837. FOUR-SPOOL HOISTING ENGINE. 

Mundy type. Friction drums with stop ratchet 
and pawl and friction-brake straps. Independ- 
ent clutch winches. All under control of four 
hand levers and two foot levers. 

A most convenient type of com- 
bination hoist where a great vari- 
ety of work is in progress. The 
two drums and four spools have 
each an independent motion and 
stop. 



838. DISINTEGRATOR. Blanchard type. On two concentric 
shafts driven at high speeds are mounted grids or cages, one within the 

other, driven in opposite 
directions. F, the feed 
hopper. E, a steel pin 
projecting within the in- 
ner cage to receive the 
impact of the coarse ma- 
terial. A, the outer cage 
disk frame. C, inner 
cage disk frame. B, 
casing. D, D, B, journal 
boxes. Velocity of the periphery of the cages about 6,000 feet per 
minute. 

325 




326 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 




839. FOUNDRY CON- 
STRUCTION. Steel construc- 
tion with cupola in the main 
room. A platform or floor above 
and covering part of the mold- 
ing floor in a confined building, 
is made available for fuel and 
iron storage and for feeding the 
cupola. A molding floor with 
cupola in a steel frame exten- 
sion arranged to draw the metal 
on the moldino; floor. 



840. The extension may be 
also a power house with boiler, 
engine, blower, hoist to the 
charging floor and storage for 
material. 



.1. EXCAVATOR AND ROTARY 

SCREEN. Balanced and pivoted on a truck 
^\ith an outside wheel support on a third rail 
while operating. A, 
engine for actuating 
the bucket chain ; a 
separate engine for 
turning the excavator 
on its pivot. D, chain 
gear for turning the 
screen, C. One of the 
modern designs 
o f machinery 
used in building 
roads and rail- 
ways. 




ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 



327 




842. UNIVERSAL POCKET LEVEL. 
The under side of the glass is ground and 
polished spherically, concave of long radius, 
and set in a case of steel, nickel-plated. 
Filled with spirits or glycerized water, ex- 
cept the bubble space. 



843. ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP. For suspending iron 
pipes from fireproof ceiHngs. The sleeve when turned into a quarter 

turn allows the clamp to be adjusted, 
and is then locked by turning it back 
to its original position, the teeth on the 
hooks engaging in corresponding slots 
on inside of sleeve. The hooks are 
sharpened where they extend over the 
flange of the beam so they can be 
driven under the brick. 



844. GRAVITY ELEVATOR. A 

simple arrangement for lowering build- 
ing material in taking down high build- 
ings. When the upper story is cleared 
the wheel is set on the next floor below 
and so on. The brake controls the dif- 
ference in weight between the empty and 
loaded barrow. 

This method of lowering the material 
in taking down the old buildings, avoids 
the dust nuisance made by discharging 
the material throusjh a chute. 




Barrow 



Brace 
\Floor 




845. PORTABLE CON- 
CRETE MIXER. A rotary 
mixer driven by a steam or 
compressed-air engine, with 
swinging shovels on the in- 
side of the barrel for thor- 
oughly mixing the concrete. 



328 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 




846. CONCRETE MIXER. 

Smith type. Mounted on a truck 
and driven by a gasoline engine. 
Mixes in batches and tilts to dis- 
charge while running. 



847. PORTABLE CONCRETE MIXER. Square box type. The 

revolution of the rectangular 
box, hung at its corners, makes 
a thorough mixture of the con- 
crete in batches. The ma- 
terials are charged through the 
hopper in measured quantities, 
so making a uniform mixture 
for concrete work. 




848. TRENCH BRACE. 




An up-to-date contractor's appliance for 
bracing trenches. The large handle 
nut and screw give the brace great 
power, and the socket bearings ac- 
iltlS commodate the brace to irregular 
^ surfaces. 



Pen 

Ventlato 




849. TYPES 
OF MACHINE- 
SHOP CON- 
STRUCTION. 

Sides may be of 
brick or steel with 
corrugated iron 
siding. Roofs of 
steel framing with 
slate covering and 
glass lights in roof. 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 



329 



850. WOOD PRESERVATION APPARATUS. Hot-air and tar- 
vapor process. Heated air is driven from the generator, D, into the 

chamber, A, containing the wood, the 
vapor escaping from the upper pipe. 
When the wood is dry, tar is intro- 
duced into the generator, and the 
resulting fumes similarly forced into 
the chamber impregnate the wood. 

B is a water box made hot from 
the furnace, E, which in turn keeps 
the tar fluid in the tank C. 





■ 851. WIRE-GUY GRIPPER. The eccentric grooved 
levers, as shown, make a quick-handled grip on guys for 
derricks. It is easily applied or removed by the use of 
the pin in one of the lever sheaves. 

With the addition of parallel jaws under the eccentric 
grips, this device makes a good grip for hauHng ropes 
and cables. 



852. TIMBER CREOSOTING APPARATUS. Timber or piles 
are bundled and shoved into a long cylinder and the cylinder head 




closed tight. Steam is then introduced at a high pressure — 100 to 
150 lbs. per square inch. This heat coagulates the sap and drives the 
moisture from the lumber, when creosote oil is pumped into the cyl- 
inder and saturates the wood. The oil is then driven out of the 
cylinder by the steam pressure and heat and the lumber withdrawn. 



330 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 




853. ELECTRICALLY DRIVEN HAMMER. Power is trans- 
mitted to the crank shaft, A, by means of a flexible shaft, and a recipro- 
cating motion is 
given to the 
hammer head, 
C, by the pitman 
B. As the rota- 
tion of shaft A 
is very rapid the 

succession of blows upon the chisel is so rapid as to be almost con- 
tinuous. A small balance wheel on the end of shaft A absorbs part 
of the shock of the impact and produces smooth running. A plunger, 
D, is free to slide within the hammer head, but is kept from striking 
point F by the coil spring at E. When the pitman moves to the right 
its right-hand end presses against the plunger at G, which in turn com- 
municates motion to the hammer head through spring E, and the chisel 
is struck a sharp blow. 

After the blow, the hammer head is returned by the movement of the 
pitman to the left, by means of pin g. This pin is attached to hammer- 
head C, but is entirely independent of the plunger D. The end of the 
pitman is slotted to receive pin g, and the slot is of such a length that the 
pin, together with the hammer head, can have free motion during the 
blow. 



854. DUPLEX ROLLING LIFT BRIDGE. Scherzer type. 
These bridges cover a double waterway of no feet each, over Newark 
Bay, on the line of the Central Railroad of New Jersey. 




Two 7 5 -horse-power gasoline engines, manufactured by Fairbanks, 
Morse & Co., are provided. Each engine is so arranged and con- 
nected with the machinery that it can operate both bridges either 
jointly or separately, as desired. The operator's house is constructed 
entirely of steel and fireproof material, wood being eliminated. 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 



331 



855. BALANCED SWING BRIDGE, Toronto, Can. Operated 
at the short end by an endless chain guided by pulleys on a quadrant 




frame. The bridge is 160 feet on the long span and 100 feet on the 
short span. Balanced on friction rollers by counterweights and oper- 
ated by electric motor. Plan and elevation. 



856. FALL ROPE 
CABLE CARRIER. 

Miller type. Five-rope 
system without fall latch. 
The power of the hoist 
rope is increased three 
times at the fall block. 

857. Section of a per- 
manent button stop with 
pin and holes for soldering. 



858. FALL ROPE CA- 
BLE CARRIER. Four- 
rope system with loop blocks 
to support the fall rope. 

The traction rope is an 
endless one, driven from 
one end of the carrier plant. 
The Hft is three times the 
power of the fall rope. 




332 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 



859. CRIB DAM. Ottawa River type. A crib framing of timber 
filled in with stone, topped by a slope frame of 3 to i, and apron with 

its apex at half the 



width of the crib to 
divide the total fall 
of the water. B, 
cross planking on 
top and back. 
Back filling of 
stone and earth. 




860. COUNTERBALANCED DRAWBRIDGE. Morris Canal 
type. The draw of the bridge, which is about 25 feet, is manipulated 
by hand power. The entire length of the bridge is 55 feet. The prin- 
ciple of operation is clearly shown in the illustration. The weight of 
the draw being about three tons, two counterbalanced weights are em- 
ployed weighing 3,000 lb. each, made of cast iron in the shape of 
a cyHnder, about 3 feet in diameter, and mounted in such a way as to 
be rotatable on their axes. These weights run -in tracks which are 




laid in an ellipse on an inclined framework extending from near the top 
of the central framework to the level of the roadway of the bridge. 
Wire cables connect the counterbalance weights with the free end of the 
draw, the cable passing once around the pulleys at the top of the frame- 
work. The pulleys are mounted upon a 3-inch shaft which extends 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 



333 



along the top of the central cross beam, and which is provided at its right- 
hand extremity with a pinion 2^ feet in diameter. This engages with 
a small pinion that is mounted on the shaft that is rotated by the endless 
chain from below. The draw is almost balanced by the weight of the 
rollers. 



861. TRANS- 
FER BRIDGE. 

A hanging track 
on an elevated 
suspension 
bridge with a car 
suspended from 
a truck and trav- 
ersed by an over- 
head cable. 



862. EARTH EMBANKMENT. Ottawa River type. Solid stone 
wall on canal side backed by a clay puddle wall and back fiUing of earth 





and timber crib work filled with stone and the bank riprapped with 
large stone. 



863. HIGH STRUCTURES. Eifel Tower, 
989 feet high. Washington Monument, 555 feet 
high. Capitol at Washington, 307 feet high. 
City Hall, Philadelphia, 547 feet high. 
The cut represents the comparative height 
of the Eifel Tower, the 
Washington Monument and 
the Capitol at Washington. 
The City Hall, Philadel- 
phia, is the highest build- 
in gj in the world. 




A 






334 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 



S64. GIG.\NTIC WHEEL, London, Eng. Three hundred feet 
in diameter, carried on two towers, 175 feet high, in which are saloon 
and balconies. The wheel is driven by a steel w^re hawser ij inches 
in diameter. There are two of these, one on each side, passing around 




grooves on the sides of the wheel, at 195 feet diameter. It is only in- 
tended to use one at a time. The motive power is taken from two 50- 
horse-power dynamos, and of these one will be sufi&cient, and the other 
in reserve. There are 40 cars, each 25 feet long, and 8 platforms for 
loading at once as manv cars. 
865. 



End view, showing the three balconies and their lifts. 



5^J5^?^ 




^^^^^^^^^^ 



866. MOVING PLAT- 
FORM for boarding rail- 
w^ay cars. The stepped plat- 
form railway ^^ill be very safe. 
Chances of accidents are lim- 
ited. The fall of a person pass- 
ing from one platform to an- 
other would not be attended 
with serious results, as the dif- 
ference between the speed of 
two platforms is equal to the 
average speed of a pedestrian. 



ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION, ETC. 



335 



867. TRAVELING STAIRWAY OR RAMP. A dynamo and a 
transmission drive the upper drum and guards at a mean speed of twenty 

inches per second. 



The system com- 
prises an endless 
web formed of bars 
of wood which are 
provided with rollers 
that are formed of 
a material called 
"hemacite " and 
that run upon rails. 
The returning half 
is suspended from a 
rail lodged in the 
lower chord of the 
principal girder. 
This arrangement of 
chains with detach- 
able links permits 
of doing away with 
stretchers. 

The jointed web is actuated by a chain of which each link cor- 
responds to one of the bars of wood. This passes at the upper part 
over an indented wheel actuated by the electric motor with the inter- 
position of a shaft with a ratchet to prevent any return in an opposite 
direction. 

The jointed bars are provided with rubber projections for the purpose 
of giving the feet a firm hold. These projections, which are arranged 
in longitudinal bands, make their exit at the lower part and disappear at 
the upper between the teeth of metallic combs designed to take up and 
set down the passengers without jerks. The guards consist also of end- 
less chains covered with rubber and cloth. Each link of the chain slides 
in a groove that prevents any lateral displacement. 

868. Perspective view, showing jointed w^b, sprocket drum at the 
lower end of the ramp and a section of the moving hand rail. 




SECTION XXI. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES, 



337 



Section XXI. 
MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




869. PORTABLE SAW for felling trees. The saw is formed of 
hardened steel plates, which are riveted together in double series for the 

entire length. The rivets are sufficiently 
loose to form joints. Each plate or link 
is shaped on one side to form a pair of 
saw teeth, one tooth cutting in one 
direction and one in the other. The 
plates are a little thicker on the cutting 
edge than at the back, so that the saw, 
as it is sharpened, is always set so as to 
clear its cut. A cross handle at each end of the saw fits into a ring 
for use. The handles are withdrawn from their rings to render the 
saw portable. 

870. STUMP-PULLING MACHINE. The pulling mechanism is 
supported by a tripod, to the upper end of which is secured a chain 

carrying a bar or plate pro- 
vided with a bearing in which 
Slides a notched bar. Mesh- 
ing with the notches of this 
bar are the teeth of a pawl, 
which is so connected by 
levers with the operating 
handle that the downward 
movement of the latter will 
raise the pawl and notched 
bar and the chain attached 
to its lower end. A sHding 
bolt then holds the notched 
bar in its raised position, when the handle can be raised to enable 
the pawl to engage with the next lower teeth of the bar. Thus, by a 

339 




340 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



succession of up-and-down movements of the handle, the notched bar 
may be elevated its entire length, or until the stump is pulled com- 
pletely out. 



MOTOR ROLLER-DISK PLOW. The gang of roller 

disks are separately at- 
tached to arms pivoted to 
a frame, which is attached 
to an extension of the rear 
end of the traction motor. 
A windlass driven by the 
motor lifts the disk plows 
out of the ground when 
not in use. 





872. AUTOMOBILE PLOW. French type. In this system the 
part designed for working the ground comprises a series of three disks, 

which are not arranged 
in the same plane, 
although alongside of 
each other, and each 
of which carries strong 
steel colters mounted 
upon its circumference. 
These disks are placed 
upon a frame in the 
rear of a road . locomotive, the mechanism of which is so combined as 
to set them in rotation. The frame that supports them may be raised 
more or less, and may also be thrown out of engagement with the earth. 
As the locomotive advances, the disks revolve and their peripheral 
knives penetrate the earth and cut it into sHces the thickness of which 
is capable of varying according to the velocity given the instrument and 
to the nature of the ground plowed. As may be seen, the colter disks 
are mounted on the back of the locomotive, and the inchnation of the 
colters as well as the rotation of the disks is in a contrary direction in 
order to assure the pulverization, which is the real object of plowing. 
The plow was exhibited at the Paris Exposition, where experiments 
with it proved that it was capable of plowing six acres per day of 
twelve hours. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



34: 




873. REVERSIBLE PLOW. 

The wheel runs in the last furrow. 
y, yoke handle, which turns over to 
the other side at the end of a fur- 
row ; V, latch to fasten the handle 
to the beam ; /, k^ clevis and chain. 



874. TETHERING 




HOOK. The hook or fastening for tethering 
or coupling animals by their bridles, etc., and 
for other uses, comprises a hnk, c, and a hook, a, 
the point of which can not pass through the Hnk. 
The hook has holes for the, link and thefixing- 
staple h. The strap, 5, is attached to the fasten- 
ing as shown. 




875. FOUNTAIN WASH 

BOILER. The broad base of the 

siphon collects the steam generated 

on the bottom of the boiler, which 

^-=#^:^ rising in the vertical pipe induces a 

^= rapid flow of boiling water, creat- 

^ ing a circulation through the 

ii'S^^^ clothes. 



876. POTATO-WASHING MACHINE, a, spiral of arms for 
removing dirt ; &, perforated screw for moving potatoes toward end of 

^s^ Yl washer next to the com- 

\ \ p / / vvaterJ minutor ; c, perforated pad- 

J^ dies for Hfting the clean 
potatoes into the hopper 
leading to comminutor ; d, 
hopper for introducing 
potatoes into washer ; a, hopper leading to comminutor, not shown. 
The machine is slightly tilted so that the water flows to the left, 
while the potatoes are forced to the right by the screw and spiral 
arms. 




342 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




877. POTATO-RASPIXG MA- 
CHINE. Used in the manufacture of 
starch, a, hopper ; b, barrel rasp ; c, 
receptacle for pulp ; d, wooden buffer ; 
e, setting screw ; /, water jet. 

The buffer is for adjusting the open- 
ing between the rasping barrel and 
itself to insure a uniformly ffne potato 
pulp. 



878. P.ARIS-GREEX DUSTER. A small rotary fan with pinion 
and gear, driven by hand. A vibrating dust box, with a regulating 

valve and spout. It will dis- 
tribute a pound of Paris green 

ir /^^^^:^,^^VM evenlv over an acre of potato 




f — \ 



LZI 



B ""^^ 



879. AUTOMOBILE ]MOWIXG MACHINE. McCormick t>T)e. 
The motor is a double cyhnder, lo-horse-power gasohne engine. The 

oil tank is di\ided 
into three compart- 
ments : one for oil, 
one for batteries, and 
one for water. Power 
is transmitted from 
the motor by sprocket 
wheels and chain to 
a friction clutch 
placed on the cross 
shaft of the mower. 
This clutch is so ar- 
ranged as to enrage 
either one bevel-gear 
wheel or another placed on each side, and in this way the machine can 
be run backward and fonvard at will. The bevel-gear wheels engage 
a pinion which serves to operate the fly-wheel shaft and cutter bar. 




MISCELT.ANEOUS DEVICES. 



343 




They also transmit power to the mower wheels through two gear 
wheels. The friction clutch is controlled by a lever placed at the foot 
of the operator. Steering is effected by a crank connected with the 
guide wheel in front of the cutter bar. The cutter bar can be lifted by 
the driver from his seat by means of a lever. 

880. MODERN TWO-HORSE MOWER. Wood type. All 
metal construction, except the tongue, whiffietrees, track clearer, and 

lever. The main feature of these 
mowers is the floating cutter frame, 
which permits setting the cutter 
bar at the desired height ; and up 
hill and down dale, through hol- 
lows and over ridges, it will cut 
all the grass at the same height, 
until r e - 
adjusted. 
On all the 
mowers 

the gearing is protected from dust, and roller bearings are used 
throughout, eliminating all unnecessary friction. 

881. CREAM SEPARATOR. Danish type. The milk is fed 
through the pipe A, and passed down the conical center through tubes 

and into the separating pan 
at the bottom. The cream 
being of less gravity than 
the milk separates under 
the high speed of the pan, 
and is carried up along the 
cone and discharged over the 
top of the revolving pan to 
the spout at the left hand. 
The denser milk gathers at 
the outside of the pan and 
rises through the openings 
in the annular groove and 
is scooped up by the dis- 
charge pipe B. About 2,000 
revolutions per minute are 
required in these machines. 




344 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



882. REFRIGERATION. Ammonia process. The simple routine 
of the process of refrigeration by the circulation of ammonia. It con- 
sists of three principal 



WATER SUPPLY 




parts : A, an 
tor," or, as 



evapora- 
sometimes 



called, a "congealer," in 



which the volatile liquid 
is vaporized. B, a com- 
bined suction and com- 
pressor pump, which 
sucks or, properly speak- 
ing, "aspirates" the gas 
or vapor from the evaporator as fast as formed. C, a liquefier or, as 
commonly called, "condenser," into which the gas is discharged by the 
compressor pump, and under the combined action of the pump pressure 
and cold condenser the vapor is here reconverted into a liquid, to be re- 
turned to and again used in the congealer. 



883. MODEL COLD-STORAGE HOUSE. The lettering on 
the cut shows the principal features of construction. The ice should 

rest on wooden slats laid in a galvanized 
iron pan a little larger than the pile of ice, 
with drip pipes and siphons to carry off 
the water. At the entrance to the store- 
room there must be a vestibule, either in- 
side or outside, as space or circumstances 
may direct. The walls should be thick 
and the door very hea\y. The doors, 
both inside and outside, should be fitted 
with rubber, so as to close perfectly tight, 
and both doors must never be opened at 
the same time. This vestibule should be 
large enough to contain a fair wagon load 
of goods, so that if you are receiving a load of stuff, you are not required 
to stop until all is in the vestibule and ready to store. This house only 
needs filling once a year. The temperature will range from 34° in TNinter 
to 36° in summer, and will preserve fruit perfectly from season to season. 
The opening for putting in the ice, shown just under the pulley in the 
cut, has two doors, with a space between; each door is a foot thick. The 




MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



345 



window in the cold room has three sets of sashes, well packed or cemented. 
The walls are 13 inches thick, Hned with 17 inches of sawdust. Thirty- 
six inches of sawdust are put on the floor over the ice. The building 
shown is 25 feet square, inside measure, and 22 feet from floor of cold 
room to ceiling over the ice. The ice room is 12 feet high, and the cold 
room 9 feet. Pillars are required under the center of the ice. 

884. MODERN GRAIN HARVESTER. The grain, when cut and 




thrown on to the traveling apron, is carried over to the binder, where 
it is bundled, tied, and dropped on the ground. 



885. COMPOUND. THRESHER.. A threshing-machine study; 
Reeves type. A, beater drum ; B, separator ; C, carrier ; D, forwarder ; 




E, push forks ; F, push rakes ; G, shaking cranks ; K, V, 
sieves ; O, winnow fan ; M, N, grain chutes. 



wmnow 



346 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



886. REFUSE CREMATORY. The figure shows a sectional ele- 
vation of this destructor furnace in which i is the main combustion 

chamber, 2 the fire grate, the 
lower end of \^hich is carried on a 
hollow bearer, 2a, through which 
water is circulated to keep it cool. 
The lower grate, 6, is of sufficient 
length to prevent clinker, which 
falls on to it from the upper grate, 
from faUing over its front end. 
The cHnker remains on this lower 
grate until more completely burned 
and partially cooled, when it is raked off over the front end. 7, ja and 
jb are tuyeres through which air, in addition to that entering through the 
fire bars, is forced ; 7 and jb, on either side of ja, are not visible in cut ; 
the refuse to be burned is fed through the aperture 9. The stoking hole, 
10, permits the introduction of an iron bar for keeping the rrate and back 
wall, 5, from getting clinkered. The products of combustion are drawn 
through the openings, 11, n, which are at the hottest part of the fire, into 
the main flue, 12, through an intermediate chamber, 13, fitted with a 
damper, 14. 





887. CONICAL CHARCOAL KILN. 

Built round on a clay floor with brick walls 
12 inches thick for 7^ feet. Eight-inch wall 
to top. About 90 vent pipes built into the 
wall in 3 rows with stoppers. Size of a 
35-cord kiln, 28 feet inside at bottom ; 28 feet 
high. A, sheet-iron doors and cast-iron 
frames, 6x6 feet, or bricked up with mud. 
Time of burning 9 to 10 days; at 5 days 
vents are plugged tight. Product of 35 cords, 
i,7cxD bushels. Thirty-five thousand brick 
are required to construct it. 

8>8S. Ground plan of the charcoal kiln. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



347 




889. COKING OVEN. Connellsville type. The type now in gen- 
eral use has a diameter of from 10 to 12 feet, and a height of from 

6 to 8 feet, and is built of fire brick or 
stone. It is arched in the interior, and 
has an opening in the top for charging 
and for the escape of the gases during the 
coking process, and a door in the lower 
front side through which the finished 
product is "drawn," this door being closed 
during the coking process. The average 
charge of coal per oven is from three and 
one-half to four tons, the heavier charge re- 
quiring more time for the coking process. 
When the charge is leveled it has a depth 
of from two and one-half to three feet in 
the oven, thus leaving sufficient room for 
the accumulating gas and for the expan- 
sion and rising of the coke during the 
process of its manufacture. It is the 
practice to charge every other oven each 
day, and the charge is ignited by the heat retained in the walls of the 
ovens. The ignition is indicated by a puff something like a powder 
explosion. For twenty-four hours the gas is allowed to escape, and 
then the oven is closed up. Furnace coke in general use requires 
forty-eight hours for the coking process. 

890. Plan of one coking oven in a range of a coking plant. 

891. DESTRUCTOR FURNACE. English. Vertical and trans- 
verse sections of a double Hne of furnaces. The grates where the fire 

is made are shown at A. At B the 
refuse to be destroyed is shown in an 
incHned flue where it is being dried, 
and as it is consumed on the grate, 
descends on the slope of the flue, 
fresh matter being supplied from the 
pits at C. The down flue, by which 
the products of combustion are car- 
ried to the main flue, E, is shown by 
the dotted lines in the upper figure. 

892. Cross section of a double fur- 
nace. 



A. >\ urou 




.r--^ 



;w;Amwft^j^^i)^ivyj > j>^'' y VA ' i'-iiiJJ ^ 



348 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



893. LIFE-SAVING NET. For bottom of elevator shafts. A 
strong rope net, F, held on two sides by the rods, G, which are in turn 

supported on each end by the 
strut arms C. The lower ends 
of these arms fit the bearings 
in the pillow blocks, B, which 
Je are bolted to a stout plank, A, 
which is securely fastened to 
the bottom of the shaft. The 
{^ net is held taut by a large com- 
pression spring, E, acting at the 
upper ends of the strut arms C. The spring, E, is supported and held 
in place by pieces of large pipe, D, it being also free to move along 
the same. 

When the falhng body strikes the net, the fall is broken by the com- 
bined action of it and the springs which take the position shown by the 
dotted fines in the vertical section. 




894. REMINGTON TYPEWRITER. Vertical transverse sec- 
tion of the No. 3 machine, showing the arrangement of the keys, key 

levers, and connections. 
In the upper part of 

7, 1 1 ^-<y^^^^g^\\>sa'-^^=. -^ the main frame of the 

machine is arranged a 
ring to which are 
clamped loops in which 
are pivoted the t}-pe 
arms. There are in 
these machines as or- 
dinarily constructed 
from 38 to 42 t}^e 
arms, each one bearing 
at its free extremity a die 
having on its face two 
characters, an upper and a lower-case t}^e, figures, and punctuation 
marks. The type arms are pivoted relative to the ring so that the 
characters which they bear all strike exactly in the same place. The 
type arms have hardened steel pivots which are ground to a bearing, 
thereby insuring accuracy in the movement of the levers. 




MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



349 



As shown, each type arm is connected by an adjustable steel wire 
connector with the key lever pivoted at the back of the machine and 
projecting beyond the front, where it is curved upwardly and provided 
with a finger piece or key bearing the character or characters represented 
by the type arm with which the key lever is connected. 




895. REMINGTON TYPEWRITER. The end of the type arm 
and the double type carried thereby is shown in detail at A, and the paper- 
supporting roller, B, is 
shown in full lines 
above the lower-case 
type, and in dotted 
lines in its position 
for writing capitals. 
The capitalizing key, 

C, which is the fore- 
most one shown in this 
view, is connected with 
a right - angled lever, 

D, through which lat- 
eral motion is imparted 

to the carriage. A spring connected with the lever, D, returns the 
roller to its normal position as soon as the finger is removed from 
the capitahzing key. The space bar, E, extends entirely across the 
front of the keyboard, and a bar, F, which is supported by rods, G, 
from levers, H, extends under all of the key levers, including the 
levers attached to the space bar. The levers, H, support the ratchet 
bar, I, which acts upon the pallets, a, b, in alternation, allowing the 
spring attached to the paper carriage to move forward one space 
at a time, as the pallets, a, b, escape from the teeth of the ratchet 
bar I. When a key is depressed to print a character upon the paper 
carried by the roller, B, the bar, F, will be moved down and the rack bar, 
I, shifted from the pallet, b, to the pallet a. This is done without any 
movement of the carriage ; but when the key is released and the rack 
bar, I, returns to its position on the pallet, b, it allows the paper carriage 
to move forward one notch. If a greater space is desired than the 
normal action of the machine provides, the space bar, E, is touched 
immediately after printing the character, and if a space is required 
without writing, the space bar, E, alone is operated. 



350 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



896. UNITED STATES ARMY AND XA\^' GUXS. Parts 
of re-enforcement shown in section. Lengths and sizes showTi on cut. 



7 IN. B.L.IkfORTAR 



5 IN. R.F.GUN 














c. ' 








-< 


-1 


L^ 


UJ: 


















S IN. B 


.L.RIFL 



^S-. L 



10 IN. B.L. RIFLE 




1 



The greatest assumed range of steel rifles of medium sizes is about 
12 miles, which requires an elevation of from 40° to 45°, but accuracy 
of fire is uncertain beyond a range of 4 miles. 



897. UNITED STATES MAGAZINE RIFLE. Krag-Jorgensen 
type. The United States magazine rifle is the simplest arm of its kind 

to take apart, as all of 



the bolt and magazine 
mechanisms can be dis- 
mounted and again 
assembled without 
the use of a single 
tool. 

The magazine holds 




five cartridges, which can be held in reser\T by turning the cut-off down; 
the gun can then be used as a single loader, just as if it had no magazine 
and, at any moment, the cartridges in the magazine can be fired with 
wonderful rapidity. 

To load this arm, the bolt handle is raised and puUed to the rear in 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



351 



one continuous motion, which operation withdraws the empty cartridge 
case from the chamber and ejects it from the gun. The top cartridge 
in the magazine then rises in front of the bolt, if using magazine fire, or 
a cartridge is dropped in front of the bolt by hand, if using single loader 
fire, and the bolt handle pushed forward and turned down. This mo- 
tion seats the cartridge in the chamber and cocks the piece, which is then 
ready to fire. 

BREECH-BLOCK MECH- 
ANISM for firing large guns. A rack 
moved by the lever meshing in a sec- 
tor gear on the breech block revolves 
the block one sixth of a revolution, 
when it is swung out of the breech and 
clear of the bore. The handle near 
the pivot strikes the extractor lever, 
w^hich operates the shell extractor and 
draws the case. Seabury system. 



899. Shows the breech block 
swung clear from the chamber 
and a section of the screw within 
the chamber. 




^^^^jsiy 



900. The breech block 
in front of the chamber 
ready to be pushed in 
and revolved to a lock 
position by a further 
movement of the lever 
handle. 



352 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




'^^: 



901. ^L\GAZIXE PISTOL. Luger t}-pe. Pressure on a pin at 
the butt of the barrel pushes to the rear the barrel and the breech block, 

which sUdes along grooves in 
the framework. Durinsj this 
movement, the movable breech 
and the barrel sMde as one 
piece. The breech, however, 
continues to move by its mo- 
mentum the rollers of the 
knee or toggle-joint bearing 
against the curved butt piece 
of the frame and causing a 
circular movement of the link, 
a, about its axis h. The knee 
rises until the moment when the mainspring, r, contained in the stock 
is entirely compressed, as is also the percussion spring. The cartridge 
case carried along by the extractor strikes against the ejector, which 
throws it out. 

The seat of the breech block being clear, the upper cartridge of the 
magazine is pressed by a spring in the magazine in front of the head 
cylinder. The mainspring, compressed by the recoil, pushes forward 
the breech 'block through the medium of a stirrup which connects the 
two pieces. The knee lowers itself half-way, at the same time communi- 
cating its movement to the receiver and to the barrel, while the firing pin 
strikes against a lug and the percussion spring remains compressed. 

As the knee straightens out, the barrel and the breech block again 
act as one piece. The arm is thus again loaded, cocked, and ready to 
fire. 




902. ARTIFICIAL .AXKLE. The 
spring, B, Ufts the heel for the forward 
movement of the foot ; the pressure of 
the body holds the foot in contact -^ith 
the ground at the forward movement of 
the body. The motion is limited by 
the angular space betvs'een the solid 
bearings. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



353 



903. ARTIFICIAL LEG. The socket, A, has a pad, B, and strap, 
D, for adjusting the size to the stump. K, in i and 2, is a bridge piece 

in the upper section resting on the knee 
bolt, F, and affording the superior point of 
attachment for the extensor spring, I, and 
tendons, i, i, which throw the foot upward 
and forward as soon as it is lifted from the 
ground in walking. The ham strings, N, N, 
are attached to the posterior portions of the 
thigh and leg, to act as checks to the for- 
ward motion of the leg. The ankle joint 
consists of a socket in the foot and a ball, 
P, attached by its neck and the iron frame, 
Q, to the leg, and has a horizontal stud 
upon it, fitting its appropriate recess in the 
socket in the foot, so as to prevent vibration 
in a horizontal plane, while leaving the 
joint free for motion in vertical planes, as 
described. The elastic straps, a, b (3), are 
proportioned as to length and strength, and afford a means of attach- 
ing the suspensory yoke (4), whose straps pass over the shoulders, so as 
not alone to bring the weight upon the framework of the body, but also 
to enable the shoulders, by their motion, to influence the action of the 
artificial limb. 




SECTION XXII, 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 



355 



Section XXIL 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 




904. GEOMETRICAL PEN. Suardi's type. In the gear pro- 
portion, as shown, the diameter of a is half of that of A ; these wheels are 

connected by the idler, E, which 
merely reverses the direction with- 
out affecting the velocity of a''s rota- 
tion. The working train arm is 
jointed so as to pivot about the 
axis of E, and may be clamped at 
any angle within its range, thus 
changing the length of the virtual 
train arm C, D. The bar being 
fixed to a, then, moves as though carried by the wheel, a, rolling 
within A* ; the radius of a being C, D, and that of A* twice as great. 

The ellipse, then, is described by these arrangements because it is a 
special form of the epitrochoid ; and various other epitrochoids may be 
traced with Suardi's pen by substituting other wheels, with different 
numbers of teeth, for a. 

A number of simple devices for describing elliptic, parabolic, hyper- 
bolic, conchoidal, hehographic and circular curves of great radius, 
are illustrated and described under the head of ''draughting devices" 
in volume one of Mechanical Movements. 

To the professional draughtsman these instruments are valuable 
adjuncts for delineating, in an easy and satisfactory manner, the 
delicate and precise curves needed in accurate draughting. 

To the amateur, a simple method of projecting geometric curves 
with precision is a pleasure that stimulates to greater effort in the 
draughtsman's art. 

357 



358 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 



905. ELLIPSOGRAPH. Mundo type. Will draw ellipses of the 
smallest size required and of any form from a straight line to a circle. 

A, main frame 
with 3 feet at a, 
b, c. B, crank 
carrier revolving 
in the grooved 
circle C. /, the 
crank. The cir- 
cular rimjB, car- 
ries two slides, 
above and below, 
which are 
clamped at / by 
the thumb-screw. 
The slides have 
pivot studs, one 
of which carries 
the frame E, and 
the other the 
/ lower frame D ; 
so that by ad- 
justing the two sHdes 
and their pivotal con- 
nections to the travel- 
ing frames E and D, 
at any distance from the 
center, n, equivalent to 
the semi-diameters of a 
required ellipse, the pen, 
i, on the arm, ;', of the 
frame, E, \^^ll describe 
^ the elhpse. 

906. Section of the 
shde carrier and sHdes, 
0, p, and nut, /, for 
clamping them. 

907. Plan of slide carrier with top and bottom sHde at n and m. 

908. Side \dew of sHde carrier and pin of the lower sHde that car- 
ries the frame, D. 




DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 



359 





909. THE CAM- 
PYLO GRAPH. A 

machine for tracing 
complex geometrical 
curves. The small 
crank on the bottom 
platform rotates the 
plate containing a mul- 
^ tiple series of gears, 
which mesh with pin- 
ions on four radial 
arms and transfer their 
motion through four 
small but similar gear plates to vertical 
spindles and to reversing gears on the 
upper platform. 

The face of the gears on the upper 
platform have trammel pivots to carry 
the slotted bars that hold the tracing 
pencil. The tracing table also turns in 
unison with the gear plate below. The 
number of loops in the figures are gov- 
erned by the particular ring gear used. 

910. A combination of curves much 
used in bank-note engraving. 

911. Another form of rosette work. 
Q12. Figures formed by a single line 

tracing. 

913. Figure formed by four separate 
line tracings. 



SECTION XXIII, 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



361 



Section XXIII. 
PERPETUAL MOTION. 



INTRODUCTION. 



The history of the search for perpetual motion does not afford a single 
instance of ascertained success ; all that wears any appearance of proba- 
bility remains secret, and like other secrets, can not be defended in any 
satisfactory way against the opinions of the skeptical, who have in their 
favor, in this instance, an appeal to learned authorities against the 
principle of all such machines, and the total want of operativeness 
in all known practical results. Published statements afford sorry ex- 
amples of talents and ingenuity strangely misappHed. Some, but very 
few, are slightly redeemed from contempt by a gHmpse of novelty. Of 
genius all are deficient, and the reproductions of kno^vn fallacies show 
a remarkable ignorance of first principles on one side and of the most 
ordinary sources of information on the other. One of the grossest falla- 
cies of the mind is that of taking for granted thkt ideas of mechanical 
constructions, apparently the result of accident, must of necessity be 
quite original. The history of all invention fairly leads to the conclusion 
that, were all that is known to be swept from the face of the earth, the 
whole would be reinvented in coming ages. The most doubtful " origi- 
naUty " is that which any inventor attributes to his ignorance of all previous 
plans, coupled with an isolated position in life. It may be granted that 
the desire of secrecy often renders investigation difficult, and, from some 
remarkable feeling of this nature, most inventors of supposed perpetual- 
motion machines, beheving themselves possessors of this notable power, 
make it a matter of profound secrecy. 

The attempts to solve this problem would seem, so far, only to have 
proved it to be thoroughly paradoxical. The inventions resulting from 
it during the last three centuries baffle any attempt at classification de- 
veloping progressive improvement. It would almost seem as if each 
inventor had acted independently of his predecessors ; and, therefore. 



3^4 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



frequently reinventing, as new, some exploded fallacy. These retro- 
grade operations and strange resuscitations have led to unmitigated 
censure, and a sweeping charge of ignorance, imbecility, and folly. No 
doubt many instances exist especially deserving the severest treatment ; 
but unsparing censure loses half its causticity, and it shows a weak cause, 
or weaker advocacy, to condemn all parties alike as deficient both in 
learning and common sense. It has long been, and so remains to this 
day, an unsettled question, whether perpetual motion is, or is not, pos- 
sible. To name no other, it is evident, from their writings, that Bishop 
Wilkins, Gravesande, Bernoulli, Leupold, Nicholson, and many eminent 
mathematicians, have favored the behef in the possibility of perpetual 
motion, although admitting difl&culties in the way of its discovery. 
Against it, we find De la Hire, Parent, Papin, Desaguliers, and the great 
majority of scientific men of all classes and countries. It is evident, 
therefore, that even mathematicians are not agreed. 



914. PERPETUAL MOTION. 

onstration by Dr. Desaguliers 



m 



The inventors' paradox. A dem- 
1719, in regard to the balance of 
weights at unequal dis- 
tances from the center of 
oscillation, showing that 
the weight P balances the 
weight W at any position 
on the cross arm H, I, on 
the vertical arm B, E, 
when pivoted to the 
double-scale beam A, B, 
and D, E, in which the 
resolution of forces is 
made apparent in a prac- 
tical form so often over- 
looked by the inventors 
of perpetual-motion ma- 
chines. 
The cut representing DesaguHers' balance, with his explanation, goes 

to show how persistently inventors have ignored the geometrical bearing 

of this problem for nearly two centuries. 




PERPETUAL MOTION. 365 

Desaguliers^ Demonstration. — A, C, B, E, K, D is a balance in the form 
of a parallelogram passing through a slit in the upright piece, N, O, stand- 
ing on the pedestal, M, so as to be movable upon the center pins C and K. 
To the upright pieces, A, D and B, E, of this balance, are fixed at right 
angles the horizontal pieces F, G and H, I. That the equal weights, P, W, 
must keep each other in equilibrium is evident ; but it does not at first 
appear so plainly, that if W be removed to V, being suspended at 6, yet 
it shall still keep P in equihbrium, though the experiment shows it. Nay, 
if W be successively moved to any of the points, i, 2, 3, E, 4, 5, or 6, the 
equihbrium will be continued ; or if, W hanging at any of those points, 
P be successively moved to D, or any of the points of suspension on the 
crosspiece, F, G, P will at any of those places make an equihbrium with 
W. Now, when the weights are at P and V, if the least weight that is 
capable to overcome the friction at the points of suspension C and K 
be added to V, as w, the weight V will overpower, and that as much at 
V as if it was at W. 

As the lines A, C and K, D, C, B and K, E, always continue of the same 
length in any position of the machine, the pieces A, D and B, E will always 
continue parallel to one another and perpendicular to the horizon. 
However, the whole machine turns upon the points C and K, as appears 
by bringing the balance to any other position, as a, h, e,d; and, therefore, 
as the weights appHed to any part of the pieces F, G and H, I can only 
bring down the pieces A, D and B, E perpendicularly, in the same manner 
as if they were appHed to the hooks D and E, or to X and Y, the centers 
of gravity of A, D and B, E, the force of the weights (if their quantity of 
matter is equal) will be equal, because their velocities will be their per- 
pendicular ascent or descent; which will always be as the equal lines 4 I 
and 4 L, whatever part of the pieces F, G and H, I the weights are applied 
to. But if to the weight at V be added the little weight, w, those two 
weights will overpower, because in this case the momentum is made up 
of the sum of V and w multiplied by the common velocity 4 L. 

Hence it follows, that it is not the distance, C 6, multiplied into the 
weight, V, which makes its momentum, but its perpendicular velocity, L 4, 
multipHed into its mass. 

This is still further evident by taking out the pin at K ; for then the 
weight, P, will overbalance the other weight at V, because then their per- 
pendicular ascent and descent will not be equal. 

This *' paradox " is illustrated in No. 10, first volume of Mechanical 
Movements, inviting inquiry by students, a model of which has been 
exhibited to many doubting amateurs by the author. 



366 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 




915. PERPETUAL MOTION. The prevailing t}-pe. A wheel 
that is furnished at equal distances around its circumference with levers, 

each of which carries a weight at its ex- 
tremity, and is movable upon a pin, so 
that in one direction it can lie upon the 
circumference, while at the opposite side, 
being carried along by its weight, it may 
be forced to take the direction of a pro- 
longed radius. This granted, it will be seen 
that when the wheel revolves in the direc- 
tion a, b, c, the weights, A, B, C, will 
deviate from the center, and, acting with 
more force, will carry along the wheel on this side. And since, in 
measure as it revolves, a new lever will turn up, it follows, it was said, 
that the w^heel wall continue to revolve in the same direction. 




916. PERPETUAL MOTION. 

Marquis of Worcester. The weights on 
the ends of the pinioned arms are thro\Mi 
out as the wheel revolves, giving a greater 
Q preponderance by their greater distance 
from the center of rotation. The pre- 
cursor of hundreds of motors on the same 
principle that do not mote. 




917. PERPETUAL MOTION. An oft- 
repeated type, since the times of the Marquis 
of Worcester. This type has been made \\ith 
many sections, each section advancing a step 
in order to overcome its propensity to find a 
balance and an excuse for stopping. 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



367 



918. PERPETUAL MOTION. Folding-arm type. The lever, 
A, is represented in the act of falHng from the periphery of the wheel into 

a right line. The lever is composed 
of a series of fiat rods, connected by 
ruler joints, which said ruler joints 
are provided with a stop or joggle, 
to prevent their collapsing at any 
time more than will bring any one 
of the rods which compose the levers 
at a right angle with the rod next to it. 
This lever is attached to the periphery 
of the wheel by the hinge joint, B, 
provided with the shoulder, to pre- 
vent its falling into any other than a 
right line from the center of the cir- 
cumference of the wheel. The levers are furnished at their outer ex- 
tremities with a bucket or receiver, the bottom of which is sufficiently 
broad to retain the ball C. The balls remain in the buckets till the 
buckets come into the position of the lever, D, when they are expected 
to roll out of the buckets on to the inclined plane, - and by their own 
gravity roll to the other end of the incHned plane, ready to be again 
taken into the buckets. Patented in 182 1. 





919. PERPETUAL MOTION. Chain 
wheel. A chain running over the wheels, B, B, 
is deflected by the idle wheel, D, causing a longer 
length and weight of chain on that side in pro- 
portion to the chain on the straight side A, and 
like the thousand and one others was expected 
to go. 



368 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 




920. PERPETUAL MOTION. The 

most common recurrence of the perpetual- 
motion idea since the thirteenth century. 
Inviting to look at, but the resolution of 
forces in the individual arms and balls 
demonstrates the equihbrium of forces and 
its inability to move. 



921. PERPETUAL MOTION. 

Magnetism and gravity. B, a strong 
magnet set in the open slot between 
the sides of the wheel A, as shown in 
the section. C, an iron ball. The 
magnet is supposed to draw the ball to 
one side of the center, and gravity gives 
the ball the force to turn the wheel. 
Patented in 1823. 
922. 



Section showing the ball and slot. 



923. PERPETUAL MOTION. The pick-up-ball type. Between 
the upright frame. A, A, run the wheel, C, geared to the pinion, D, 

and on the same shaft the two double pin- 
ions, D, D, over which double pinions run 
a double chain, to which chain are fixed 
the buckets, F, F. The chain is made 
with joints on each side and bars running 
across, equal in number to the cogs of the 
wheel C. Upon the same axle with the 
wheel, C, on the farther side of the inner 
stile. A, runs the wheel, G, whose diameter 
is double that of the wheel C. The wheel, 
G, is divided near the periphery into recep- 
tacles in number equal to the buckets on the 
chain, which receptacles are supplied with 
metal balls, I, I, from the buckets, F, F, by means of the gutter, K, which 
balls by their weight forcing round the wheel, G, and thereby lifting up 
the buckets, F, F, on one side as they go down on the other side, discharge 




PERPETUAL MOTION. 



369 



themselves again at the bucket, L, where they are taken up by the buck- 
ets, F, F, and discharged again at the gutter, K, and are so repeated 
in a constant succession as often as any receptacle is vacant in the wheel, 
G, at the gutter, K, for their reception, and by that means the perpetual 
revolution is obtained, the upper ball being at the same time discharged 
from one bucket when the lower ball is taken up by another. 

924. PERPETUAL MOTION. The ball-carrying belt. A rep- 
resents a wheel with twelve hollow spokes, in each of which there is a 

rolling weight or ball. B is a belt pass- 
ing over two pulleys C. There is an 
opening round the wheel from the nave 
to the circumference, so as to allow the 
belt to pass freely and to meet the 
weights. The weights are met by the 
belt as the wheel revolves, and are 
raised from the circumference until they 
are at last brought close to the nave, 
where they remain till, by the revolu- 
tion of the wheel, they are allowed to 
roll out through the spokes to the 
circumference 

925. PERPETUAL MOTION. Ferguson's type to prove its 
impossibility. 1770. The axle is placed horizontally, and the spokes 

turn in a vertical position. The 
spokes are jointed, as shown, 
and to each of them is fixed a 
frame in which a weight, D, 
moves. When any spoke is in a 
horizontal position, the weight, 
D, in it falls down, and pulls 
the weighted arm. A, of the then 
vertical spoke straight out, by 
means of a cord, C, going over 
the pulley, B, to the weight D. 
But when the spokes come 
about to the left hand, their 
weights fall back and cease pull- 
ing, so that the spokes then bend at their joints and the balls at their 
ends come nearer the center on the left side. 





^?D 



370 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



926. PERPETUAL MOTION. French, 1858. The invention 
consists in communicating a rotary motion to a fly wheel or drum by 

means of a set of falling weights tied to- 
gether by chains, ropes, or straps. This 
set of weights, forming an endless chain, 
runs over two pulleys, suitably disposed 
up and do^^Ti near the fly wheel, which 
is provided with a set of cups fixed 
around its periphery, so as to receive the 
weights as they are delivered by the upper 
pulley, and to carry them do^\Ti to the 
lower pulley, whence the same weights 
reascend in a straight direction to the 
upper pulley. The weights of the endless chain running or falling 
down in the curAilinear direction of the periphery of the drum are more 
numerous than those that are raised up in a straight line, because the 
curvihnear line is longer than the straight one, and the dift'erence of 
heaviness due to the number of weights is the force which, by its action 
at the end of the levers or radii of the drum, causes that drum to 
rotate. 




927. PERPETUAL MOTION. Revolving tubes and balls. The 
balls, A and B, are in equilibrium because they are at an equal distance 

from the vertical line that passes through 
the center E. By the construction of the 
machine, the ball, D, being, on the con- 
trary, more distant from the point of sup- 
port than the ball, C, must prevail over the 
latter and break the equiHbrium. It must 
then descend to the point, B, and cause 
the apparatus to make a quarter revolu- 
tion. Now the latter can not take place 
without the rod, ,A, B, which w^as situated 
vertically, assuming a horizontal position, and then the balls, A and B, 
are to each other as were the balls D, C. One must overcome the 
other and cause the apparatus to make another quarter revolution. 
This second quarter revolution can not take place without being fol- 
lowed by a third, through the new position assumed by the balls A, B. 
Specious argument oj the inventor. 




PERPETUAL MOTION. 



371 



928. PERPETUAL MOTION. Geared motive power, a is the 
axis or shaft on which the wheels are all mounted ; each wheel consists 

of two parallel rims, b, b, each 
of which is connected by radial 
arms, c, to a boss, d, keyed on 
the axis, a; the working parts 
of each wheel are mounted be- 
t w e e n the rims and arms 
thereof, but the outer rim, 
boss, and radial arms are re- 
moved in the figure in order 
that the working inay be fully 
shown. It must be understood 
that the pivots or axis, /, j, n, t, 
hereinafter referred to, on w^hich 
certain parts are mounted, are 
supported by and extend between the two parallel rims, radial arms, 
and bosses of the wheel, b, c, d. e, e are curved arms working on axes or 
pivots, /, fixed in the rims ; each arm carries weights, g, g, held in place 
by adjusting screws g\ Each arm, e, terminates at its innermost end 
in a wheel, h, toothed on a portion of its periphery, through which 
the weight, v, forces the weights, g, outward at the right-hand side of 
the wheel, causing a preponderance of weight on that side. 




929. 
wheel. 



PERPETUAL MOTION. The differential hydrostatic 
A, B, C, D are four vessels connected to the wheels, E, by round 
pins which project from the vessels on each 
side, and enter into corresponding holes in 
the wheels E. The wheels, E, are in- 
tended to revolve by the space under the 
vessel, B, being a vacuum, and therefore 
lighter than the same portion of air ; a lit- 
tle before the vessel, B, reaches the high- 
est point of the wheels, it begins to close, 
and opens the opposite vessel, D, in the 
same manner as the vessel, C, opens A, be- 
cause the pressure of the atmosphere on the 
vessel, C, is equal to the pressure on A. 
Instead of common packing to make the 
vessels air-tight, mercury is substituted, which has less friction, and is 




3/2 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



never out of order. The particles of mercury not being entirely free 
from friction, a little power is requisite to open and shut the vessels ; 
this is expected to be effected by the rods, F, connected to the lever, G, 
by chains. The rods, F, give motion to other ro'ds, H, by the rollers 
acting against collars on the rods, H, not shown. 

The levers, G, are successively worked by sliding over the roller P. 
The connecting rods, H, are so adjusted as not to draw the vessels out of 
their upright position, which would let the mercury escape ; also, the 
lower vessels, A and D, are made rather larger in diameter than B, C, 
so that the pressure of the atmosphere may counterpoise the weight of 
the vessels, A, C and B, D, with their connectino; rods. 



930. PERPETUAL MOTION. The lever type. The central 
weights, A, each weigh one-fourth more than the weights, B, at the ex- 
tremities of the arms. The two 
sets of weights are connected pairs, 
each pair being joined by a lever, 
link, and bell crank C. The action 
of gravity in the central weights 
compels the sliding weights at the 
ends of the arms to assume the 
positions shown in the engraving. 

Had this inventor applied a Ht- 
tle mathematical calculation to the 
verification of the truth or falsity 
of the principle of his device, he 
might easily have proved that it 
was a perfect balance, and saved 
himself both trouble and expense. The leverage of the outside is exactly 
counteracted by the leverage of the inside weights. 






B 




^A^^^^^^^C 


LMk |A 


@^^|b 1 


fA 




\l 


|\ 




931. PERPETUAL MOTION. The fact 
that a double cone weight will roll uphill on a 
diverging pair of ways has been taken by a 
perpetual motionist as the basis for a self- 
moving car, as shown in the cut, the rails 
being divergent up grade and parallel down 
grade in sections. Patented in 1829. 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



373 



932. PERPETUAL MOTION. The rocking beam. A beam, 
C, pivoted on a center at D, and connected by a pitman, J, to a crank 

and fly wheel, contains a long 
straight tube at the top and 
two double inclined tubes 
below. A ball rolls along the 
upper tube by gravity in syn- 
chronism with the revolving 
wheel and axle, so that its mo- 
mentum just carries it to the 
drop valve and incline at F as 
the crank reaches the upper 
point of its revolution. The 
steeper incline of the lower 
double bend tube returns the 
ball to the farther end of the tube in time to start in the straight tube 
for its next run. Patented in 1870. 




933. PERPETUAL MOTION. Tilting tray and ball. This 
invention consists in the arrangement of an annular tilting tray, which 

forms the orbit for a revolving ball, 
in combination with a supporting 
platform, and with a lever which ex- 
tends into the tray and connects with 
a shaft, to which motion is to be im- 
parted in such a manner that, by 
continually changing the position of 
the tray, the ball is caused to rotate 
therein without interruption, and by 
^^ ^^.^.i^ the action of the rotating ball on the 
^"^^^>^ ^ lever the desired motion is imparted 
to the shaft, which connects with the working mechanism to be driven. 
A represents a tray, which forms an annular path for the ball B. This 
tray is made of sheet metal, or any other suitable material, and its diam- 
eter is about four times that of the ball B. It is supported in its center 
by a rod, which connects, by a ball-and-socket joint, C, with a platform, 
D, so that said tray can be readily tilted in any desired direction. From 
the edge of the platform, D, rises a circular rim, E, which prevents the 
tray from being tilted any lower than desirable. U. S. patent, 1868. 




374 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 




934. PERPETUAL MOTION. The 
rolling ring which did not roll. It consists 
of a stand, A, two idler pulleys, C, between 
which a hollow cylindrical ring, suspended 
in the manner shown, is expected to re- 
volve in the direction indicated by the 
arrow. The only difficulty about it is that 
it will not work, though it looked plausible 
enough to the inventor. 



935. PERPETUAL MOTION. Differential water wheel. From 
this arrangement it follows that the portion of sponge No. 4 which is 

about to quit the water is pressed upon by 
No. 5 float and spring, which, from acting 
vertically, is most efficient in squeezing the 
sponge dry ; while that portion of the sponge 
on the point of entering the water is not 
compressed at all from its corresponding 
float No. 8, not having yet reached the 
edge of the water. By these means, there- 
fore, it will be seen that the sponge always 
rises in a dry state from the water on the ascending side, while it 
approaches the water on the descending side in an uncompressed state, 
and open to the full action of absorption by the capillary attraction. 





936. PERPETUAL MOTION. Another 
solution of the water-wheel problem, to be ob- 
tained by multiplying the number of wheels, 
which makes the thing sure to work. The 
siphon, P, discharges water upon the upper 
wheel, and by the aprons, V and W, succes- 
sively to the second and third wheel; all of 
the wheels are connected to a walking beam 
by crank and pitman, thus operating a pump 
for the w^ater supply. Patented in 1831. 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



375 



937. PERPETUAL MOTION. The gear problem. The frames, 
B, and the wheels, G, are secured upon the hollow shafts, so that they 

can not move independent of 
each other. Shafts are placed 
within the hollow shafts, H, 
upon which the communicat- 
^i^^^^2^^^2^^SjZ^ ing wheels, D, and the center 
^ wheels are secured, so that 

they can move independent of 
the frames, B, and wheels, G. 
While the frames, B, make 
one revolution, the wheels, D, 
and the center wheels make two revolutions. This is caused by the 
action of the weighted levers E. Their weight, or inertia, prevents them 
from passing around the center of the axis of the wheels with which 
they are suspended in the revolving frames. The full force of this 
resistance, or inertia, is appKed to the other wheels of each set, and by 
these wheels communicated to the center wheel. 




938. PERPETUAL MOTION. Mercurial wheel. A is the screw 
turning on its two pivots ; B is a cistern to be filled above the level of the 

lower aperture of the screw 
with mercury ; D is a reservoir, 
which, when the screw is 
turned round, receives the 
mercury which falls from the 
top. A pipe conveys the mer- 
cury from the reservoir on to 
the float-board, E, fixed at 
right angles to the center of 
the screw, and furnished at 
its circumference with ridges to 
intercept the mercury, the mo- 
mentum and weight of which 
will cause the float-board and screw to revolve, until, by the proper 
inclination of the floats, the mercury falls into the receiver, E, from 
whence it again falls by its spout into the cistern, B, where the constant 
revolution of the screw takes it up again as before. 




376 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 




939. PERPETUAL MOTION. Often repeated t}'pe. A prin- 
ciple so often employed for the production of self -moving machines that 

it ranks next to that of perpetual 
eccentric weights in its delusive 
power upon the minds of inventors. 
The attempt to compel a water 
wheel to raise the water which 
drives it is in one form or other 
perpetually reciurring in de^'ices 
upon which our counsel and opin- 
ion are sought. The worst of the 
matter is that in most cases our 
ad^^ce to drop such absurd projects 
is received as e^idence of want 
of sagacity and knowledge, and our 
would-be client becomes the dupe of some not over-conscientious patent 
agent, who pockets his fees and laughs in his sleeve at the greenness of 
the applicant. 

The device illustrated is one submitted by one of those enthusiastic 
indi\iduals, who, without understanding the first principles of mechanics, 
beUeves he is about to revolutionize the industry of the world by his 
grand discovery; and as honor, and not pecuniary reward, is his object, 
he seeks to make pubUc his invention through the wide circulation of 
some journal. He is quite willing we should adversely criticise the de- 
\ice, because its merits are so great that no amount of skepticism result- 
ing from our blind prejudice can, he thinks, influence candid minds 
against a principle so ob\dously sound and sublimely simple. 

940. PERPETUAL MOTION. The air-bag problem. A wheel 
with a number of air bags Hke bellows, fulcrumed on an inner ring and 

with a weight on the movable cover. Each 
air bag is connected by a tube to the opposite 
bag. The wheel is immersed in water, 
when the weights compress the air bags at 
the left in the cut and extend the bags at 
the right side assisted by the hanging weights, 
the air passing through the connecting tubes. 
Thus, by the inflation of the bags on the right 
side, the wheel is made to revolve in the 
water. 




PERPETUAL MOTION. 



377 




941. PERPETUAL MOTION. A type of 
one of the many forms of perpetual-motion 
devices that have been exploited during the 
past three centuries, and perhaps earher, in 
which a water wheel is made to pump the 
water to drive it. 



942. PERPETUAL MOTION. Air transfer in submerged wheel. 
A, in the cut, is a tank containing water, as shown. The hollow arms, 

B, communicate with a hollow shaft, 

C, and the bellows, E, screw valves, 

D, being employed to increase or 
diminish the area of the passages 
in the hollow arms B. Each of the 
bellows, E, carries a weight, which, 
during a portion of the revolution, 
compresses the bellows and forces 
the air out of it through the hollow 
arms, B, and shaft, C, into bellows 
upon the opposite side of the wheel, 
which, being inverted, are expanded 

by the action of the weights, and, their buoyancy being thus increased 
on one side of the wheel, the latter is expected to turn constantly by 
virtue of the effort of the expanded bellows to rise to the surface. 

943. PERPETUAL MOTION. Extending weights and water 
transfer. The stationary sector gear, A, rolls the small pinions which, 

by a rod connection with the 
following edge of the hinged 
weights on the periphery of the 
wheel, tilt the weights upward 
and outward, making a prepon- 
derance on that side of the wheel. 
The same operation also opens 
and closes a series of water bags 
on the inner rim of the wheel, 
each bag being connected to the 
opposite bag by a tube, thus add- 
ing additional weight to the right- 
hand side of the wheel. 





378 



PERPETUAL MOTION, 




944. PERPETUAL MOTION. Eng- 
lish patent (1832) in which a verbose de- 
scription is given of chain buckets driven 
by water from a tank, which revolves a 
geared wheel and pinion and by a cam 
sustains the vibration of a heavy pendu- 
lum, to which is attached a sector beam, 
pump chains, and counterweights that 
operate pumps for returning the water 
to the upper tank. 



945. PERPETUAL MOTION. The sponge problem of Sir W." 
Congreve, of rocket fame. Three horizontal rollers are fixed in a frame; 

an endless band of sponge runs 
round these rollers, and carries 
on the outside an endless chain 
of weights surrounding the band 
of sponge and attached to it, so 
that they must move together, 
every part of this band and chain 
-" being so accurately uniform in 
l£^f_ - . ^ ' r)/ z' weight that the perpendicular 

'33^-l^-^^^-rT-^--^T^'\r=^----^^ z side will, in all positions of the 

^■-~ ~ " '~~ r:i^-_JiL~ 3 r'_.__ band and chain be in equilibrium 

with the hypotenuse, on the principle of the inclined plane. The frame 
in which these rollers are fixed is placed in a cistern of water having 
its lower part immersed. 

On the perpendicular side of the triangle, the weights hanging per- 
pendicularly alongside the band of sponge, the band is not compressed 
by them ; and, its pores being left open, the water, at the point where the 
band meets its surface, will rise to a certain height above its level, and 




PERPETUAL MOTION. 



379 



thereby create a load, which load will not exist on the ascending side, 
because on this side the chain of weights compresses the band at the 
water's edge, and squeezes out any water that may have previously ac- 
cumulated in it, so that the band rises in a dry state, the weight of the 
chain having been so proportioned to the breadth and thickness of the 
band as to be sufficient to produce this effect, 

946. PERPETUAL MOTION. Transfer of air. It is an end- 
less rubber tube, with projections, on which are fastened thin rubber 

bags, and a small weight attached to each 
bag. The bags are filled with air when the 
weight hangs down, and when it comes on top 
it presses the air out and through the hollow 
projection and tube into the next bag that 
comes in position. When placed over two 
wheels in water, the bags filled with air should 
be lighter and rise, while the other side, with 
the air forced out, should sink. 

Each bag, as it comes into position at the 
bottom of the left tube, will be filled with air 
expelled from a bag at the top. The weights 
will descend a certain amount, one in ex- 
panding and the other in contracting the bag. 

947. PERPETUAL MOTION. Differential weight of balls. 
The tube is filled one side with water and the other side with enough 

mercury to force the w^ater up to the top of column. 
In the figure, A is mercury and B the water. The 
balls to be used are made of iron, with an air-tight 
chamber filled with gas to make them float in water. 
The machine is supposed to operate in this way: 
The balls are started on the mercury side. Several 
will be needed to force the first ball through the mer- 
cury, but the moment it has passed the center it 
will rise to the top of column of water. The next 
coming balls will force it out until it rolls off on to 
the proper place on the power wheel. Here the balls 
exert their weight, turn the wheel, and then drop 

back into the starting channel to force the ones ahead of it through the 

mercury back into the water again. 





380 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



948. PERPETUAL MOTION. Inclined 
disk and balls. The partitions set at an 
angle between the outer and inner rim of the 
wheel roll the balls toward the center on 
one side and toward the periphery on the 
other side of the disk. Attached to a screw 
pump. 1660. 

A type of scores of water-raising devices 
by perpetual motion in the seventeenth and 
eighteenth centuries. 

The Archimedean screw seems to have 
had a strong hold on the minds of perpetual- 
motion inventors. 



949. PERPETUAL MOTION. 

Self-moving water power. An Archi- 
medean screw mounted with three water 
w^heels, by its revolution pumps w^ater 
w^hich falls consecutively upon the 
wheels, and gives the powder required to 
turn the screw. Seventeenth century. 



950. PERPETUAL MOTION. Chain pump as known in 1618. 
A water wheel which is expected through a system of gearing to operate 

a chain pump, which pump should 
raise the water necessary to propel 
the wheel, and so on forever. It is 
probably unnecessary to inform our 
readers that this fallacious principle 
has been tried in various ways, and 
that there are occasionally yet to be 
found those so unskilled in mechanical 
science, and incapable of seeing the 
radical error of the device, as to waste 
their substance in a repetition of this 
time-honored blunder. 





PERPETUAL MOTION. 



381 




951. PERPETUAL 
MOTION. The Archi- 
medean screw for raising 
balls. The balls carried 
up by the screw were sup- 
posed to require less power 
than they gave by falling 
on the periphery of the 
wheel. Enough to drive 
the screw. 



952. PERPETUAL MOTION. Differential weight by flotation. 
Weights descending through air force themselves by their weight into a 
liquid and rise by flotation on the other side 
of the U-shaped chamber. A represents the 
blocks; B is the hexagon-shaped wheel; C 
is the endless chain, which remains at- 
tached to the wheel by means of its 
pointed hooks; E is the receptacle; F is 
the square wheel from which the chain, C, 
at the bottom of its course is detached to 
reascend round the wheel B ; G, rollers, 
of which there are four, made of India rub- 
ber or other elastic material, placed at the 
entrance of the receptacle E ; and H is 
the India-rubber angle pieces, also placed 
at the entrance, between which rollers, G, 
and angle pieces, H, pass with slight friction the blocks, after being 
disengaged from the chain C. These blocks, A, angle pieces, H, 
and rollers, G, being in close contact, form a stoppage, so that 
the water can not issue, and are pushed and moved forward by the 
blocks which descend after them. I is the endless band, resting on sup- 
ports, J, fixed to the inside of the receptacle, supporting the blocks and 
moving with them. The blocks, when in the vertical part of the re- 
ceptacle, are conducted by four wires, one on each of their four sides. 
K is a roller upon which tilt the blocks, guided by the endless band when 
on the top of the receptacle to leave the same; L, friction rollers, on 
which fall and roll the blocks after having tilted, in order to reach the 




hexagon wheel B. 



382 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



953. PERPETUAL MOTION. The flotation problem. An up- 
right tank, through which passes a number of floats connected by a 
band of elastic rubber attached to their ends, leav- 
ing just enough space between them to secure action 
on each side by the water. They are each of the 
same weight as an equal bulk of water at the sur- 
face, therefore the upper one in the tank has no 
comparative weight. The next lower one has a 
unit of upward force equal to the condensation of 
its bulk of water, and so on, each adding a unit to 
the upward tendency, until we come to the last, the 
pressure on which is altogether downward to the 
amount of the entire column of water; but we 
already have a number of opposing upward forces, 
and when we look on the other side and see the 
thirteen active weights, it seems clear that there 
will be a large surplus weight, over and above the 
opposing weight and the friction of the rollers and upper wheel. The 
weights were to pass through an elastic cylinder at the bottom. 




954. PERPETUAL MOTION. Liquid transfer. A wheel, each 
of whose radii. A, B, contains a small channel through which there is a 

communication between the two bel- 
lows, C, D, one of which, C, is at the 
extremity of the radius, and the other, 
D, is nearer the center. The external 
side of these bellows is loaded with a 
weight. It will be seen that on one 
side (C, for example) the bellows far- 
thest from the center must open, 
and those nearest must close. A liquid 
having been poured into each radius 
in sufficient quantity to fill its channel 
and one of the bellows, it is evident 
that on the side, C, such Hquor will be at the extremity, that is to say, in 
the bellows that are open, while on the other side it will be in the bellows 
that are near the center. Consequently one-half the wheel will be heav- 
ier than the other, and so the wheel itself ought to have a perpetual 
motion. 




PERPETUAL MOTION. 



383 



955. PERPETUAL MOTION. Chain-pump type. A series of 
balls placed parallel to each other are hinged or Hnked together in a 
similar manner as the buckets of a chain pump; 
this chain of floats is passed over two sets of pulleys 
or disks fixed to two horizontal shafts, the one 
placed vertically above . the other, the said pulleys 
being formed to suit the diameter of the floats. 
One-half of this chain of floats passes through the 
center of the tank holding the water or other fluid, 
and the other half passes outside the tank through 
the air. The floats, when in motion, enter through 
the bottom of the tank, and rise up by their buoyancy 
through the water; they then pass round the top 
pulley, descend outside the tank, and, passing over 
the bottom pulley, again enter the tank, and so on. 
If cylindrical floats are used, as described, they are 
fixed on the connecting links half a diameter or 
more apart from each other. An absurd device is 
described in this invention of 1865, for opening 
and closing the entering and exit valves of the chamber and the use 
of compressed air for operating them. 




956. PERPETUAL MOTION. Mercurial displacement in a 
cistern of water. A cistern full of water 4 feet deep. Let B be a 

wheel; freely suspended within it, let 
there be four glass tubes 40 inches long, 
c, c, c, c, having large bulbs, holding, say, 
a pint, blown at the closed end. Fill 
these tubes with mercury, fix on an In- 
dia-rubber bladder, that w^ill hold a 
pint, to each of them at the open end, 
and let them be attached round the 
wheel, as in the figure. As the pres- 
sure of 40 inches of mercury will exceed 
the atmospheric pressure, and also that of the four-feet column of water, 
when the India-rubber bottle is lowest, and the tube erect, as at D, the 
mercury will fill it, leaving a vacuum in the glass bulb above. On the 
opposite side the mercury will fill the glass bulb, and the India-rubber 
bottle will be pressed flat, as will also be the case in the two horizontal 
tubes. Now, it is evident that the two horizontal tubes exactly balance 




3^4 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



each other; but the tube, D, with its bulb swelled out, displaces a pint 
^of water more than its opposite tube, and hence will attempt to rise with 
the force of about one pound, and each tube, w^hen it arrives at the 
same position, must produce the same result; the wheel must have a 
continual power, equal to about one pound, with a radius of two feet. 




957. PERPETUAL MOTION. Air-buoyed wheel. A is a cistern 
of water filled as high as line R; C are six bladders, communicating 

by the tubes, D, with the hollow 
axle E, which axle is connected 
with the bellows, F, by the pipe G. 
H is a crank, connected wdth the 
crank, I, by the rod K. L is a 
bevel wheel, M a pinion, N its 
shaft. O is a crank attached to 
the bellows, F, by the rod P. Q 
are valves with projecting levers. 
R and S are two projecting knobs. 
T is a hole in the axle, E, form- 
ing a communication with it and 
the lowermost bladder. The axle, 
E, being put in motion, is expected to carry round the bladders 
and tables, and by the cranks, H and I, and the connecting rod, K, 
cause the wheel, L, to revolve, which, communicating a similar motion 
to the pinion, M, shaft, N, and crank, O, works the bellows, F, from 
which the air enters the axle, E, by the tube, G, and passing through 
the hole in it at T, enters the lower bladder, C, by the tube D; this blad- 
der being thus rendered lighter than the space it occupies, ascends, 
bringing the bladder behind it over the hole in the axle, T, in like man- 
ner, and which is thereby expected to gain an ascending power, pro- 
ducing a similar effect on the one behind it. When one of the bladders 
arrives at the knob, S, the lever of the valve, Q, strikes against it and 
opens the valve; when the bladder arrives at C and begins to descend, 
its pressure on the water drives out the air; the knob, R, then closes the 
valve, Q, and prevents the entrance of any water into the bladder; by 
this contrivance, three of the bladders were expected to be alternately 
full and empty, according as they passed over the hole T or the knob S. 
The reason assigned for the failure of this machine was the friction, 
the old invincible enemy of perpetual-motion seekers. 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



385 




958. PERPETUAL MOTION. By mag- 
netic resistance from alternate interposition of a 
non-magnetic conductor between the magnets and 
armature. F, pendulum, E, armature, C, D, 
magnets. A, B, neutralizing substance moved 
by the pendulum to a closure between the mag- 
net and armature at the end of the pendulum 
stroke, alternately, so that the opposite magnet 
will be in force as the armature swings toward it. 
Claimed, but not yet found. 



959. PERPETUAL MOTION. The overbalanced cylinder. A 
cylinder containing a fluid with two or more weighted rods passing 

through stuffing boxes in the shell. To 
the middle of each of these rods is fixed a 
ball of cork w^hich is expected to rise to the 
upper side of the cylinder whenever the 
revolution thereof brings it a little below 
the axis of the cylinder. In thus rising, it 
will carry the upper weight away from the 
center and bring the lower end toward the 
center so that it is thought the center of grav- 
ity of cylinder arms, corks, and metalHc balls 
will be kept constantly on one side of a geo- 
metrical center, and constant revolution 
will result. The fact is, however, that the center of gravity will remain 
always in a perpendicular drawn through the axis, and, consequently, 
the expectations of the inventor were never reahzed. 

960. PERPETUAL MOTION. The hydrostatic weight or differ- 
ential volume problem. A too prevalent belief at the present time 

that a large area or body of water has a greater hydro- 
static pressure than a connected tube rising from its 
base. A projector thought that the vessel of his con- 
trivance, represented here, was to solve the renowned 
problem of the perpetual motion. It was goblet- 
shaped, lessening gradually toward the bottom until 
it became a tube, bent upward at c, and pointing with 





386 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 




an open extremity into the goblet again. He reasoned thus: A pint of 
water in the goblet, a, must more than counterbalance an ounce which 
the tube, b, will contain, and must therefore be constantly pushing the 
ounce forward into the vessel again at a, and keeping up a stream or 
circulation which will cease only when the water dries up. He was 
confounded when a trial showed him the same level in a and in b. 

961 PERPETUAL MOTION. Capillary attraction type. Plan 
and leveation. A tank nearly filled with water and two wheels marked 

a, a and b, b are placed 
in the water in the tank. 
By capillary attraction 
the water rises between 
the two wheels marked 
X, X, to a height above 
the level of the water in 
proportion to the distance 
of the wheels from each other at x, x. As the water rises between 
the wheels marked x, x, above its level, the weight of water between 
the wheels will cause the wheels to continually revolve. 

962. Elevation, showing the position of the water raised by capil- 
lary attraction. 

963. PERPETUAL MOTION. Magnetic pendulum. Let A, A, 
represent two magnets revolving on axes. Let B represent a larger 

magnet hanging on an axis, pendulum fash- 
ion, between the two former. As the poles 
of the two smaller magnets lie in the same 
direction, the effect will be to draw the 
larger magnet toward that on the left 
hand, while it is at the same time repelled 
by that on the right; but, while this is going 
on, the upper end of the large magnet raises, 
by means of a guide wire, the tumbler D, 
which, just before the magnets come in 
contact, passes the perpendicular, and falls 
over, carr}'ing with it the lever connected with the two wheels, C, C, and 
causing them to perform a quarter revolution; these wheels are con- 
nected by lines with two small wheels fixed on the axles of the two mag- 
nets A, A. While the former make a quarter revolution, the latter turn 
half round. Patented in 1829. 




y^^///////////yy///;:2/////. 



WPZ^^ZZf 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 



387 



964. PERPETUAL MOTION. Magnetic wheel. A light wheel 
on friction rollers, set with slips of iron at an angle around its periphery. 
N, N are two magnets, which, attracting the rim 
of the wheel, will render one side lighter and the 
other heavier, causing it to revolve ad infinitum : 
or, to render it more powerful, let the steel rims 
be magnetized, and fixed on the wheel with their 
north poles toward its center. Let two more 
magnets be added, as shown by the unshaded 
lines; let these two, S, S, be placed with their 
south poles nearest the rim of the wheel, and 
the other two, N, N, with their north poles in that position. Now, 
as similar poles repel and opposite poles attract, the wheel will be 
driven round by attraction and repulsion acting conjointly on four 
points of its circumference. B, B are blocks of wood to keep off the 
attraction of the magnets from that part of the wheel which has passed 
them. No substance yet found that interrupts the magnetic field. 




965. PERPETUAL MOTION. Magnetic mill of the middle of 
the eighteenth century. A, B, C, D represents a frame of brass or wood 

for the machine, E, F, to run in. 

E and F are two brass wheels, similar and 
_ equal, fixed upon a movable axis. 

II n ■"■' ^' ^' ^^^'' ^^^ ^ number of artificial mag- 

nets placed within the teeth of the wheel 
all round, and as near each other as is pos- 
sible, provided they do not touch ; their north 
poles at E and their south poles at F. 

H and I are two similar and equal mag- 
nets fixed in the brass plate. A, C, very near 
each other, but not touching. 
K and L, two more, fixed in the brass plate, B, D. 
Now, as the north pole of one magnet repels the north pole of another 
magnet and attracts the south, and, inversely, the south pole of one 
magnet repels the south pole of another and attracts the north, so the 
south pole, I, attracts all the north ones at E, and the north pole, H, 
repels all the north ones at M. In like manner, K attracts at N and 
L repels at O, and by this means the whole machine, E, F, is expected 
to move perpetually around. 

Now this would be all lovely if magnets did not attract in more than 




388 



PERPETUAL MOTION. 




one direction. Many American inventors have tried the same principle 
over and over, only to find their wheel standing still, and have then sighed 
for some medium which, interposed between a magnet and its armature, 
would prevent attraction while thus interposed. 

966. PERPETUAL MOTION. Regenerating pendulum. A,B,E,F 
is a frame connected by C, D, a crossbar, through which runs g, a pen- 

B dulum hung on a pivot, C. This pendu- 
lum has two arms, one, a, measuring five 
feet, and the other, b, one foot in length, 
connected so together to form a lever 
with a long and short arm, whose fulcrum 
is c. This pendulum has a weight of two 
pounds at its end. K, K are two short 
levers having a joint in them to allow 
the pendulum to pass them one way, but 
not the other, without moving them, whose 
fulcra are d, d, by which they are connected 
with A, B. From these run cords, /, I, over pulleys, m, m, which 
cords are connected (for the purpose of drawing them up into catches) 
with h, h, springs throwing with a power of thre^ pounds. I, I are 
catches for the springs when brought back after working their power. 
N is the point where the pendulum, g, will escape from the lever K. 

967. PERPETUAL MOTION. Magnetic wheel. A wheel, A, 
with a series of armatures on its periphery, revolves before a horseshoe 

magnet. Upon the shaft are also 
mounted a star wheel and a pro- 
peller wheel. The star wheel is 
arranged to tilt a lever, which 
carries at its extremity a plate, 
B, of brass coated with the 
"chemical and mineral sub- 
stances" which make it an in- 
sulator of magnetism. The per- 
manent magnet is a U-shaped 
bar, with its poles near the wheel, 
A, and opposite the path of the 
insulating plate B. The propeller wheel, turning in a cup of water, serves 
to equalize the motion, and thus prevent the machine from running 
away with itself and committing self-destruction, so the inventor said. 




PERPETUAL MOTION. 



389 



968. PERPETUAL MOTION. Alternate magnet type. The swing- 
ing of the outside magnets of opposite 
polarity. Alternate the attraction and 
repulsion of the magnets on the wheel 
to generate power to swdng the outside 

3\ nil y / magnets in and out of their sphere of 

x^ \^J^^^ ^;^ action. Patented 1799. 




969. PERPETUAL MOTION. Electro-magnetic type. In the 
engraving, A represents a frictional electrical machine ; B, a crank ; C, 
an electro-magnet ; D, wire con- 
ductors ; F, a trunnion ; G, an 
armature ; E, a circuit closer ; H, a 
pitman ; I, an insulating substance ; 
and J, a spiral spring. 

The device is expected to operate 
as follows: 

The frictional electrical machine 
is started, which rnagnetizes the 
temporary magnet and draws the armature toward it. This breaks 
the circuit at the point, I, E, w^hich demagnetizes the temporary magnet 
and allows the spring, J, to again close the circuit. By this means a 
continued motion is expected to be kept up. 

To those not familiar with the science of molecular physics this device 
may appear very plausible; a little reading, however, upon the subject 
of the correlation of forces will serve to show^ its utter fallacy. 





970. PERPETUAL MOTION. Elec- 
trical generation. One of the types prev- 
alent among amateur electricians, in which 
the electric current from a dynamo is to 
generate steam by resistance coils to drive 
the engine that runs the dynamo, the 
steam being first started by a furnace. F, 
engine ; D, dynamo ; B, resistance coil in 
boiler H ; A, lamp or furnace. 



INDEX, 



Accumulator, 165. 

Acoustic telephone, 31, 32. 

Aenal top, 140, 146. 

Agitator, fluid, 284. 

Air and vapor gas, 157. 

Air-moistening apparatus, 142, 144. 

Air-operated crane, 151. 

Air ships, 147, 148, 149, 150. 

Ammonia compressor, 255. 

Ampere meter, 170. 

Anemometer, 35, 36. 

Ankle, artificial, 352. 

Arc lamp, 171. 

Arc light circuit, 173. 

Artificial flower machine, 322. 

Artificial leg, 353. . 

Assay ore crusher, 275. 

Automatic trolley- wheel guard, 180. 

Automobile brake, 213. 

Automobile, interchangeable, 218. 

Automobile mo'^\^ng machine, 342. 

Automobile plow, 340. 

Automobile speed and steering gear, 213, 

214. 
Automobile steam engine, 214. 
AutomobUe transmission gear, 238. 

Bag elevator and conveyor, 24. 
Bagging machines, 305, 306. 
Ball-bearing castor, 252. 
Ball bearings, 251, 252. 
Ball joint, flexible, 129. 
Balls, magic and gyrating, 143. 
Barometer, recording, 38. 
Beam clamp, 327. 
Bell buoy, 204. 
Belt forge hammer, 293. 
Belt shipper, pneumatic, 30. 
Bending machines, 293, 294. 
Bicycles, motor types, 213, 214. 
Binding post, 170. 
Blacksmith's helper, 292. 
Blower, sirocco fan, 140. 
Blowers, steam, 60. 
Blue-print machine, 185. 
Boat, bicycle gear, 197. 
Boat, catamaran, 197. 
Boat, Holland submarine, 199. 
Boat, ice, 200. 
Boat, shallow draught, 198. 
Boat, torpedo, 198. 
Boats, curious, 189 to 192. 
Boiler and engine, solar, 57.. 
Boiler, automobile, 62. 
Boiler, duplex water tube, 56. 
Boiler feeder, 67, 68. 



Boiler, finger tube, 55. 

Boiler, flash, 55, 56. 

Boiler, internally fired, 53. 

Boiler, marine water tube, 58. 

Boiler, solar, 57. 

Boiler, triplex, 54. 

Boiler, vertical water tube, 55. 

Boiler, water tube, 54. 

Boilers, 53 to 58. 

Boilers, down draught, 54. 

Boilers, heat circulation, 53. 

Boring chuck, geometrical, 257. 

Boring elliptic C3-linders, 291. 

Braiding machine, 167. 

Brake, electric, 177. 

Brake, track, 226. 

Breakwater, floating, 206. 

Breech block, 351. 

Brick clamp, 288. 

Bridge, balanced swing, 331. 

Bridge, counterbalanced, 332. 

Bridge, rolling lift, 330. 

Bridge, transfer, 7,2,3. 

Briqueting machines, 282, 283. 

Bulldozer press, 230. 

Buoy, foghorn, 123. 

Buoy, lighting, 205. 

Buoy, whistling, 204. 

Burners, oil fuel, 61, 62, 63, 64. 

Cable carrier, 331. 

Cable grip, Brookhm bridge, 226. 

Campylograph, 359. 

Car coupler, 230. 

Car seat, reversing, 227. 

Car step extension, 229. 

Car trucks, trolley, 223. 

Car wheel rolling mill, 227. 

Cash carrier, 27. 

Centrifugal separator, 292. 

Chains, machine-made, 287. 

Charcoal kiln, 346, 347. 

Chimnev draught indicator, 65 

Chuck, drill, 288. 

Clamp, adjustable, 327. 

Clamp, brick, 288. 

Clock correction, 268, 269. 

Clock, flying pendulum, 269. 

Clock movements, 263 to 270. 

Clock, novel, 268. 

Clock, self-winding, 270. 

Clock, solar and sidereal, 266, 267. 

Clock, synchronizing, 270. 

Cloth burring machine, 311. 

Cloth cutting machine, 317. 

Clutch, friction, 251, 28, 29, 30. 



391 



39- 



INDEX. 



Clutch, magnetic, 178, 179. 


Electric cable machine, 165. 


Clutch, multi-plate friction, 222, 250. 


Electric chafing dish, 181. 


Clutch, reversing, 200. 


Electric clock controller, 264. 


Coal-handling plant, 2S4. 


Electric commutator, 169. 


Coal-washing machine, 283. 


Electric controller, 169. 


Cocoanut-paring machine, 313. 


Electric crane, 177. 


Coking oven, 347. 


Electric curling-iron heater, 185. 


Cold storage house, 344. 


Electric-driven sewing machine, 174. 


Combined vice, anvil and drill, 288. 


Electric elevator, 174. 


Commutator construction, 169. 


Electric engine stop, 172. 


Compressor, ammonia, 255. 


Electric escapement, 265. 


Concrete mixer, 327, 328. 


Electric fire-alarm system, 183. 


Condensers, surface, 69, 70. 


Electric furnace, 173, 174. 


Cone drum drive gear, 241. 


Electric hammer, 330. 


Controller, electric, 169. 


Electric incubator, 175. 


Conveyor, 25, 2S4. 


Electric lighting circuit, 173. 


Cordage machines, 314, 315, 316. 


Electric lighting system, 181. 


Cotton-seed huUer, 312. 


Electric motor, 169. 


Coupling, flexible, 92. 


Electric motor pump, 175. 


Coupling for right angle shafts, 249. 


Electric pendulums, 263, 265. 


Couphng, quick, 23. 


Electric ratchet escapement' 265. 


Crane, electric, 177. 


Electric repeating clock, 264, 265. 


Crane, hydraulic. 151. 


Electric soldering copper, 176. 


Crank, flexible, 92. 


Electric track brake, 177. 


Crank-pin turning machine, 228, 


Electric transformer, 170. 


Crank problems, 246, 249. 


Electric tree felling, 184. 


Crank substitute, 236-247. 


Electric trumpet, 184. 


Crane truck, 292. 


Electric welding apparatus, 176. 


Crematory, refuse, 346. 


Electric wire insulation, 166. 


Cream separator, 343. 


Electro-magnetic clutch, 178, 179. 


Creosoting apparatus, 329. 


Elevator, bag, 24. 


Crib dam, 332. 


Elevator, cargo, 103. 


Curious boats, 189 to 192. 


Elevator, gravity, 327. 


Cutting diamonds, 320, 321. 


Ellipsograph, 358. 


CyUnder boring, elliptic, 291. 


Engine, automobile steam, 214. 




Engine, convertible, 78. 


Dam, crib, 332. 


Engine, Corliss type, 76, 77. 


Dash pot, 91. 


Engine, floating valve gear, 93. 


Dead center problems, 246, 249. 


Engine governors, 96, 97, 98. 


Demagnetizing a watch, 185. 


Engine high speed vertical, 75. 


Diamond crusher, 321. 


Engine, oil, 115. 


Diamond cutting, 320, 321. 


Engine, oscillating, 108. 


Diamond-drilling machine, 275. 


Engine, pendulum, 107. 


Diamond millstone machine, 302. 


Engine, reversible, rotary, 104, 109. 


Diamond tools. 321. 


Engine, reversing gear, 93, 95, 96, 100. 


Differential speed gear, 237. 


Engine, revolving, 79. 


Disintegrator, 325. 


Engine, rotary piston, 108. 


Dog, universal, 287. 


Engine, steam or air, 75. 


Dovetaihng machine, 302, 304. 


Engine stop, automatic, 95. 


Dovetails, 304 


Engine, three-cylinder, 78. 


Drawbridge, 330 332. 


Engine, triple expansion, 74, 76. 


Dray, steam, 217, 218, 


Engine, two-cycle marine, 114. 


Drill chuck, 288. 


Engines, gas and oil, 113 to 117. 


Drill, expanding, 290. 


Engines, rotary, 104 to 109. 


Drill, lubricating, 289. 


Engines, types of compound, 73 to 80. 


Drilling machine for rails, 228. 


Engine valves, piston, 81, 82, 83. 


Drying grain 150. 


Engine valves, slide, 79 to 85. 


Dumping wagon, 212. 


Engraving machine, 257, 258, 259. 


Dynamometer, 43. 


Epicyclic train, 238. 


Dynamos, compound, 168. 


Evaporator, fresh water, 70. 


Dynamos, shunt wound, 168. 


Excavator, 326. 




Expansion joints, 102. 


Earth embankment, 333. 




Eddy tailless kite, 147. 


Fan blower, sirocco, 140. 


Eif el Tower, 333. 


Feathering paddle wheel, 194. 


Electrical clock correction, 268. 


File-cutting machine, 303, 305. 


Electric bell, 1S2. 


Fire-alarm mechanism, 183. 


Electric blowpipe, 173. 


Fire extinguisher, 133. 


Electric blueprint machine, 185. 


Flax scutching machine, 314- 



INDEX. 



393 



Flock grinding machine, 313. 

Flocking machine 317. 

Flour bagging machines, 305, 306. 

Flower-branching machine, 322. 

Flying machine, 149. 

Flying propeller. 146. 

Fog whistle, 205. 

Forge, gas fired, 297. 

Forge, petroleum, 300. 

Formula for spring power, 44 to 49. 

Foundry construction, 326. 

Fountain washboiler, 341. 

Four-spool hoist, 325. 

Friction gear, variable speed, 239. 

Friction pulleys, 25, 26. 28, 29. 

Friction ratchet, 250. 

Fruit dryer, 152. 

Fruit press 321. 

Fuel, coal dust feed, 60. 61. 

Fuel, oil burners, 61, 62, 63, 64. 

Furnace, down draught, 58, 59. 

Furnace, gravity feed, 58. 

Furnace, refuse, 346, 347. 

Furnace, under feed, 59. 

Furnaces, hardening, 296, 301. 

Furnaces, melting, 297, 298, 299. 

Furnaces, ore, 276, 277. 



Gas-fired lime kiln, 162. 

Gas forge, 155. 

Gas gravity balance, 161. 

Gas meter, coin in slot, 256. 

Gasoline and steam motor, 114. 

Gasoline light 160. 

Gasoline motor, 6-cylinder, 113. 

Gasoline vaporizer, 117. 

Gas producer, 156, 157, 158. 

Gear automobile steering, 212. 

Gear, differential speed. 212. 

Geared crank substitute, 236. 

Gear, elliptic linkage, 234-235. 

Gear, friction, cog check, 236. 

Gear, interrupting cam, 235. 

Gear, reverse motion, 234, 100. 

Gear, swash plate, 233. 

Gear, transmission, 238. 

Gear, variable speed, 239, 240, 241. 

Gear, volute tappet, 234. 

Gear, worm, 233. 

Geometrical boring chuck, 257. 

.Geometrical pen, 357. 

Gigantic wheel, 334. 

Gold amalgamator, 281. 

Gold separators, 280. 

Governor fan, 98. 

Governor, marine. 98. 

Governors, engine, 96, 97, 98. 

Governor, water-wheel, 129. 

Grading wagon, 211. 

Grain drying apparatus, 150. 

Grain elevators, 141. 

Grain elevator, pneumatic, 141. 

Grain harvester, 345. 

Grain thresher, 345. 

Grapnel, submarine, 200, 201. 

Grapple, timber, 18. 

Gravity elevator, 327. 

Gravity plane sheaves, 281. 



Grip, shaft, 287. 

Guns, army and navy, 350, 351. 

Hammer, electric, 330. 
Heater and purifier, 69. 
Heating by waste gases, 104. 
Hoist, pneumatic, 151. 
Hoist, worm gear, 26. 
Hoisting engine, 325. 
Horological motions, 263-271. 
Hulling cotton-seed, 312. 
Hydraulic elevator, 134. 
Hydraulic jack, 131. 
Hydraulic press, 132. 
Hydraulic punch, 133. 
Hygroscope, 42, 43. 

I beam trolley, 24. 
Ice boat details. 200. 
Ignition, gas engine, 118. 
Incubator, electric, 175. 
Irrigation, 124. 

Jack, hydraulic, 131. 
Jets, sand blast, 142. 
Joint, flexible, 103. 
Joints, expansion, 102. 
Joints, flexible ball, 102. 

Kansas windmill, 144. 
Kerosene cook stove, 161. 
Kercsene heater, 161. 
Kiln, charcoal, 346. 
Kites, tailless, 146, 147. 
Knots and splices, 203, 204. 

Lag screw machine, 318. 

Lathe attachment, taper, 290. 

Lathe, crank pin, 228. 

Lathe driving gear, 240. 

Lathe, geometrical, 258. 

Lathe, spiral fluting, 256. 

Lathe, square turning, 247. 

Launch, fast type, 196. 

Level, pocket, 327. 

Lever draught equalizers, 17, 18. 

Lever nippers, 19. 

Life-saving net, 348. 

Light, gasoline, 160. 

Light, Lucigen, 1^9. 

Light, Wells, 158.^ 

Limekiln, gas-fired, 162. 

Linkage motion, 245, 246, 247. 

Link joint, double, 247. 

Link motion, shaft driving, 248. 

Locomotives, rack railway, 224, 225. 

Low water alarm, 68. 

Lumber, quarter sawed, 317. 

Machine-shop construction, 328. 

Magic ball, 143. 

Magnetic ore separator, 278. 

Megascope, 143. 

Melting furnaces, 297, 298, 299, 300. 

Merry-go-round, sailing, 145. 

Meter, ampere recording, 170. 

Mining lamps, 273. 



394 



INDEX. 



Models of international racing yachts, 192 


Perpetual motion. 


to 194. 


Electro-magnetic, 389. 


Moistening apparatus, 144, 142. 


Falling weights, 370. 


Mond gas plant, 156. 


Ferguson's type, 369. 


Motion, circular from reciprocating, 235. 


Flotation problem, 382. 


Motion, circular to parallel, 237. 


Floating weights, 381. 


Motion, crank, no dead center, 249. 


Folding arm type, 367. 


Motion, intermittent rotary, 236. 


Geared motive power, 371. 


Motion, reciprocating stop, 24S, 249. 


Gear problem, 375. 


Motion, vibrating, 237. 


Hydrostatic weight, 385. 


Motor, electric, i6q. 


Inchned disk, 380. 


Motor, light gasoline, 113. 


Lever type, 372. 


Motor, novel, 56. 


Link bucket and pump, 378. 


Motor, oil, 115. 


Liquid transfer, 382. 


Motor, spring, 252, 253, 254. 


Magnetic mill, 387 


Motor, starter, 119. 


Magnetic pendulum, 386. 


Motor, swing, 255. 


Magnetic resistance, 385. 


Motor, water, 127. 


Magnetic wheel, 387, 388. 


Motor, weight driven, 253, 254. 


Magnetism and gravity, 368. 


Alotors and turbines, 126, 127, 128. 


Marquis of Worcester, 366. 


Motors, floating, 126. 


Mercurial displacement, 383. 


Motors, gasohne. 113 to 117. 


Mercurial wheel, 375. 


Motors, wave, 123. 


Oft repeated type, 366. 


Molding machine, 319. 


Often repeated type, 376. 


Moving platform, 334. 


Overbalanced cylinder, 385. 


Mowing machine, 342, 343. 


Paradox, 364. 


Mufiflers, 120. 


Pick-up baU, 368. 


Multiple shaft driving gear, 248. 


Prevaihng type, 366. 




Regenerating pendulum, 388. 


Net, life-saving, 348. 


Rocking beam, 373. 


Nets and seines, 206, 207. 


Rocking weights, 377. 


Nozzle, fire extinguisher, 133. 


Rolling ring, 374. 


Nozzle, water-wheel. 129. 


Sponge problem, 378. 




Submerged wheel, 377. 


Oil burners, 160, 161. 


Tilting tray, 373. 


Oil cook stove, 161. 


Transfer of air. 379. 


Oil heater, 161. 


Tubes and balls, 370. 


Ore car, 280. 


Water power, 380. . 


Ore crusher, 275, 278. 


W^ater wheel and pump, 377. 


Ore pulverizer, 278. 


Water-wheel problem, 374. 


Ore roasting furnaces, 276, 277. 




Ore sampler, 279. 


Phenakistoscope, 260. 


Ore washing tower, 279. 


Pipe-bending machine, 294. 




Pistol, magazine, 352. 


Packing machine, flour, 307. 


Planetariums, 259. 


Pantanemone windmill, 144. 


Plate-hardening furnace, 301. 


Pantographic engraving, 257. 


Platform, moving, 334. 


Paper enameling machine, 315. 


Plow, automobile, 340. 


Parallel from circular motion, 237. 


Plow, reversible, 341. 


Parallel motion linkage, 245, 246. 


Plow, roller disk, 340. 


Paris-green duster, 342. 


Plug for leaky tubes, 65. 


Pendulum, flying, 269. 


Plug, safety, 65 


Pendulums, electric, 263. 


Pneumatic ball puzzle, 139. 


Perpetual motion, 363 to 389. 


Pneumatic concentrator, 279. 


Air-bag problem. 376. 


Pneumatic disk puzzle, 139. 


Air-buoyed wheel, 384. 


Pneumatic fan, 140. 


Alternate magnet, 389. 


Pneumatic grain elevator, 141. 


Archimedean screw, 381. 


Pneumatic lift, 151. 


Arm and ball, 368. 


Pneumatic moistening apparatus, 144. 


Ball-carrying belt, 369. 


Porcelain molding, 319. 


Capillary attraction, 386. 


Potato rasping machine, 342. 


Chain problem, 383. 


Potato washing machine, 341. 


Chain pump, 380. 


Power hack saw, 294. 


Chain wheel, 367. 


Press, combination, 321. 


Differential water wheel, 374. 


Pressure regulators, 99. 


Differential weights, 379. 


Producer gas apparatus, 156. 


Differential wheel, 371. 


Prony brake, 42. 


Double cone, 372. 


Propeller, feathering blade, 196. 


Electrical generation, 389. 


Propeller, reversing clutch, 200. 



INDEX. 



395 



Propeller wheels, types, iq4, 195. 


Springs, and their power, 44 to 49. 


Pulley balancing machine, 289. 


Square, turned by circular motion 247. 


Pulley, friction, 25, 26, 28, 29. 


Stairway, traveling, 335. 


Pulleys, change speed, 248. 


Steam separator, 68. 


Pulverizer, 325. 


Steam traps, 65, 66, 67. 


Pump, electric driven, 175. 


Steam turbine, De Laval 87. 


Pump valves, 128. 


Steam turbines, 85 to 87. 


Pumps, centrifugal, 124, 125. 


Steam whistle, 288. 


Pumps, rotary, 124, 125. 


Steel furnace, 298. 




Steel mixer, 299. 


Quarter sawing lumber, 317. 


Steering gear, automobile, 212, 213. 


Quartz pulverizer, 278. 


Steering gear, drag, 202. 


Quick coupUng, band, 2;^. 


Still, water, 130. 




Storage battery, 165. 


Rail track brake, 226 


Strainer, basket. 130. 


Ram, steam, no. 


Structures, high, 333. 


Ramp, stairway, 335. 


Stump puller, 339. 


Ratchet, reversible friction, 250. 


Submarine boat, 199. 


Reciprocating stop motion, 248. 


Sun and planet motion 236. 


Refrigeration, 344. 


Surface condensers, 69, 70. 


Refrigerator, domestic, 134. 


Surrey, steam, 216. 


Register, fare-recording, 225. 


Swing bridge, 331. 


Regulators, pressure, 99, 131. 


Swing motor, 255. 


Reverberatory furnace, 301. 




Reversing gear, 91. 


Tandem worm gear, 174. 


Rifle, U. S. magazine, 350. 


Telegraph printing, 182. 


Road grading wagon, 211. 


Telegraphy, wireless. 179, 180, 181. 


Roasting furnaces, ore, 276, 277. 


Telephone, acoustic, 31, 32. 


Rock railway locomotives, 224, 225. 


Tempering baths, 296, 297. 


Roller disk plow, 340. 


Tethering hook, 341. 


RoUing mill for car wheels, 227. 


Thermohydroscope, 43. 


Rope hitches, 202. 


Thermometer, max., min., 40. 


Rope knots and spUces, 203, 204. 


Thermometer, metalHc, 36, 39, 40. 


Rope machines, 315, 316. 


Thermometer, registering, 39. 


Rope tramway, 25. 


Thermometer, sunshine, 41. 


Rose lathe, 258, 259. 


Thermostat, 39. 




Thread roUing, 294. 


SaiUng wagon, 145. 


Timber, creosoting, 329. 


Sail-rigged merry-go-round, 145. 


Tire-settingmachines, 295, 296. 


Sand blast apparatus, 142. 


Top aerial, 140. 


Sanders, track, 222. 


Torpedo, dirigible, 198. 


Saw, portable, 339. 


Torpedo, Whitehead 199. 


Saws, metal, 294, 295. 


Traction wheel, 211. 


Screw cutting machine, 318. 


Tram rope carriage, 25. 


Screw driver, universal, 23. 


Transformer, electric, 170, 181. 


Seamless tube machine, 295. 


Transmission, wire, 23. 


Search-light, 171. 


Trench brace, 328. 


Seines and nets, 206, 207. 


Trolley, I beam, 24, 26. 


Separator, cream, 343. 


Trolley replacer, 229. 


Separator, dry placers, 280. 


Trolley- wheel guard, 180. 


Separators, magnetic, 277 ^ 278. 


Turbine, Parson's steam, 85. 


Sewing machine, electric, 174. 


Turbines, water, 127, 128. 


Shaft, right angle coupling, 249. 


Turpentine still, 306. 


Ships, air, 147, 148, 149, 170. 


Two-way conveyor, 25. 


Signals, railway, 221, 222. 


Typewriter, 348, 349.' 


Siphon, water ram, 135. 


Types of propeller wheels, 194, 195 


Sluice gate, 130. 




Soldering copper, gasoKne, 289. 


Valve, automatic closing, loi. 


Soldering furnace, kerosene, 160. 


Valve, differential, exhaust, 100. 


Sounding machine, 201. 


Valve, double beat, 130. 


Sparking plug, 117. 


Valve gear, Corliss, 89 to 91. 


Speed gear, differential, 212, 213-237. 


Valve gear, novel, 88, 92. 


Speed gear, variable, 239, 240, 241. 


Valve gear, reversing, 93, 95, 96. 


Speed indicator, 41. 


Valve gear, Stevens, 88. 


Speed pulleys, expanding, 248. 


Valve gear, triple expansion, 94. 


Speed train, 238. 


Valve gear, Walschaerts, 94. 


Spiral fluting lathe, 256. 


Valve gear. Wolf type, 91. 


Spraying nozzle, 132. 


Valve movement, pump, 128. 


Spring motors, 252, 253, 254. 


Valve, reducing, 100. 



39^ INDEX. 


Valve, reversible, loi. 


Wave motors, 123. 


Valve, self-closing stop, 99. 


Welding, electric, 176. 


Valves, engine, 79 to 10 1. 


Well-boring tools, 274, 275. 


Vaporizer, gasoline, 117. 


WeUs light, 158. 


Variable speed device, 27. 


Wells, re-enforcing, 135. 


Ventilator, valve light, 152. 


Wheel, feathering paddle, 194. 


Venturi tube, 131. 


Wheel, gigantic, 334. 


Viscosimeter, 29. 


Wheel, traction, 211. 




Whisde, fog, 205. 


Wagon, dumping, 212. 


Wind force, register, 37. 


Wagon, grading 211. 


Wind meter, recording, 37. 


Wagon, saiUng, 145. 


Windmill, Kansas, 144. 


Wagon, steam freight, 217, 218. 


Windmills. Pantamemone, 144. 


Walking beam, short range 247. 


Wind vane, registering, 35. 


Wash boiler, fountain, 341. 


Wire covering machines, 165, 166, 167. 


Washing machine, potato, 341. 


Wire guy gripper, 329. 


Washington Monument, 333. 


Wireless telegraph}-, 179, 180, 181. 


Watch to demagnetize, 185. 


Wiring ignition, 118. 


Water elevator, steam, no. 


Wiring, multiple cylinder, 118. 


Water-flow regulator, 132. 


Wood preserving app., 329. 


Water-gas apparatus, 158. 


Worm gear, 174. 


Water meter, 131. 


Worm gear hoist, 26. 


Water-pressure regulator, 131. 


Wrench, expanding, 251, 


Water ram, 135. 




Water still, 130. 


Yacht models, of the international races, 


Water-wheel nozzle, 129. 


192 to 194. 



SCIENTIFIC AND PRACTICAL BOOKS 



PUBLISHED BY 

The Norman W. Henley Publishing Co. 

132 Nassau Street, New York, U. S. A. 

[C^ Any of these books will be sent prepaid on receipt of price to any address 
in the world. 

in^ We will send FREE to any address in the world our 114-page Catalogue of 
Scientific and Practical Books. 

Appleton's Cyclopaedia of Applied Mechanics 

This is a dictionary of mechanical engineering and the mechanical arts, fully 
describing and illustrating upwards of ten thousand subjects, including agricul- 
tural machinery, wood, metal, stone, and leather working; mining, hydraulic, 
railway, marine, and military engineering; working in cotton, wool, and paper; 
steam, air, and gas engines, and other motors; lighting, heating, and ventilation; 
electrical, telegraphic, optical, horological, calculating, and other instruments, etc. 

A magnificent set in three volumes, handsomely bound in half morocco, each 
volume containing over 900 large octavo pages, with nearly 8,000 engravings, 
including diagrammatic and sectional drawings, with full explanatory details. 
Price, $12.00. 

ASKINSON. Perfumes and Their Preparation. A Comprehensive Treatise 
on Perfumery 
Containing complete directions for making handkerchief perfumes, smelling 
salts, sachets, fumigating pastils; preparations for the care of the skin, the 
mouth, the hair; cosmetics, hair dyes, and other toilet articles. 300 pages. 32 
illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $3.00. 

BARR. Catechism on the Combustion of Coal and the Prevention of Smoke 

A practical treatise for all interested in fuel economy and the suppression of 
smoke from stationary steam-boiler furnaces and from locomotives, 85 illustra- 
tions. 12mo. 349 pages. Cloth, $1.50. 

BLACKALL. Air-Brake Catechism 

This book is a complete study of the air-brake equipment. Including the latest 
devices and inventions used. All parts of the air brake, their troubles and pecu- 
liarities, and a practical way to find and remedy them, are explained. This book 
contains over 1,500 questions with their answers, and is completely illustrated by 
engravings and two large Westinghouse air-brake educational charts, printed in 
colors. Sl2 pages. Handsomely bound in cloth. 18th edition, revised and 
enlarged. $2.00. 

BLACKALL. New York Air Brake Catechism 

This is a complete treatise on the New York Air Brake and Air Signalling 
Apparatus, giving a detailed description of all the parts, their operation, troubles, 
and the methods of locating and remedying the same. It includes and fully 
describes and illustrates the plain triple valve, quick-action triple valve, duplex 
pumps, pump governor, brake valves, retaining valves, freight equipment, signal 
valve, signal reducing valve, and car discharge valve. 200 pages, fully illus- 
trated. $1.25. 

BUCHETTI. Engine Tests and Boiler Efficiencies 

This work fully describes and illustrates the method of testing the power of 
steam engines, turbine and explosive motors. The properties of steam and the 
evaporative power of fuels. Combustion of fuel and chimney draft; with formulas 
explained or practically computed. 255 pages; 179 illustrations. $3.00. 

FOWLER, Locomotive Breakdowns and Their Remedies 

This work treats in full all kinds of accidents that are likely to happen to 
locomotive engines while on the road. The various parts of the locomotives are 
discussed, and every accident that can possibly happen, with the remedy to be 
applied, is given. 

The various types of compound locomotives are included, so that every engineer 
may post himself in regard to emergency work in connection with this class of 
engine. 

For the railroad man who is anxious to know what to do and how to do it 
under all the various circumstances that may arise in the performance of his 
duties this book will be an invaluable assistant and guide. 250 pages, fully illus- 
trated. $1.50. 

FOWLER. Boiler Room Chart 

An educational chart showing in isometric perspective the mechanisms belong- 
ing in a modern boiler room. The equipment consists of water-tube boilers. 



Publications of The Norman W. Henley Publishing Co. 

ordinary grates and mechanical stokers, feed-water heaters and pumps. The 
various parts of the appliances are shown broken or removed, so that the internal 
construction is fully illustrated. Each part is given a reference number, and 
these, with the corresponding name, are given in a glossary printed at the sides. 
The chart, therefore, serves as a dictionary of the boiler-room, the nam»s of more 
than two hundred parts being given on the list. 25 cents. 

GRIMSHAW. Saw Filing and Management of Saws 

A practical handbook on filing, gumming, swaging, hammering, and the brazing 
of band saws, the speed, work, and power to run circular saws, etc., etc. Fully 
illustrated. Cloth, $1.00. 

GRIMSHAW. "Shop Kinks" 

This book is entirely different from any other on machine-shop practice. It 
is not descriptive of universal or common shop usage, but shows special ways of 
doing work better, more cheaply, and more rapidly than usual, as done in fifty 
or more leading shops in Europe and America. Some of its over 500 items and 
222 illustrations are contributed directly for its pages by eminent constructors; 
the rest have been gathered by the author in his thirty years' travel and experi- 
ence. Fourth edition. Nearly 400 pages. Cloth, $2.50. 

GRIMSHAW. Engine Runner's Catechism 

Tells how to erect, adjust, and run the principal steam engines in the United 
States. Describes the principal features of various special and well-known makes 
of engines. Sixth edition. 336 pages. Fully illustrated. Cloth, $2.00. 

GRIMSHAW. Steam Engine Catechism 

A series of direct practical answers to direct practical questions, mainly 
intended for young engineers and for examination questions. Nearly 1,000 ques- 
tions with their answers. Fourteenth edition. 413 pages. Fully illustrated. 
Cloth, $2.00. 

GRIMSHAW. Locomotive Catechism 

This is a veritable encyclopasdia of the locomotive, is entirely free from mathe- 
matics, and thoroughly up to date. It contains 1,600 questions with their answers. 
Twenty-third edition, greatly enlarged. Nearly 450 pages, over 200 illustrations, 
and 12 large folding plates. Bound in maroon cloth, $2.00. 

HISCOX. Gas, Gasoline, and Oil Engines 

Every user of a gas engine needs this book. Simple, instructive, and right 
up to date. The only complete work on this important subject. Tells all about 
the running and management of gas engines. Full of general information about 
the new and popular motive power, its economy and ease of management. Also 
chapters on horseless vehicles, electric lighting, marine propulsion, etc. 412 pages. 
Large octavo, illustrated with 312 handsome engravings. Twelfth edition, revised 
and enlarged. $2.50. 

HISCOX. Compressed Air in All Its Applications 

Gives the thermodynamics, compression, transmission, expansion, and uses for 
power purposes in mining and engineering work; pneumatic motors, shop-tools, 
air-blasts for cleaning and painting, air-lifts, pumping of water, acids, and oils; 
aeration and purification of water-supply, railway propulsion, pneumatic tube 
transmission, refrigeration, and numerous appliances in which compressed air is 
a most convenient and economical vehicle for work — with tables of compression, 
expansion, and the physical properties of air. Large octavo. 800 pages. 600 
illustrations. Price, $5.00. 

HISCOX. Horseless Vehicles, Automobiles and Motor Cycles, Operated 
by Steam, Hydro-Carbon, Electric, and Pneumatic Motors 

The make-up and management of automobile vehicles of all kinds are treated. 
A complete list of the automobile and motor manufacturers, with their addresses, 
as well as a list of patents issued since 1856 on the automobile industry, are 
included. Nineteen chapters. Large 8vo. 316 illustrations. 460 pages. Cloth, $3.00. 

HISCOX. Mechanical Appliances, Mechanical Movements and Novelties 
of Construction 

A complete and supplementary volume to the author's work, "Mechanical 
Movements, Powers, and Devices." Contains 1,000 mechanical details and complex 
combinations in mechanical construction, which are fully described and illustrated, 
including a special and unique chapter explaining the leading conceptions in the 
perpetual motion idea existing during the past three centuries. 400 pages. $3.00. 

HISCOX. Mechanical Movements, Powers, and Devices 

This is a work on illustrated mechanics, mechanical movements, powers, and 
devices, covering nearly the whole range of the practical and inventive field, for 
the use of mechanics, inventors, engineers, draughtsmen, and all others inter- 
ested in any way in mechanics. Large 8vo. Over 400 pages. 1,800 specially 
made illustrations, with descriptive text. Tenth edition. $3.00. 

Inventor's Manual ; How to Make a Patent Pay 

This is a book designed as a guide to inventors in perfecting their inventions, 
taking out their patents and disposing of them. 119 pages. Cloth. $1.00. 



Publications of The Norman W. Henley Publishing Co. 

KRAUSS. Linear Perspective Self-Taught 

The underlying principle by which objects may be correctly represented in 
perspective is clearly set forth in this book, everything relating to the subject 
is shown in suitable diagrams, accompanied by full explanations in the text. 
Price, $2.50. 

LE VAN. Safety Valves ; Their History, Invention, and Calculation 

Illustrated by 69 engravings. 151 pages. $1.50. 

MATHOT. Practical Handbook on Gas Engines and Producer Gas Plants 
More than one book on gas engines has been written, but not one has thus 
far even encroached on the field covered by this handbook. Above all, Mr. 
Mathot's work is a practical guide. Recognizing the need of a volume that would 
assist the gas-engine user in understanding thoroughly the motor upon which he 
depends for power, the author has discussed his subject without the help of any 
mathematics and without elaborate theoretical explanations. Every part of the 
gas engine is described in detail, tersely, clearly, with a thorough understanding 
of the requirements of the mechanic. Helpful suggestions as to the purchase 
of an engine, its installation, care, and operation form a most valuable feature 
of the work. Fully illustrated. $2.50. 

MONTAGUE. Mechanical Drawing for Home Study 

This is a practical treatise of instruction arranged for beginners and prepared 
especially for home study. 

Commencing with simple instruction as to the correct methods employed in 
the handling and care of drawing instruments, the author presents a series of 
problems in drafting construction that enables the beginner to make substantial 
headway from the very first. 

Attention has been paid to the matter of making the text explicit, so that 
there may be no confusion arising from the improper understanding of the sub- 
ject on the part of the learner. 

Each chapter of instruction in the principles of drawing is followed by care- 
fully arranged lessons to be worked out by the student in the form of drawing 
plates, reduced copies of which are shown in full-page illustrations in the text. 
500 pages. Fully illustrated. 

PARSELL & WEED. Gas Engine Construction 

A practical treatise describing the theory and principles of the action of gas 
engines of various types, and the design and construction of a half-horse power 
gas engine, with illustrations of the work in actual progress, together with dimen- 
sioned working drawings, giving clearly the sizes of the various details. Second 
edition, revised and enlarged. Twenty-five chapters. Large 8vo. Handsomely 
illustrated and bound. 300 pages. $2.50. 

REAGAN, JR. Electrical Engineers' and Students' Chart and Hand Book 
of the Brush Arc Light System 

Illustrated. Bound in cloth, with celluloid chart in pocket. $1.00. 

SLOANE. Electricity Simplified 

The object of "Electricity Simplified" is to make the subject as plain as pos- 
sible and to show what the modern conception of electricity is. 158 pages. Illus- 
trated. Tenth edition. $1.00. 

SLOANE. How to Become a Successful Electrician 

It is the ambition of thousands of young and old to become electrical engineers. 
Not everyone is prepared to spend several thousand dollars upon a college course, 
even if the three or four years requisite are at their disposal. It is possible to 
become an electrical engineer without this sacrifice, and this work is designed to 
tell "How to Become a Successful Electrician" without the outlay usually spent 
in acquiring the profession. Twelfth edition. 189 pages. Illustrated. Cloth. $1.00, 

SLOANE. Arithmetic of Electricity 

A practical treatise on electrical calculations of all kinds, reduced to a series 
of rules, all of the simplest forms, and involving only ordinary arithmetic; each 
rule illustrated by one or more practical problems, with detailed solution of each 
one. Sixteenth edition. Illustrated. 138 pages. Cloth. $1.00. 

SLOANE. Electrician's Handy Book 

An up-to-date work covering the subject of practical electricity in all its 
branches, being intended for the everyday working electrician. The latest and 
best authority on all branches of applied electricity. Pocket-book size. Hand- 
somely bound in leather, with title and edges in gold. 800 pages. 500 illustra- 
tions. Price, $3.50. 

SLOANE. Electric Toy Making, Dynamo Building, and Electric Motor 
Construction 

This work treats of the making at home of electrical toys, electrical apparatus, 
motors, dynamos, and instruments in general, and is designed to bring within 
the reach of young and old the manufacture of genuine and useful electrical 
appliances. Fifteenth edition. Fully illustrated. 140 pages. Cloth. $1.00. 



Publications of The Norman W. Henley Publishing Co. 

SLOANE. Rubber Hand Stamps and the Manipulation of India Rubber 

A practical treatise on the manufacture of all kinds of rubber articles. 146 
pages. Second edition. Cloth. $1.00. 

SLOANE. Liquid Air and the Liquefaction of Gases 

Containing the full theory of the subject and giving the entire history of 
liquefaction of gases from the earliest times to the present. It shows how liquid 
air, like water, is carried hundreds of miles and is handled in open buckets. It 
tells what may be expected from it in the near future. 365 pages, with many 
illustrations. Handsomely bound in buckram. Second edition. $2.50. 

SLOANE. Standard Electrical Dictionary 

A practical handbook of reference, containing definitions of about 5,000 distinct 
words, terms, and phrases. An entirely new edition, brought up to date and 
greatly enlarged. Complete, concise, convenient. 682 pages. 393 illustrations. 
Handsomely bound in cloth. 8vo. $3.00. 

USHER. The Modern Machinist 

A practical treatise embracing the most approved methods of modern machine- 
shop practice, and the applications of recent improved appliances, tools, and 
devices for facilitating, duplicating, and expediting the construction of machines 
and their parts. A new book from cover to cover. Fifth edition. 257 engravings. 
322 pages. Cloth. $2.50. 

VAN DERVOORT. American Lathe Practice 

This is a new book from cover to cover, and the only complete American work 
on the subject, written by a man who knows not only how work ought to be 
done, but who also knows how to do it and how to convey this knowledge to 
others. It is strictly up to date in its descriptions and illustrations, which repre- 
sent the very latest practice, in lathe and boring-mill operations as well as the 
construction of and latest developments in the manufacture of these important 
classes of machine tools. A large amount of space is devoted to the turret lathe, 
its modifications and importance as a manufacturing tool. 320 pages. 200 illus- 
trations. $2.00. 

VAN DERVOORT. Modern Machine Shop Tools; Their Construction, 
Operation, and Manipulation, Including Both Hand and Machine Tools 

A new work, treating the subject in a concise and comprehensive manner. A 
chapter on gearing and belting, covering the more important cases, also the 
transmission of power by shafting, with formulas and examples, is included. This 
book is strictly up-to-date and is the most complete, concise, and useful work 
ever published on this subject. Containing 552 pages and 673 illustrations. $4.00. 

WOOD WORTH. Dies, Their Construction and Use for the Modern Work- 
ing of Sheet Metals 

A practical work on the designing, constructing, and use of tools, fixtures, and 
devices, together with the manner in which they should be used in the power 
press for the cheap and rapid production of sheet metal parts and articles. Com- 
prising fundamental designs and practical points by which sheet metal parts may 
be produced at the minimum of cost to the maximum of output, together with 
special reference to the hardening and tempering of press tools and to the classes 
of work which may be produced to the best advantage by the use of dies in the 
power press. Fourth edition. 400 pages. 500 illustrations. $3.00. 

WOODWORTH. Hardening, Tempering, Annealing, and Forging of Steel 

A new book containing special directions for the successful hardening and 
tempering of all steel tools. Milling cutters, taps, thread dies, reamers, both 
solid and shell, hollow mills, punches and dies, and all kinds of sheet-metal 
working tools, shear blades, saws, fine cutlery, and metal-cutting tools of all 
descriptions, as well as for all implements of steel, both large and small, the sim- 
plest and most satisfactory hardening and tempering processes are presented. The 
uses to which the leading brands of steel may be adapted are concisely presented, 
and their treatment for working under different conditions explained, as are also 
the special methods for the hardening and tempering of special brands. 320 pages. 
250 illustrations. $2.50. 

WOOD W^ORTH. Modern Tool Making and Interchangeable Manufacturing 

This book is a complete practical treatise on the art of American tool making 
and system of interchangeable manufacturing as carried on to-day in the United 
States. In it are described and illustrated all of the different types and classes 
of small tools, fixtures, devices, and special appliances which are or should be in 
general use in all machine-manufacturing and metal-working establishments 
where economy, capacity, and interchangeability in the production of machined 
metal parts are imperative. 

It is a practical book by an American toolmaker for practical men, written 
and illustrated in a manner never before attempted, giving the twentieth century 
manufacturing methods and assisting in reducing the expense and increasing the 
output and the income. 400 pages. 600 illustrations. $4.00. 



OCI 11 ij^U4 



^cr. J I ,90. 



XT \, 



^U^ 



